![Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference66
file_path:=OG_Append_File(File_Path, 'my_image');
the_image:=OG_Import_Image(File_Path, OG_Filesystem,
OG_Tiff_Iformat);
END;
/*Assume the intial value of file_path is `C:'. On MS-DOS systems,
**the value of **file_path that is passed to OG_Import_Image is:
**C:homesmithimagesmy_image.
*/
/*Assume the initial value of file_path is `disk$ic1[]'. On VMS systems,
**the value of file_path that is passed to OG_Import_Image is:
**disk$ic1:[home.smith.images]my_image.
*/
OG_Append_File
Description This function builds a string that specifies a file's pathname in your file system.
Syntax
FUNCTION OG_Append_File
(dir VARCHAR2,
filename VARCHAR2)
RETURN VARCHAR2;
Parameters
dir Is a string specifying the directory to which
filename is appended. This argument must
contain the complete name of a valid
directory.
filename Is a string specifying a filename that is
appended to dir.
Returns A character string containing the complete file path.
Usage Notes You provide the names of the directory and file, and this function concatenates them using
the directory separator that is appropriate for your system.
OG_Append_File Examples
/* Suppose you create a display that is run on several different systems,
**and one function of that display is to import an image from the file `my_image'.
**Assume the identical directory structure exists on all systems on which the display
**is run; however, each system requires a different directory separator.
**The following procedure creates a valid directory string for each system:
*/
PROCEDURE import_my_image(file_path VARCHAR2) IS
the_image OG_Object;
BEGIN
file_path:=OG_Append_Directory(File_Path, 'home');
file_path:=OG_Append_Directory(File_Path, 'smith');
file_path:=OG_Append_Directory(File_Path, 'images');
file_path:=OG_Append_File(File_Path, 'my_image');
the_image:=OG_Import_Image(File_Path, OG_Filesystem,
OG_Tiff_Iformat);
END;
/*Assume the intial value of file_path is `C:'. On MS-DOS systems, the value of
**file_path that is passed to OG_Import_Image is: C:homesmithimagesmy_image.
*/
/*Assume the initial value of file_path is `disk$ic1[]'. On VMS systems, the value of
**file_path that is passed to OG_Import_Image is: disk$ic1:[home.smith.images]my_image.
*/](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/oracleformgraphics-151218054252/85/Oracle-Form-Graphics-82-320.jpg)
Oracle Form Graphics
- 1. Oracle® Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference Release 6i January, 2000 Part No. A73075-01
- 2. Oracle Forms Developer: Graphics Builder Reference, Release 6i The part number for this volume is A73075-01 Copyright © 2000, Oracle Corporation. All rights reserved. Portions copyright © Blue Sky Software Corporation. All rights reserved. Contributors: Fred Bethke, Joan Carter, Ken Chu, Kate Dumont, Tom Haunert, Colleen McCann, Leanne Soylemez, Poh Lee Tan, Tony Wolfram The programs are not intended for use in any nuclear, aviation, mass transit, medical, or other inherently dangerous applications. It shall be licensee's responsibility to take all appropriate fail-safe, back up, redundancy and other measures to ensure the safe use of such applications if the Programs are used for such purposes, and Oracle disclaims liability for any damages caused by such use of the Programs. This Program contains proprietary information of Oracle Corporation; it is provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and is also protected by copyright, patent and other intellectual property law. Reverse engineering of the software is prohibited. The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. If you find any problems in the documentation, please report them to us in writing. Oracle Corporation does not warrant that this document is error free. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the express written permission of Oracle Corporation If this Program is delivered to a U.S. Government Agency of the Department of Defense, then it is delivered with Restricted Rights and the following legend is applicable: Restricted Rights Legend Programs delivered subject to the DOD FAR Supplement are "commercial computer software" and use, duplication and disclosure of the Programs shall be subject to the licensing restrictions set forth in the applicable Oracle license agreement. Otherwise, Programs delivered subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulations are "restricted computer software" and use, duplication and disclosure of the Programs shall be subject to the restrictions in FAR 52.227-14, Rights in Data -- General, including Alternate III (June 1987). Oracle Corporation, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood City, CA 94065. Oracle is a registered trademark, and JDeveloper, JInitiator, Oracle7, Oracle8, Oracle8i, and PL/SQL are trademarks or registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation. All other company or product names mentioned are used for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of their respective owners.
- 3. i Table of Contents BUILT-IN SUBPROGRAMS....................................................................................1 CHART BUILT-INS ..................................................................................................1 OG_DELETE_COLUMN .........................................................................................1 OG_DELETE_FIELD...............................................................................................2 OG_GET_CHART_ELEMENT .................................................................................2 OG_GET_COLUMN ...............................................................................................3 OG_GET_FIELD ....................................................................................................4 OG_GET_ROW......................................................................................................4 OG_INSERT_FIELD ................................................................................................5 OG_MAKE_CHART...............................................................................................5 OG_UPDATE_CHART............................................................................................6 DATABASE BUILT-INS ............................................................................................7 OG_CONNECT ......................................................................................................8 OG_LOGGED_ON .................................................................................................8 OG_LOGOFF .........................................................................................................9 OG_LOGON ..........................................................................................................9 DISPLAY BUILT-INS..............................................................................................10 OG_CLOSE_DISPLAY ..........................................................................................10 OG_GENERATE_DISPLAY....................................................................................11 OG_GET_DISPLAY ..............................................................................................11 OG_ISNULL.........................................................................................................12 OG_OPEN_DISPLAY ...........................................................................................14 OG_SAVE_DISPLAY ............................................................................................15 GRAPHIC OBJECT BUILT-INS.................................................................................16 OG_CLONE (OBJECT)..........................................................................................17 OG_DAMAGE (OBJECT).......................................................................................17 OG_DELETE_CHILD............................................................................................18 OG_DELETE_CMPTEXT .......................................................................................19 OG_DELETE_POINT ............................................................................................19 OG_DELETE_PROPERTY......................................................................................20 OG_DELETE_SMPTEXT........................................................................................21 OG_DESTROY (OBJECT).......................................................................................22 OG_DRAW..........................................................................................................22 OG_EXPORT_DRAWING (DISPLAY).....................................................................23 OG_EXPORT_DRAWING (OBJECT/LAYER)..........................................................26 OG_EXPORT_DRAWING (WINDOW) ...................................................................28 OG_EXPORT_IMAGE ...........................................................................................30 OG_GET_CHAR_PROPERTY................................................................................33 OG_GET_CHILD .................................................................................................34 OG_GET_CMPTEXT.............................................................................................34 OG_GET_DATE_PROPERTY.................................................................................35 OG_GET_NUM_PROPERTY .................................................................................36 OG_GET_OBJECT................................................................................................36 OG_GET_POINT..................................................................................................37 OG_GET_SMPTEXT .............................................................................................38 OG_IMPORT_DRAWING......................................................................................39 OG_IMPORT_IMAGE ...........................................................................................40 OG_INSERT_CHILD.............................................................................................42 OG_INSERT_CMPTEXT ........................................................................................43 OG_INSERT_POINT .............................................................................................44 OG_INSERT_SMPTEXT .........................................................................................45
- 4. ii OG_MAKE_ELLIPSE............................................................................................46 OG_MAKE_GROUP.............................................................................................46 OG_MAKE_IMAGE..............................................................................................47 OG_MAKE_LINE ................................................................................................48 OG_MAKE_POLY................................................................................................48 OG_MAKE_RECT................................................................................................49 OG_MAKE_RRECT..............................................................................................49 OG_MAKE_SYMBOL ...........................................................................................50 OG_MAKE_TEXT ................................................................................................51 OG_MOVE ..........................................................................................................51 OG_POINT_IN ....................................................................................................52 OG_POINT_NEAR...............................................................................................53 OG_PROPERTY_EXISTS........................................................................................54 OG_ROTATE .......................................................................................................55 OG_SAME ...........................................................................................................55 OG_SCALE..........................................................................................................57 OG_SET_EDGECOLOR .........................................................................................58 OG_SET_FILLCOLOR ...........................................................................................58 OG_SET_PROPERTY ............................................................................................59 OG_SYNCHRONIZE .............................................................................................60 OG_UPDATE_BBOX ............................................................................................60 LAYER BUILT-INS.................................................................................................61 OG_ACTIVATE_LAYER .......................................................................................61 OG_GET_LAYER .................................................................................................62 OG_HIDE_LAYER ...............................................................................................63 OG_SHOW_LAYER..............................................................................................63 MISCELLANEOUS BUILT-INS.................................................................................64 DO_SQL.............................................................................................................64 OG_APPEND_DIRECTORY...................................................................................65 OG_APPEND_FILE ..............................................................................................66 OG_CENTER .......................................................................................................67 OG_DAMAGE (REGION)......................................................................................68 OG_GET_ATTR (APPLICATION)..........................................................................69 OG_GET_ATTR (AXIS)........................................................................................69 OG_GET_ATTR (DISPLAY)..................................................................................70 OG_GET_ATTR (FIELD TEMPLATE) .....................................................................70 OG_GET_ATTR (FRAME TEMPLATE) ...................................................................71 OG_GET_ATTR (OBJECT)....................................................................................72 OG_GET_ATTR (PRINTER) ..................................................................................73 OG_GET_ATTR (QUERY) ....................................................................................73 OG_GET_ATTR (REFERENCE LINE) .....................................................................74 OG_GET_ATTR (SOUND)....................................................................................74 OG_GET_ATTR (TIMER)......................................................................................75 OG_GET_ATTR (WINDOW).................................................................................75 OG_GET_BUTTONPROC ......................................................................................76 OG_HELP ...........................................................................................................76 OG_HOST ...........................................................................................................78 OG_PAUSE..........................................................................................................79 OG_PRINT ..........................................................................................................80 OG_QUIT............................................................................................................80 OG_ROOT_OBJECT .............................................................................................81 OG_SET_ATTR (APPLICATION)...........................................................................81 OG_SET_ATTR (AXIS).........................................................................................82 OG_SET_ATTR (CHART ELEMENT)......................................................................82 OG_SET_ATTR (DISPLAY)...................................................................................83
- 5. iii OG_SET_ATTR (FIELD TEMPLATE)......................................................................84 OG_SET_ATTR (FRAME TEMPLATE)....................................................................84 OG_SET_ATTR (OBJECT).....................................................................................85 OG_SET_ATTR (PRINTER) ...................................................................................87 OG_SET_ATTR (QUERY) .....................................................................................87 OG_SET_ATTR (REFERENCE LINE) ......................................................................88 OG_SET_ATTR (SOUND).....................................................................................88 OG_SET_ATTR (TIMER).......................................................................................89 OG_SET_ATTR (WINDOW)..................................................................................89 OG_TRANSLATE_ENVVAR ..................................................................................90 OG_USER_EXIT...................................................................................................90 PARAMETER BUILT-INS ........................................................................................91 OG_DELETE_PARAM ..........................................................................................91 OG_GET_CHAR_PARAM ....................................................................................92 OG_GET_DATE_PARAM.....................................................................................92 OG_GET_NUM_PARAM .....................................................................................93 OG_GET_PARAM_TYPE......................................................................................93 OG_PARAM_EXISTS............................................................................................94 OG_SET_PARAM.................................................................................................95 QUERY BUILT-INS ................................................................................................96 OG_APPEND_ROW.............................................................................................96 OG_CLEAR_QUERY ............................................................................................97 OG_DATA_CHANGED ........................................................................................98 OG_DATA_QUERIED ..........................................................................................99 OG_DESTROY (QUERY).....................................................................................100 OG_EXECUTE_QUERY.......................................................................................101 OG_GET_CHARCELL ........................................................................................102 OG_GET_DATECELL .........................................................................................103 OG_GET_NEWROWS.........................................................................................103 OG_GET_NUMCELL..........................................................................................104 OG_GET_QUERY ..............................................................................................105 OG_GET_SCHEMA............................................................................................105 OG_INSERT_COLUMN.......................................................................................106 OG_MAKE_QUERY...........................................................................................108 OG_NEXT_ROW ...............................................................................................109 OG_NUMCOLS..................................................................................................110 OG_NUMROWS.................................................................................................111 OG_SET_CHARCELL .........................................................................................112 OG_SET_DATECELL..........................................................................................112 OG_SET_NUMCELL...........................................................................................113 OG_SET_SCHEMA.............................................................................................114 OG_START_FROM.............................................................................................115 SOUND BUILT-INS..............................................................................................116 OG_DESTROY (SOUND).....................................................................................116 OG_EXPORT_SOUND ........................................................................................117 OG_GET_SOUND ..............................................................................................118 OG_IMPORT_SOUND ........................................................................................118 OG_MAKE_SOUND...........................................................................................119 OG_PLAY_SOUND ............................................................................................120 OG_RECORD_SOUND .......................................................................................122 OG_STOP_SOUND.............................................................................................122 TEMPLATE BUILT-INS.........................................................................................123 OG_CLONE (TEMPLATE)...................................................................................123 OG_DELETE_FTEMP..........................................................................................124 OG_DELETE_REFLINE.......................................................................................125
- 6. iv OG_DESTROY (TEMPLATE)................................................................................126 OG_EXPORT_TEMPLATE ...................................................................................127 OG_GET_AXIS..................................................................................................128 OG_GET_FTEMP ...............................................................................................128 OG_GET_REFLINE ............................................................................................129 OG_GET_TEMPLATE.........................................................................................130 OG_IMPORT_TEMPLATE ...................................................................................130 OG_INSERT_FTEMP...........................................................................................131 OG_INSERT_REFLINE ........................................................................................133 OG_MAKE_TEMPLATE .....................................................................................134 TIMER BUILT-INS ...............................................................................................135 OG_ACTIVATE_TIMER......................................................................................136 OG_DEACTIVATE_TIMER..................................................................................136 OG_DESTROY (TIMER) ......................................................................................137 OG_GET_TIMER................................................................................................138 OG_MAKE_TIMER ............................................................................................138 TOOLS_INT BUILT-INS....................................................................................139 TOOL_INT.ADD_PARAMETER ..................................................................139 TOOL_INT.CREATE_PARAMETER_LIST..................................................140 TOOL_INT.DELETE_PARAMETER.............................................................141 TOOL_INT.DESTROY_PARAMETER_LIST................................................142 TOOL_INT.GET_PARAMETER_ATTR........................................................143 TOOL_INT.GET_PARAMETER_LIST..........................................................144 TOOL_INT.ISNULL .......................................................................................144 TOOL_INT.RUN_PRODUCT........................................................................145 TOOL_INT.SET_PARAMETER_ATTR ........................................................146 WINDOW BUILT-INS ..........................................................................................147 OG_DESTROY (WINDOW) .................................................................................148 OG_GET_WINDOW...........................................................................................149 OG_HIDE_WINDOW.........................................................................................149 OG_MAKE_WINDOW .......................................................................................150 OG_SHOW_WINDOW .......................................................................................151 PROPERTIES..........................................................................................................153 APPLICATION PROPERTIES .................................................................................153 CONNECTION STRING PROPERTY .......................................................................153 CURSOR PROPERTY............................................................................................153 HORIZONTAL LAYOUT RESOLUTION PROPERTY.................................................155 HORIZONTAL SCREEN RESOLUTION PROPERTY..................................................155 PASSWORD PROPERTY........................................................................................156 PLATFORM PROPERTY........................................................................................156 USERNAME PROPERTY .......................................................................................157 VERTICAL LAYOUT RESOLUTION PROPERTY.......................................................157 VERTICAL SCREEN RESOLUTION PROPERTY........................................................158 ARC PROPERTIES................................................................................................158 BASE ARC PROPERTY .........................................................................................158 CLOSURE PROPERTY ..........................................................................................160 FILL PROPERTY ..................................................................................................161 AXIS (DATE) PROPERTIES...................................................................................162 AUTO MAXIMUM PROPERTY..............................................................................162 AUTO MINIMUM PROPERTY...............................................................................164 AUTO STEP PROPERTY .......................................................................................165 CUSTOM FORMAT PROPERTY .............................................................................166 DAY FORMAT PROPERTY ...................................................................................167 FIRST MONTH PROPERTY ...................................................................................168 LABELS PROPERTY .............................................................................................169
- 7. v MAXIMUM PROPERTY........................................................................................171 MINIMUM PROPERTY.........................................................................................172 MONTH FORMAT PROPERTY ..............................................................................173 QUARTER FORMAT PROPERTY ...........................................................................174 SKIP WEEKENDS PROPERTY ...............................................................................175 STEP PROPERTY..................................................................................................176 YEAR FORMAT PROPERTY ..................................................................................177 AXIS (GENERIC) PROPERTIES .............................................................................178 AXIS LABEL PROPERTY.......................................................................................178 AXIS TYPE PROPERTY.........................................................................................179 CUSTOM LABEL PROPERTY ................................................................................180 DIRECTION PROPERTY .......................................................................................181 MAJOR GRID PROPERTY.....................................................................................182 MAJOR TICKS PROPERTY....................................................................................183 MINOR GRID PROPERTY.....................................................................................184 MINOR TICKS PROPERTY....................................................................................185 MINOR TICKS PER INTERVAL PROPERTY ............................................................186 POSITION PROPERTY ..........................................................................................187 TICK LABEL ROTATION PROPERTY.....................................................................188 TICK LABELS PROPERTY.....................................................................................189 TICK POSITION PROPERTY..................................................................................190 AXIS (DISCRETE) PROPERTIES ............................................................................191 AUTO MAXIMUM PROPERTY..............................................................................191 AUTO MINIMUM PROPERTY...............................................................................192 DATE FORMAT PROPERTY..................................................................................193 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CATEGORIES PROPERTY ................................................194 MINIMUM NUMBER OF CATEGORIES PROPERTY.................................................195 NUMBER FORMAT PROPERTY.............................................................................196 AXIS (CONTINUOUS) PROPERTIES ......................................................................197 AUTO MAXIMUM PROPERTY..............................................................................197 AUTO MINIMUM PROPERTY...............................................................................198 AUTO STEP PROPERTY .......................................................................................199 MAXIMUM PROPERTY........................................................................................200 MINIMUM PROPERTY.........................................................................................201 NUMBER FORMAT PROPERTY.............................................................................202 PERCENT BY PROPERTY ......................................................................................203 PERCENT OF PROPERTY......................................................................................204 SCALE PROPERTY...............................................................................................205 STEP PROPERTY..................................................................................................206 CHART ELEMENT PROPERTIES............................................................................207 BUTTON PROCEDURE PROPERTY........................................................................207 EVENTS PROPERTY.............................................................................................209 EXPLOSION PROPERTY .......................................................................................209 NAME PROPERTY...............................................................................................211 CHART PROPERTIES ...........................................................................................212 AUTO UPDATE PROPERTY..................................................................................212 END ROW PROPERTY .........................................................................................213 FILTER PROPERTY ..............................................................................................214 QUERY PROPERTY..............................................................................................215 RANGE PROPERTY..............................................................................................216 SIZE AND POSITION PROPERTY...........................................................................217 START ROW PROPERTY ......................................................................................218 TEMPLATE PROPERTY ........................................................................................219 TITLE PROPERTY ................................................................................................220 COMPOUND TEXT PROPERTIES...........................................................................221
- 8. vi SIMPLE TEXT COUNT PROPERTY.........................................................................221 DISPLAY PROPERTIES .........................................................................................222 CLOSE TRIGGER PROPERTY ................................................................................222 DATE FORMAT PROPERTY..................................................................................223 HEIGHT PROPERTY ............................................................................................224 OPEN TRIGGER PROPERTY .................................................................................224 WIDTH PROPERTY..............................................................................................225 FRAME (AXIS CHART) PROPERTIES ....................................................................226 BASELINE AXIS PROPERTY..................................................................................226 BASELINE VALUE PROPERTY..............................................................................227 CATEGORY WIDTH PROPERTY ...........................................................................228 CUSTOM DATE FORMAT PROPERTY ...................................................................229 CUSTOM NUMBER FORMAT PROPERTY ..............................................................230 REFERENCE LINE COUNT PROPERTY ..................................................................231 SECOND Y AXIS PROPERTY ................................................................................232 FRAME (GENERIC) PROPERTIES..........................................................................233 DEPTH SIZE PROPERTY.......................................................................................233 FIELD TEMPLATE COUNT PROPERTY ..................................................................235 FRAME TYPE PROPERTY .....................................................................................236 LEGEND PROPERTY............................................................................................237 LEGEND COLUMN COUNT PROPERTY ................................................................238 NAME PROPERTY...............................................................................................239 PLOT FRAME PROPERTY.....................................................................................240 ROOT PROPERTY................................................................................................241 SHADOW DIRECTION PROPERTY ........................................................................242 SHADOW SIZE PROPERTY...................................................................................243 FRAME (PIE CHART) PROPERTIES.......................................................................244 CATEGORIES PROPERTY .....................................................................................244 CATEGORY DATE FORMAT PROPERTY................................................................246 CATEGORY NUMBER FORMAT PROPERTY...........................................................247 DATA VALUES PROPERTY ..................................................................................248 NO OVERLAP PROPERTY....................................................................................249 OTHER PROPERTY..............................................................................................250 PERCENT FORMAT PROPERTY.............................................................................251 PERCENT VALUES PROPERTY .............................................................................252 PLOT ORDER PROPERTY.....................................................................................253 TICKS PROPERTY................................................................................................254 USAGE PROPERTY..............................................................................................255 USAGE VALUE PROPERTY ..................................................................................256 VALUE FORMAT PROPERTY................................................................................257 FRAME (TABLE CHART) PROPERTIES..................................................................258 AUTO MAXIMUM PROPERTY..............................................................................258 AUTO MINIMUM PROPERTY...............................................................................259 COLUMN NAMES PROPERTY..............................................................................260 GRID COUNT PROPERTY ....................................................................................261 HORIZONTAL GRID PROPERTY...........................................................................262 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ROWS PROPERTY ..........................................................263 MINIMUM NUMBER OF ROWS PROPERTY ...........................................................264 VERTICAL GRID PROPERTY ................................................................................265 FIELD TEMPLATE (GENERIC) PROPERTIES...........................................................266 COLOR ROTATION PROPERTY ............................................................................266 DATE FORMAT PROPERTY..................................................................................268 NAME PROPERTY...............................................................................................269 NUMBER FORMAT PROPERTY.............................................................................270 ROOT PROPERTY................................................................................................271
- 9. vii FIELD TEMPLATE (AXIS CHART) PROPERTIES.....................................................272 AXIS PROPERTY .................................................................................................272 CURVE FIT PROPERTY ........................................................................................273 LABEL ROTATION PROPERTY .............................................................................274 LINE STYLE PROPERTY .......................................................................................275 OVERLAP PROPERTY..........................................................................................276 PLOT POSITION PROPERTY .................................................................................277 PLOT TYPE PROPERTY........................................................................................278 GENERIC PROPERTIES.........................................................................................279 BUTTON PROCEDURE PROPERTY........................................................................280 COLUMN PROPERTY ..........................................................................................281 EVENTS PROPERTY.............................................................................................282 EXECUTE QUERY PROPERTY...............................................................................283 FORMAT TRIGGER PROPERTY .............................................................................284 HIDE OBJECT PROPERTY ....................................................................................285 INNER BOUNDING BOX PROPERTY .....................................................................286 NAME PROPERTY...............................................................................................287 OBJECT TYPE PROPERTY.....................................................................................288 OUTER BOUNDING BOX PROPERTY ....................................................................289 PARENT PROPERTY ............................................................................................290 SET PARAMETER PROPERTY ...............................................................................291 GRAPHIC PROPERTIES........................................................................................292 BACKGROUND EDGE COLOR PROPERTY.............................................................292 BACKGROUND FILL COLOR PROPERTY...............................................................293 BEVEL STYLE PROPERTY.....................................................................................294 CAP STYLE PROPERTY........................................................................................295 DASH STYLE PROPERTY .....................................................................................296 EDGE PATTERN PROPERTY.................................................................................297 EDGE WIDTH PROPERTY....................................................................................298 FILL PATTERN PROPERTY...................................................................................299 FOREGROUND EDGE COLOR PROPERTY .............................................................299 FOREGROUND FILL COLOR PROPERTY ...............................................................300 JOIN STYLE PROPERTY........................................................................................301 ROTATION ANGLE PROPERTY ............................................................................302 TRANSFER MODE PROPERTY..............................................................................303 GROUP PROPERTIES ...........................................................................................304 CHILD COUNT PROPERTY ..................................................................................304 CLIP FLAG PROPERTY ........................................................................................305 IMAGE PROPERTIES ............................................................................................306 CLIP RECTANGLE PROPERTY..............................................................................306 DITHER PROPERTY.............................................................................................307 HEIGHT PROPERTY ............................................................................................308 POSITION PROPERTY ..........................................................................................309 QUALITY PROPERTY...........................................................................................310 WIDTH PROPERTY..............................................................................................311 LINE PROPERTIES...............................................................................................312 ARROW STYLE PROPERTY ..................................................................................312 END POINT PROPERTY .......................................................................................313 START POINT PROPERTY ....................................................................................314 POLYGON PROPERTIES .......................................................................................315 CLOSURE PROPERTY ..........................................................................................315 POINT COUNT PROPERTY...................................................................................316 PRINTER PROPERTIES PROPERTY ........................................................................317 COPIES PROPERTY..............................................................................................317 END PAGE PROPERTY ........................................................................................318
- 10. viii LANDSCAPE PROPERTY......................................................................................319 NAME PROPERTY...............................................................................................320 PAGE SIZE PROPERTY.........................................................................................321 PRINT FILE PROPERTY........................................................................................322 START PAGE PROPERTY......................................................................................323 QUERY PROPERTIES ...........................................................................................324 CACHE TYPE PROPERTY.....................................................................................324 CUSTOM QUERY PROCEDURE PROPERTY............................................................325 DATE FORMAT PROPERTY..................................................................................326 EXECUTE ON OPEN PROPERTY ...........................................................................327 EXECUTE ON TIMER PROPERTY ..........................................................................328 MAXIMUM ROWS PROPERTY..............................................................................329 MAXIMUM ROWS FLAG PROPERTY.....................................................................330 NAME PROPERTY...............................................................................................331 POST-QUERY TRIGGER PROCEDURE PROPERTY ..................................................332 QUERY SOURCE PROPERTY ................................................................................333 QUERY TYPE PROPERTY .....................................................................................334 RECTANGLE PROPERTIES PROPERTY...................................................................335 BASE RECTANGLE PROPERTY .............................................................................335 REFERENCE LINE PROPERTIES ............................................................................336 AXIS PROPERTY .................................................................................................336 DATE VALUE PROPERTY ....................................................................................337 LABEL PROPERTY...............................................................................................338 NUMBER VALUE PROPERTY ...............................................................................339 ROUNDED RECTANGLE PROPERTIES...................................................................340 BASE RECTANGLE PROPERTY .............................................................................340 CORNER RADII PROPERTY..................................................................................341 SIMPLE TEXT PROPERTIES...................................................................................342 COLOR PROPERTY..............................................................................................342 FONT PROPERTY ................................................................................................343 TEXT STRING PROPERTY.....................................................................................345 SOUND PROPERTIES PROPERTY ..........................................................................346 NAME PROPERTY...............................................................................................346 SYMBOL PROPERTIES PROPERTY.........................................................................347 CENTER PROPERTY ............................................................................................347 INDEX PROPERTY ...............................................................................................348 SYMBOL SIZE PROPERTY.....................................................................................349 TEXT PROPERTIES...............................................................................................350 BOUNDING BOX HEIGHT PROPERTY...................................................................351 BOUNDING BOX WIDTH PROPERTY....................................................................352 CHARACTER SET PROPERTY...............................................................................353 COLOR PROPERTY..............................................................................................355 COMPOUND TEXT COUNT PROPERTY.................................................................356 CUSTOM SPACING PROPERTY.............................................................................357 FIXED BOUNDING BOX PROPERTY......................................................................358 HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT PROPERTY ...............................................................359 HORIZONTAL ORIGIN PROPERTY .......................................................................360 INVISIBLE PROPERTY ..........................................................................................361 KERNING PROPERTY ..........................................................................................362 NEAREST PROPERTY ..........................................................................................363 ORIGIN POINT PROPERTY...................................................................................364 POINT SIZE PROPERTY........................................................................................365 SCALABLE BOUNDING BOX PROPERTY ...............................................................366 SCALABLE FONT PROPERTY ...............................................................................367 SPACING PROPERTY...........................................................................................368
- 11. ix STYLE PROPERTY................................................................................................369 SYNTHESIZE PROPERTY ......................................................................................370 TYPEFACE PROPERTY .........................................................................................371 VERTICAL ALIGNMENT PROPERTY .....................................................................372 VERTICAL ORIGIN PROPERTY.............................................................................373 WEIGHT PROPERTY............................................................................................374 WIDTH PROPERTY..............................................................................................375 WRAPAROUND PROPERTY .................................................................................377 TIMER PROPERTIES.............................................................................................378 ACTIVE PROPERTY .............................................................................................378 INTERVAL PROPERTY .........................................................................................379 NAME PROPERTY...............................................................................................380 PROCEDURE PROPERTY......................................................................................381 WINDOW PROPERTIES........................................................................................382 HEIGHT PROPERTY ............................................................................................382 HELP TARGET PROPERTY...................................................................................383 NAME PROPERTY...............................................................................................384 POSITION PROPERTY ..........................................................................................385 WIDTH PROPERTY..............................................................................................386 ATTRIBUTES.........................................................................................................389 USING ATTRIBUTE RECORDS..............................................................................389 OVERVIEW.........................................................................................................389 ATTRIBUTE CLASSES ..........................................................................................389 COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORDS.......................................................................392 MASK ATTRIBUTES ............................................................................................392 MASK CONSTANTS ............................................................................................392 CREATEABLE, SETABLE, GETABLE ATTRIBUTES..................................................394 SHORTCUT BUILT-INS.........................................................................................395 APPLICATION ATTRIBUTE RECORD ....................................................................395 ARC COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD.................................................................397 ARC ATTRIBUTE RECORD...................................................................................397 CONTINUOUS AXIS COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD..........................................398 CONTINUOUS AXIS ATTRIBUTE RECORD ............................................................398 DATE AXIS COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD ......................................................400 DATE AXIS ATTRIBUTE RECORD ........................................................................400 DISCRETE AXIS COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD ................................................403 DISCRETE AXIS ATTRIBUTE RECORD ..................................................................403 AXIS ATTRIBUTE RECORD ..................................................................................404 CHART COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD ............................................................405 CHART ATTRIBUTE RECORD ..............................................................................405 CHART ELEMENT COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD.............................................406 CHART ELEMENT ATTRIBUTE RECORD...............................................................406 DISPLAY ATTRIBUTE RECORD ............................................................................408 AXIS FIELD TEMPLATE COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD.....................................409 AXIS FIELD TEMPLATE ATTRIBUTE RECORD .......................................................409 FIELD TEMPLATE ATTRIBUTE RECORD ...............................................................411 AXIS FRAME COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD ....................................................412 AXIS FRAME ATTRIBUTE RECORD ......................................................................412 FRAME ATTRIBUTE RECORD...............................................................................414 PIE FRAME COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD.......................................................416 PIE FRAME ATTRIBUTE RECORD.........................................................................416 TABLE FRAME COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD..................................................418 TABLE FRAME ATTRIBUTE RECORD....................................................................418 GENERIC ATTRIBUTE RECORD............................................................................419 GRAPHIC COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD .........................................................421
- 12. x GRAPHIC ATTRIBUTE RECORD ...........................................................................421 GROUP COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD ............................................................423 GROUP ATTRIBUTE RECORD ..............................................................................423 IMAGE COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD .............................................................425 IMAGE ATTRIBUTE RECORD ...............................................................................425 LINE COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD ................................................................427 LINE ATTRIBUTE RECORD ..................................................................................427 POLYGON COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD ........................................................428 POLYGON ATTRIBUTE RECORD ..........................................................................428 PRINTER ATTRIBUTE RECORD ............................................................................429 QUERY ATTRIBUTE RECORD...............................................................................430 RECTANGLE COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD.....................................................432 RECTANGLE ATTRIBUTE RECORD.......................................................................432 REFERENCE LINE ATTRIBUTE RECORD ...............................................................433 ROUNDED RECTANGLE COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD....................................434 ROUNDED RECTANGLE ATTRIBUTE RECORD......................................................434 SOUND ATTRIBUTE RECORD ..............................................................................435 SYMBOL COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD...........................................................436 SYMBOL ATTRIBUTE RECORD.............................................................................436 TEXT ATTRIBUTES OVERVIEW ............................................................................437 TEXT COMBINED ATTRIBUTE RECORD................................................................437 TEXT ATTRIBUTE RECORD..................................................................................437 FONT ATTRIBUTE RECORD .................................................................................441 COMPOUND TEXT ELEMENT ATTRIBUTE RECORD ..............................................445 SIMPLE TEXT ELEMENT ATTRIBUTE RECORD ......................................................446 TIMER ATTRIBUTES ............................................................................................447 WINDOW ATTRIBUTE RECORD...........................................................................449 GLOBAL VARIABLES..........................................................................................451 BUILT-IN GLOBAL VARIABLES............................................................................451 OG_APP ...........................................................................................................451 OG_INCH..........................................................................................................451 OG_NULL_AXIS ...............................................................................................451 OG_NULL_BUTTONPROC .................................................................................452 OG_NULL_DISPLAY .........................................................................................452 OG_NULL_FTEMP.............................................................................................452 OG_NULL_LAYER ............................................................................................452 OG_NULL_OBJECT ...........................................................................................452 OG_NULL_QUERY............................................................................................452 OG_NULL_REFLINE..........................................................................................453 OG_NULL_SOUND ...........................................................................................453 OG_NULL_TEMPLATE ......................................................................................453 OG_NULL_TIMER.............................................................................................453 OG_NULL_WINDOW........................................................................................453
- 13. xi We Appreciate Your Comments Reader’s Comment Form - A73075-01 Oracle Corporation welcomes your comments about this manual’s quality and usefulness. Your feedback is an important part of our revision process. • Did you find any errors? • Is the information presented clearly? • Are the examples correct? Do you need more examples? • What features did you like? If you found any errors or have any other suggestions for improvement, please write the topic, chapter, and page number below: ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ Please send your comments to: Forms Developer Documentation Manager Oracle Corporation 500 Oracle Parkway Redwood Shores, CA 94065 U.S.A. Or send comments by e-mail to: oddoc@us.oracle.com Please include your name, address, and telephone number for a reply: ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ Thank you for your help.
- 15. xiii Preface Welcome to Release 6i of the Oracle Forms Developer: Graphics Builder Reference. This reference guide includes information to help you effectively work with Forms Developer Graphics Builder and contains detailed information about the following: • Built ins • Properties • Attributes • Global variables This preface explains how this user’s guide is organized and introduces other sources of information that can help you use Forms Developer Graphics Builder.
- 16. xiv Prerequisites You should be familiar with your computer and its operating system. For example, you should know the commands for deleting and copying files and understand the concepts of search paths, subdirectories, and path names. Refer to your Microsoft Windows 95 or NT and DOS product documentation for more information. You should also understand the fundamentals of Microsoft Windows, such as the elements of an application window. You should also be familiar with such programs as the Explorer, Taskbar or Task Manager, and Registry. Notational Conventions The following typographical conventions are used in this guide: Convention Meaning fixed-width font Text in a fixed-width font indicates commands that you enter exactly as shown. Text typed on a PC is not case-sensitive unless otherwise noted. In commands, punctuation other than brackets and vertical bars must be entered exactly as shown. lowercase Lowercase characters in a command statement represent a variable. Substitute an appropriate value. UPPERCASE Uppercase characters within the text represent command names, SQL reserved words, and keywords. boldface Boldface is used to indicate user interface items such as menu choices and buttons. C> C> represents the DOS prompt. Your prompt may differ.
- 17. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 1 Built-in Subprograms Chart Built-ins OG_Delete_Column OG_Delete_Field OG_Get_Chart_Element OG_Get_Column OG_Get_Field OG_Get_Row OG_Insert_Field OG_Make_Chart OG_Update_Chart OG_Delete_Column Description This procedure deletes a column from a custom query. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Delete_Column (query_hdl OG_Query, indx NUMBER, total NUMBER); Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query from which to delete the column. indx Is the index of the first column to delete from the query. total Is the total number of columns to delete.
- 18. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference2 OG_Delete_Column Example /* The following procedure deletes a column ** from the query ‘query0’: */ PROCEDURE example(col_num number) IS query OG_Query; BEGIN query:=OG_Get_Query(‘query0’); OG_Delete_Column(query, col_num, 1); END; OG_Delete_Field Description This procedure deletes one or more fields from the specified chart object. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Delete_Field (chart_hdl OG_Object, indx NUMBER, total NUMBER); Parameters chart_hdl Is the handle to the chart object. indx Is the index of the first field to delete from the field list. total Is the total number of fields to delete. Usage Notes Deleting a field only removes it from the specified chart. It does not delete (or otherwise modify) the field template that the field may reference. In addition, any changes you make to the chart's field list will not be applied until the chart is updated via a call to OG_Update_Chart. OG_Delete_Field Examples /* Suppose one chart currently displays plots for both salary ** and commission data, and you want to remove the ** commission plot from that chart and plot it on another one. */ PROCEDURE transfer_comm(chart1 IN OG_Object, chart2 IN OG_Object, field_index in number) IS the_field OG_Field; BEGIN the_field:=OG_Get_Field(Chart1, field_index); OG_Delete_Field(Chart1, field_index, 1); OG_Insert_Field(Chart2, the_field, OG_Last); OG_Update_Chart(Chart1, OG_All_Chupda); OG_Update_Chart(Chart2, OG_All_Chupda); END; OG_Get_Chart_Element Description Given the handle to a group of chart elements (bars, pie slices, etc) and a row number, this function returns the individual element corresponding to that row number. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Chart_Element
- 19. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 3 (group_hdl OG_Object, row_num NUMBER) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters group_hdl Is the handle to the group containing the chart element. row_num Is the row number corresponding to the chart element you wish to get. Returns The individual chart element for the specified row number. Usage Notes The group handle can be retrieved from the chart object using OG_Get_Object with the appropriate name. OG_Get_Chart_Element Examples /* The following procedure changes the color of the first: ** bar in a column chart, regardless of its value: */ PROCEDURE example(chart OG_Object) IS bars_group OG_Object; elem OG_Object; BEGIN bars_group := OG_Get_Object('Sal_Bars', chart); elem := OG_Get_Chart_Element(Bars_Group, 0); OG_Set_Fillcolor(Elem, 'red'); END; OG_Get_Column Description This function returns the name of the query column represented by a specific chart element. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Column (chelement_hdl OG_Object) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters chelement_hdl Is the handle to the chart element. Returns The name of the column associated with the chart element. OG_Get_Column Examples /* The following function returns the query column represented by ** the first bar in a column chart: */ FUNCTION example(chart OG_Object) RETURN CHAR IS bars OG_Object; elem OG_Object; col VARCHAR2(15); BEGIN bars := OG_Get_Object('Sal_Bars', chart); elem := OG_Get_Chart_Element(Bars, 0); col := OG_Get_Column(Elem); RETURN(col); END;
- 20. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference4 OG_Get_Field Description This function returns a record containing the field's attribute values in the specified chart. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Field (chart_hdl OG_Object, indx NUMBER) RETURN OG_Field; Parameters chart_hdl Is the handle to the chart object. indx Is the index of the field in the chart's field list to be returned. Returns The attributes of the specified field. OG_Get_Field Examples /* Suppose one chart currently displays plots for both salary ** and commission data, and you want to remove the ** commission plot from that chart and plot it on another one: */ PROCEDURE transfer_comm(chart1 IN OG_Object, chart2 IN OG_Object, field_index IN NUMBER) IS the_field OG_Field BEGIN the_field:=OG_Get_Field(The_Chart, field_index); OG_Delete_Field(Chart1, field_index, 1); OG_Insert_Field(Chart2, the_field, OG_Last); END; OG_Get_Row Description This function returns the query row number that is represented by a specific chart element. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Row (chelement_hdl OG_Object, RETURN NUMBER; Parameters chelement_hdl Is the handle to the chart element. Returns The row number associated with the chart element. OG_Get_Row Examples /* The following format trigger explodes the pie slice ** representing SAL for employee 'SMITH': */ PROCEDURE OGFORMATTRIG0(elem IN OG_Object, query IN OG_Query) IS ename VARCHAR2(10); chart OG_Object; row_num NUMBER; BEGIN ename := OG_Get_Charcell(Query, 'ENAME'); IF ename = 'SMITH' THEN chart := OG_Get_Object('Chart0'); row_num := OG_Get_Row(Elem); OG_Set_Explosion(Chart, row_num, 'SAL', 25);
- 21. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 5 END IF; END; OG_Insert_Field Description This procedure inserts a new field into the specified chart. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Insert_Field (chart_hdl OG_Object, field_rec OG_Field, indx NUMBER); Parameters chart_hdl Is the handle to the chart object, field_rec Is the record containing the field's attributes. indx Is the index at which to insert the new field in the chart's field list. This argument must be an integer between 0 and n (inclusive), where n is the number of fields in the chart prior to the insertion. The value of this argument may also be one of the following built-in constants: OG_First Means insert the new field at the beginning of the chart's field list (index = 0). OG_Last Means insert the new field at the end of the chart's field list (index = the number of fields in the chart prior to the insertion). Usage Notes Any changes you make to the chart's field list are not applied until the chart is updated via a call to OG_Update_Chart. OG_Insert_Field Examples /* Suppose one chart currently displays plots for both ** salary and commission data, and you want to remove ** the commission plot from that chart and plot it on another one: */ PROCEDURE transfer_comm (chart1 IN OG_Object, chart2 IN OG_Object, field_index IN NUMBER) IS the_field OG_Field; BEGIN the_field:=OG_Get_Field(The_Chart, field_index); OG_Delete_Field(Chart1, field_index, 1); OG_Insert_Field(Chart2, the_field, OG_Last); END; OG_Make_Chart Description This function creates a chart. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Chart (position OG_Point, height NUMBER, width NUMBER, template OG_Template,
- 22. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference6 query OG_Query) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters position The x- and y-coordinates of the chart frame. height The chart height. width The chart width. template The template to use for the chart. query The query to use for the chart. Returns A handle to the newly created chart. Usage Notes The chart will not be complete until you add fields to it using OG_Insert_Field and update it using OG_Update_Chart. OG_Make_Chart Examples /* The following function creates a chart using ** the specified template and query: */ FUNCTION example(template OG_Template, query OG_Query) RETURN OG_Object IS chart OG_Object; pos OG_Point; height NUMBER; width NUMBER; BEGIN pos.x := OG_Inch; pos.y := OG_Inch; height := 4* OG_Inch; width := 4* OG_Inch; chart := OG_Make_Chart(Pos, height, width, template, query); RETURN(chart); END; OG_Update_Chart Description This procedure updates the specified part(s) of the specified chart to reflect new query results or new attributes that have been applied to chart elements. You must have executed the query at least once before you can update a chart that is based upon it. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Update_Chart (chart_hdl OG_Object, chart_mask NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters chart_hdl Is the handle to the chart to be updated. chart_mask Specifies which part(s) of the chart should be updated. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_All_Chupda Means update the entire chart. OG_Dep1axis_Chupda Means update only the parts of the chart associated with the first dependent axis.. OG_Dep2axis_Chupda Means update only the parts of the chart associated with the second dependent axis..
- 23. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 7 OG_Frame_Chupda Means update only the parts of the chart associated with the frame. OG_Indaxis_Chupda Means update only the parts of the chart associated with the independent axis. OG_Inframe_Chupda Means update only the parts of the chart that appear within the frame. OG_Legend_Chupda Means update only the parts of the chart associated with the legend. OG_None_Chupda Means do not update any parts of the chart. OG_Title_Chupda Means update only the chart title. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Usage Notes When this procedure is invoked, Graphics Builder will destroy the current chart and rebuild it, based on updated query results and attribute settings. Because of this, any changes to a chart element's attribute settings since the last invocation of OG_Update_Chart will be lost. For example, if you use OG_Set_Attr to set the attributes for a specific bar in the chart and then update it, you will see the desired results. If you call OG_Update_Chart again, however, the changes will be lost and the bar will appear with its default settings. Remember, then, that each time you update the chart, you must first make the changes to the chart elements. In many cases you will find that this extra step is desirable, since the criteria for modifying chart elements may change as the data changes. OG_Update_Chart Examples /* Suppose you want to update a chart periodically. ** You could write the following timer trigger: */ PROCEDURE my_timer IS+ my_query OG_Query; my_chart OG_Object; BEGIN my_query:=OG_Get_Query('Emp_Query'); my_chart:=OG_Get_Object('Emp_Chart'); OG_Execute_Query(My_Query); OG_Update_Chart(My_Chart, OG_All_Chupda); END; Database Built-ins OG_Connect OG_Logged_On OG_Logoff OG_Logon
- 24. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference8 OG_Connect Description This function shows the Connect dialog box. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Connect RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters: None. OG_Connect Examples /* Suppose your application requires the ** user to be connected to a database. The ** following procedure checks if a connection ** exists and, if not, prompts the user to ** connect by showing the Connect dialog box: */ PROCEDURE ensure_connection IS BEGIN IF NOT OG_Logged_On THEN status:=OG_Connect; END IF; END; OG_Logged_On Description This function returns TRUE if the user is currently connected to a database, and FALSE if not connected. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Logged_On RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters: None. Returns TRUE If the user is connected to a database. FALSE If the user is not connected to a database.
- 25. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 9 OG_Logged_On Examples /* Suppose your application requires the user to be ** connected to a database. The following procedure ** checks if a connection exists and, if not, prompts the ** user to connect by showing the Connect dialog box: */ PROCEDURE ensure_connection IS BEGIN IF NOT OG_Logged_On THEN OG_Connect; END IF; END; OG_Logoff Description This procedure closes the existing database connection. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Logoff; Parameters: None. OG_Logoff Examples /* Suppose you want to disconnect from a database when the display is closed. ** You could write the following Close Display trigger: */ PROCEDURE close_trig IS BEGIN IF OG_Logged_On THEN OG_Logoff; END IF; END; OG_Logon Description This procedure connects to the specified database. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Logon (username VARCHAR2 := NULL, password VARCHAR2 := NULL, connect_string VARCHAR2 := NULL); Parameters username Is the username to use. password Is the password to use. connect_string Is the database connect string to use. To connect to a remote database, you must provide the appropriate SQL*Net database connect string. For more information, see the Oracle Network Manager Administrator's Guide.
- 26. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference10 Usage Notes If a connection already exists, it is first dropped, regardless of whether the connection then attempted by this procedure is successful. OG_Logon Examples /* Suppose your application requires the user to be connected to a database. ** The following procedure checks if a connection exists and, if not, **automatically establishes a connection: */ PROCEDURE ensure_connection IS BEGIN IF NOT OG_Logged_On THEN OG_Logon('Scott', 'tiger', 't:london:MY_DB'); END IF; END; Display Built-ins OG_Close_Display OG_Generate_Display OG_Get_Display OG_Isnull OG_Open_Display OG_Save_Display OG_Close_Display Description This procedure closes the specified display and destroys all windows used by that display. It also causes the Close Display trigger for the specified display to execute. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Close_Display (display_hdl OG_Display); Parameters display_hdl Is the handle to the display to be closed. Usage Notes Note that if you call a procedure that closes the current display (i.e., the display in which the executing procedure is defined), OG_Close_Display must appear on the last line of that procedure. In other words, you cannot execute any further PL/SQL instructions in a display after you have closed it. OG_Close_Display Examples /* Suppose the user is through with one display, ** and you want to close it and open another one. */ PROCEDURE continue (old_disp_name, new_disp_name) IS old_disp OG_Display;
- 27. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 11 OG_Generate_Display Description This function generates the current of the display. The generated display may be run by the Graphics Builder Runtime and Batch executables. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Generate_Display; PROCEDURE OG_Generate_Display (name VARCHAR2, repository OG_Number); Parameters name Is the name to which the display is generated. If the display is to be stored in the database, this argument should contain only the name of the display. If the display is to be stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the display file. repository Specifies whether the display is to be stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Db Means the display is to be stored in the database. OG_Filesystem Means the display is to be stored in the file system. Usage Notes If you omit name and repository, the display is generated to the name and repository from which it was most recently opened. OG_Generate_Display Examples /* Suppose your display allows the user to interactively specify **which queries to view, and what chart types to use. **When the user selects a `generate' button, you may want to **generate a runtime version of the display ** that the user can use in the future. */ PROCEDURE gen(buttonobj IN OG_Object, hitobj IN OG_Object, win IN OG_Window, eventinfo IN OG_Event) IS OG_Get_Display Description Note that display_name must already be open in the current Graphics Builder session. To open a display other than the one that is currently running, use OG_Open_Display. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Display RETURN OG_Display; FUNCTION OG_Get_Display (display_name VARCHAR2, repository NUMBER) RETURN OG_Display; Parameters display_name Is the name of the display. If the display is stored in the database, this argument should contain only the name of the display. If the
- 28. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference12 display is stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the display file. repository Specifies whether the display is stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Db Means the display is to be stored in the database. OG_Filesystem Means the display is to be stored in the file system. Returns A handle to the specified display. If the display does not exist or is not open, this function returns a null handle. Usage Notes If display_name and repository are omitted, this function returns a handle to the current display. OG_Get_Display Examples /* Suppose the user is through with one display, ** and you would like to close it and open another one. */ . PROCEDURE continue(old_disp_name, new_disp_name) IS old_disp OG_Display; new_disp OG_Display; BEGIN old_dispb:=OG_Get_Display(Old_Disp_Name, OG_Filesystem); OG_Close_Display(Old_Disp); new_dispb:=OG_Open_Display(New_Disp_Name, OG_Filesystem); END; OG_Isnull Description This function determines if the specified handle is a null handle. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Isnull query (handle OG_Query) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Isnull object (handle OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Isnull chart template (handle OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Isnull button procedure (handle OG_Buttonproc) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Isnull sound (handle OG_Sound) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Isnull window (handle OG_Window) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Isnull layer (handle OG_Layer) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Isnull timer (handle OG_Timer) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Isnull display
- 29. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 13 (handle OG_Display) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Isnull axis (handle OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Isnull field template (handle OG_Ftemp) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Isnull reference line (handle OG_Refline) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters handle Is the handle to be evaluated. Returns TRUE If the handle is a null handle. FALSE If the handle is not a null handle.
- 30. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference14 OG_Isnull Examples /* Suppose your display occasionally creates a text object that contains a warning message. At times you ** may want to remove the warning message before continuing with the execution of the display. Rather ** than keeping track of whether a warning has been generated, you can check for the existence of the ** text object before deleting it. */ PROCEDURE remove_warning IS warning_obj OG_Object; BEGIN warning_obj:=OG_Get_Object(‘warning’); IF NOT (OG_Isnull(warning_obj)) THEN; OG_Destroy(warning_obj); END IF; END; OG_Open_Display Description This function opens the specified display and executes its Open Display trigger. It returns a handle to the display, which you may later use as an argument for OG_Close_Display. If the display does not exist, this function returns a null handle. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Open_Display (display_name VARCHAR2, repository NUMBER) RETURN OG_Display; Parameters display_name Is the name of the display. If the display is stored in the database, this argument should contain only its name. If the display is stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the display file. repository Specifies whether the display is stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Db Means the display is stored in the database. OG_Filesystem Means the display is stored in the file system. Returns A handle to the newly opened display. Usage Notes Note that this function does not accept a handle to a display as an argument. This is because the existence of the display in the file system or database must be verified before the display can be opened. Suppose you used OG_Get_Display to get the display handle, then you deleted the display from the file system or database. If you tried to pass the display handle to OG_Open_Display, it would not be able to find the display that the handle referred to. Therefore, the display name must again be used. OG_Open_Display Examples /* Suppose the user is through with one display,
- 31. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 15 ** and you would like to close it and open another one. */ . PROCEDURE continue(old_display_name IN CHAR, new_display_name IN CHAR) IS old_display OG_Display; new_display OG_Display; BEGIN old_display:=OG_Get_Display(old_display_name, OG_Filesystem); new_display:=OG_Open_Display(new_display_name, OG_Filesystem); OG_Close_Display(old_display); END; OG_Save_Display Description This function saves the current state of the display. The saved display is complete and may be opened and edited in the Graphics Builder Builder. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Save_Display; PROCEDURE OG_Save_Display (name VARCHAR2, repository OG_Number); Parameters name Is the name to which the display is saved. If the display is to be stored in the database, this argument should contain only the name of the display. If the display is to be stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the display file. repository Specifies whether the display is to be stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Db Means the display is to be stored in the database. OG_Filesystem Means the display is to be stored in the file system. Usage Notes If you omit name and repository, the display is saved to the name and repository from which it was most recently opened. OG_Save_Display Examples /* Suppose you want to import 100 TIFF images. Doing this **manually is tedious and would take a long time. **The solution is to write the following procedure, **which imports images from the files named `image00' **through `image99'. When finished, it saves the display **so that you can open it again in the Builder. */ PROCEDURE import_100 IS the_image OG_Image; file_name VARCHAR2(7); BEGIN FOR i IN 0..99 LOOP file_name:='image'||SUBSTR(TO_CHAR(i, `09'), 2); the_image:=OG_Import_Image(File_Name, OG_Filesystem, OG_Tiff_Iformat); END LOOP; OG_Save_Display;
- 32. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference16 END; Graphic Object Built-ins OG_Clone (Object) OG_Damage (Object) OG_Delete_Child OG_Delete_Cmptext OG_Delete_Point OG_Delete_Property OG_Delete_Smptext OG_Destroy (Object) OG_Draw OG_Export_Drawing (Display) OG_Export_Drawing (Object/Layer) OG_Export_Drawing (Window) OG_Export_Image OG_Get_Char_Property OG_Get_Child OG_Get_Cmptext OG_Get_Date_Property OG_Get_Num_Property OG_Get_Object OG_Get_Point OG_Get_Smptext OG_Import_Drawing OG_Import_Image OG_Insert_Child OG_Insert_Cmptext OG_Insert_Point OG_Insert_Smptext OG_Make_Ellipse OG_Make_Group OG_Make_Image OG_Make_Line OG_Make_Poly OG_Make_Rect OG_Make_Rrect OG_Make_Symbol OG_Make_Text OG_Move OG_Point_In OG_Point_Near OG_Property_Exists OG_Rotate OG_Same OG_Scale OG_Set_Edgecolor OG_Set_Fillcolor OG_Set_Property OG_Synchronize OG_Update_Bbox
- 33. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 17 OG_Clone (Object) Description This function creates a new object that is identical to the specified object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Clone (object_hdl OG_Object, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object to be cloned. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Returns The handle to the newly created object. OG_Clone (Object) Examples /* Suppose you have created an object, and you want to ** create another identical object without having to **again specify the same properties. */ PROCEDURE dup_object(old_object IN OG_Object) IS new_object OG_Object; BEGIN new_object:=OG_Clone(Old_Object); END; OG_Damage (Object) Description This procedure damages an object on the layout. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Damage (object_hdl OG_Object); Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object to damaged. OG_Damage (Object) Examples /*Suppose you want to move an object. The default behavior of the built-in **procedure OG_Move is to update the bounding boxes of all of the modified **object's antecedants, including the layer on which the object resides. **To update a layer's bounding boxes, Graphics Builder must examine every object **on that layer. If the layer contains a large number of objects, **this operation can be very time-consuming. */ /*To make your application more efficient, you can move the object **while inhibiting this automatic bounding box update, then explicitly **update only that object's bounding boxes. (Note that since the **automatic bounding box update does not occur, the bounding boxes **of the object's antecedants may be inaccurate.) */ /*When you modify an object with a FALSE bounding box update flag, **you may also want to use a FALSE damage flag. In this case, **when you are through modifying the object, you would invoke **OG_Damage to explicitly damage the object. */ PROCEDURE move_efficiently (the_object OG_Object) IS
- 34. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference18 offset OG_Point; BEGIN offset.x:=OG_Inch; offset.y:=OG_Inch; OG_Move(The_Object, offset, FALSE, FALSE) OG_Update_Bbox(The_Object, OG_Bothbbox); OG_Damage(The_Object); END; OG_Delete_Child Description This procedure deletes one or more child objects from the specified group object. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Delete_Child (group_hdl OG_Object, indx NUMBER, total NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters group_hdl Is the handle to the group object. indx Is the index of the first object to delete from the group's child list. total Is the total number of child objects to delete. Damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Usage Notes .To delete a child means only that the object will no longer be associated with its parent group; it does not mean that the child object will be destroyed. The parent attribute in the deleted child's generic attribute record will be set to a null handle, and the child will no longer exist in the group's object list. Note that an object that has a null handle for a parent will not be displayed on the layout. You can delete a layer by treating the display's root object as a group, and by passing it and the layer index to this procedure. OG_Delete_Child Examples /*Suppose you have a several objects representing products **in a warehouse, and you want to move one of the products **from one warehouse to another. Your display may use a group **comprised of the products to represent the inventory for each **warehouse. To move a product from one warehouse to another, **you would want to get the handle to the product object, **delete it from one warehouse group, and add it to another **warehouse group. */ /*Note that this procedure changes only the internal composition **of the group objects. To move or change the appearance of the **product object, you must use other Graphics Builder built-in procedures. */ PROCEDURE move_prod(warehouse1 IN OG_Object, warehouse2 IN OG_Object, prod_index IN number) IS the_prod OG_Object; BEGIN the_prod:=OG_Get_Child(Warehouse1, prod_index); OG_Delete_Child(Warehouse1, prod_index, 1); OG_Insert_Child(Warehouse2, the_prod, OG_Last); END;
- 35. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 19 OG_Delete_Cmptext Description This procedure deletes one or more compound text elements from the specified text object. As described in "Text Attributes," a compound text element represents one line of text in a text object. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Delete_Cmptext (text_hdl OG_Object, indx NUMBER, total NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters text_hdl Is the handle to the text object. indx Is the index within the text object of the first compound text element to delete from the compound text element list. total Is the total number of compound text elements to delete. Damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Usage Notes When you delete a compound text element, it and all of the simple text elements that compose it will be destroyed. OG_Delete_Cmptext Examples /*Suppose you use a text object to display messages to the user. **A previous part of your application produced two-line messages, **but the part of the display that is currently being used produces **only one-line messages. You may want to delete the extraneous **compound text element. */ PROCEDURE delete_msg_line(msg_object IN OG_Object, line_index IN number) IS BEGIN OG_Delete_Cmptext(Msg_Object, line_index, 1); END; OG_Delete_Point Description This procedure deletes one or more points from the specified polygon or polyline object. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Delete_Point (poly_hdl OG_Object, indx NUMBER, total NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters poly_hdl Is the handle to the polygon or polyline object. indx Is the index of the first point to delete from the point list. total Is the total number of points to delete. Damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 36. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference20 Usage Notes If the object was created in the Builder, the initial index values for the points will correspond to the order in which the mouse was selected when the object was drawn (with the first point having an index of 0). Index values for points that were inserted programmatically will depend on the index that was specified when they were inserted. OG_Delete_Point Examples /*Suppose you have several polygons on a map, each of which **connects the cities along a specific distribution route. **If a city is transferred from one distribution route to another, **you would want to get the point representing that city, **delete it from one polygon, and add it to another polygon. */ PROCEDURE move_city(route1 IN OG_Object, route2 IN OG_Object, city_index IN number) IS the_city OG_Point; BEGIN the_city:=OG_Get_Point(Route1, city_index); OG_Delete_Point(Route1, city_index, 1); OG_Insert_Point(Route2, OG_Last, the_city); END; OG_Delete_Property Description This procedure deletes an object's user-defined property. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Delete_Property (object_hdl OG_Object, prop_name VARCHAR2); Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object whose property you want to delete. prop_name Is the name of the property to delete.
- 37. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 21 OG_Delete_Property Examples /* The following procedure deletes the property 'priority' ** from every child object in a named group: */ PROCEDURE example(group_name VARCHAR2) IS group_obj OG_Object; child_count NUMBER; child_obj OG_Object; BEGIN group_obj := OG_Get_Object(Group_Name); child_count := OG_Get_Childcount(Group_Obj); FOR i IN 0..child_count LOOP child_obj := OG_Get_Child(Group_Obj, i); OG_Delete_Property(Child_Obj, 'priority'); END LOOP; END; OG_Delete_Smptext Description This procedure deletes one or more simple text elements from the specified compound text element in the specified text object. As described in "Text Attributes," a simple text element represents a text string in a compound text element. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Delete_Smptext (text_hdl OG_Object, cmpindex NUMBER, smpindex NUMBER, total NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters text_hdl Is the handle to the text object. Cmpindex Is the index of the compound text element that contains the simple text element(s) to delete. smpindex Is the index of the first simple text element to delete total Is the total number of simple text elements to delete. Damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Usage Notes Deleting simple text will not affect the existence or index of its compound text element. It is possible, in fact, to delete all of the simple text for a compound text element, and be left with an empty compound text element. OG_Delete_Smptext Examples /*Suppose you have created a message text object. To change **the message it contains, you would delete the simple text element **containing the current message and insert a new simple text element **containing the new message. To maintain the font and other attributes, **however, you first would want to get the simple text element into an **attribute record. That way, you could modify only the text string, **and leave the other attribute settings (such as font) unchanged. */
- 38. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference22 PROCEDURE put_msg(mess IN VARCHAR2) IS msgobj OG_Object; msgrec OG_Smptext_Attr; BEGIN msgobj := OG_Get_Object(’msg’); OG_Get_Smptext(msgobj, 0, 0, msgrec); OG_Delete_Smptext(msgobj, 0, 0, 1); msgrec.mask:= OG_STR_SMPTEXTA; msgrec.str:= mess; OG_Insert_Smptext(msgobj, msgrec, 0, OG_LAST); END; OG_Destroy (Object) Description This procedure destroys the specified object If you destroy a group object, all of that group's children are also destroyed Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Destroy (object_hdl OG_Object, recurse BOOLEAN := FALSE, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object to destroy. Recurse Is the recursive-destroy flag. This argument is optional; its value will default to FALSE if not otherwise specified. Also, this argument is ignored if the object you are destroying is not the only child of a group. Damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Usage Notes .If the object you are destroying is the only child of a group, a recurse value of TRUE indicates that that parent group also should be destroyed. This action will continue up the object's group tree (i.e., if the object's parent is the only child of its parent group, then that parent group also will be destroyed, etc.). Finally, if the last object on a layer is destroyed, the layer itself is also destroyed (unless it is active in some window). If recurse is FALSE, only the object specified by object_hdl will be destroyed. OG_Destroy (Object) Examples /* The following procedure destroys the specified object: */ PROCEDURE destroy_obj(obj_name VARCHAR2) IS object OG_Object; BEGIN object := OG_Get_Object(Obj_Name); OG_Destroy(Object); END; OG_Draw Description This procedure causes the specified object to be drawn on the layout. Syntax
- 39. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 23 PROCEDURE OG_Draw (object_hdl OG_Object); Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object to draw. Usage Notes Unlike other procedures that modify objects, this procedure does not "damage" a rectangular area on the layout. It draws only the specified object, and disturbs nothing else. The benefit of using this procedure is that you can have an object appear on the layout, while preventing Graphics Builder from re-drawing a rectangular damage region that may be larger than necessary. OG_Draw Examples /*Suppose you want to clone an object and have it appear on the **layout smoothly, without causing a damage region to be redrawn. **First, you would create the object by calling OG_Clone with a FALSE **damage flag . Then, you can make the object appear on the layout **by calling OG_Draw. */ PROCEDURE clone_object IS the_object OG_Object; new_object OG_Object; BEGIN the_object:=OG_Get_Object('My_Object'); new_object:=OG_Clone(The_Object, FALSE); OG_Draw(new_object); END; OG_Export_Drawing (Display) Description This procedure exports the entire layout (including hidden layers0 as a drawing. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Export_Drawing (name VARCHAR2, repository NUMBER, format NUMBER, compression NUMBER := OG_No_Icompression); Parameters name Is the name to which the drawing will be exported. If the drawing is to be stored in the database, this argument should contain only the name of the drawing. If the drawing is to be stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the drawing file. repository Specifies whether the drawing is to be stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Db Means the drawing is to be stored in the database. OG_Filesystem Means the drawing is to be stored in the file system. format Specifies the format in which the drawing is exported. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants:
- 40. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference24 OG_Cgm16_Dformat Means the drawing is saved in the CGM 2-byte format. OG_Cgm32_Dformat Means the drawing is saved in the CGM 4-byte format. OG_Oracle_Dformat Means the drawing is saved in the Oracle Format, used by other Oracle products. compression Is the type of compression used to compress images that are part of the drawing. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_No_Icompression Means images are not compressed. OG_H3g_Icompression Means images are compressed using CCITT Group 3 with Huffman encoding compression OG_G3fax_Icompression Means images are compressed using Group 3 Fax compression. This compression type is valid for monochrome images only. OG_G4fax_Icompression Means images are compressed using Group 4 Fax compression. This compression type is valid for monochrome images only. OG_Pack_Icompression Means images are compressed using PackBits compression. This compression type is valid for monochrome TIFF images only. OG_Lzwhdiff_Icompression Means images are compressed using LZW compression with horizontal differencing. OG_Lzwnohdiff_Icompression Means images are compressed using LZW compression without horizontal differencing. OG_Jpeg_Lowest_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in the lowest compression ratio and highest quality. OG_Jpeg_Low_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in a low compression ratio and high quality. OG_Jpeg_Medium_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in a medium compression ratio and medium quality. OG_Jpeg_High_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in a high compression ratio and low quality.
- 41. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 25 OG_Jpeg_Highest_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in the highest compression ratio and lowest quality.
- 42. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference26 OG_Export_Drawing (Display) Examples /*Suppose you want to export the display contents to the CGM file **`my_draw' so that you can later import it into some other application. **The following procedure does this: */ PROCEDURE export_the_drawing IS BEGIN OG_Export_Drawing('My_Draw', OG_Filesystem, OG_Cgm16_Dformat); END; OG_Export_Drawing (Object/Layer) Description This procedure exports the specified object or layer as a drawing. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Export_Drawing (name VARCHAR2, repository NUMBER, format NUMBER, object_hdl OG_Object, compression NUMBER := OG_No_Icompression); Parameters name Is the name to which the drawing will be exported. If the drawing is to be stored in the database, this argument should contain only the name of the drawing. If the drawing is to be stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the drawing file. Repository Specifies whether the drawing is to be stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Db Means the drawing is to be stored in the database. OG_Filesystem Means the drawing is to be stored in the file system. format Specifies the format in which the drawing is exported. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Cgm16_Dformat Means the drawing is saved in the CGM 2-byte format. OG_Cgm32_Dformat Means the drawing is saved in the CGM 4-byte format. OG_Oracle_Dformat Means the drawing is saved in the Oracle Format, used by other Oracle products. object_hdl Is the handle to the object to be exported. The object can be either a group or the object handle to a layer; the object and all of its descendants will be exported. To specify a layer to export, use OG_Get_Object to specify
- 43. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 27 an object handle to the layer. Compression Is the type of compression used to compress images that are part of the drawing. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_No_Icompression Means images are not compressed. OG_H3g_Icompression Means images are compressed using CCITT Group 3 with Huffman encoding compression OG_G3fax_Icompression Means images are compressed using Group 3 Fax compression. This compression type is valid for monochrome images only. OG_G4fax_Icompression Means images are compressed using Group 4 Fax compression. This compression type is valid for monochrome images only. OG_Pack_Icompression Means images are compressed using PackBits compression. This compression type is valid for monochrome TIFF images only. OG_Lzwhdiff_Icompression Means images are compressed using LZW compression with horizontal differencing. OG_Lzwnohdiff_Icompression Means images are compressed using LZW compression without horizontal differencing. OG_Jpeg_Lowest_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in the lowest compression ratio and highest quality. OG_Jpeg_Low_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in a low compression ratio and high quality. OG_Jpeg_Medium_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in a medium compression ratio and medium quality. OG_Jpeg_High_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in a high compression ratio and low quality. OG_Jpeg_Highest_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in the highest compression ratio and lowest quality.
- 44. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference28 OG_Export_Drawing (Object/Layer) Examples /* Suppose you want to export the contents of `layer0' to the CGM file ** `my_draw' so that you can later import it into some other application. ** The following procedure does this: */ PROCEDURE export_the_drawing IS the_layer OG_Object; BEGIN the_layer:=OG_Get_Object('Layer0'); OG_Export_Drawing('My_Draw', OG_Filesystem, OG_Cgm16_Dformat, the_layer); END; OG_Export_Drawing (Window) Description This procedure exports the visible contents of the specified window as a drawing. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Export_Drawing (name VARCHAR2, repository NUMBER, format NUMBER, window_hdl OG_Window, compression NUMBER := OG_No_Icompression); Parameters: name Is the name to which the drawing will be exported. If the drawing is to be stored in the database, this argument should contain only the name of the drawing. If the drawing is to be stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the drawing file. Repository Specifies whether the drawing is to be stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Db Means the drawing is to be stored in the database. OG_Filesystem Means the drawing is to be stored in the file system. format Specifies the format in which the drawing is exported. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Cgm16_Dformat Means the drawing is saved in the CGM 2-byte format. OG_Cgm32_Dformat Means the drawing is saved in the CGM 4-byte format. OG_Oracle_Dformat Means the drawing is saved in the Oracle Format, used by other Oracle products. window_hdl Is the handle to the window that contains the drawing to be exported. All of the layers that
- 45. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 29 are showing in the window will be exported. Compression Is the type of compression used to compress images that are part of the drawing. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_G3fax_Icompression Means images are compressed using Group 3 Fax compression. This compression type is valid for monochrome images only. OG_G4fax_Icompression Means images are compressed using Group 4 Fax compression. This compression type is valid for monochrome images only. OG_H3g_Icompression Means images are compressed using CCITT Group 3 with Huffman encoding compression OG_Jpeg_High_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in a high compression ratio and low quality. OG_Jpeg_Highest_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in the highest compression ratio and lowest quality. OG_Jpeg_Low_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in a low compression ratio and high quality. OG_Jpeg_Lowest_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in the lowest compression ratio and highest quality. OG_Jpeg_Medium_Icompression Means images are compressed using JPEG compression resulting in a medium compression ratio and medium quality. OG_Lzwhdiff_Icompression Means images are compressed using LZW compression with horizontal differencing. OG_Lzwnohdiff_Icompression Means images are compressed using LZW compression without horizontal differencing. OG_No_Icompression Means images are not compressed. OG_Pack_Icompression Means images are compressed using PackBits compression. This compression type is valid for monochrome TIFF images only.
- 46. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference30 OG_Export_Drawing (Window) Examples /* Suppose you want to export the contents of the `Main Layout' ** window to the CGM file `my_draw' so that you can later import it ** into some other application. The following procedure does this: */ PROCEDURE export_the_drawing IS the_window OG_Window; BEGIN the_window:=OG_Get_Window('Main Layout'); OG_Export_Drawing('My_Draw', OG_Filesystem, OG_Cgm16_Dformat, the_window); END; OG_Export_Image Description This procedure exports a Graphics Builder object, surrounded by a one-half inch border, to an image. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Export_Image (name VARCHAR2, repository NUMBER, format NUMBER, image_hdl OG_Object, compression NUMBER := OG_No_Icompression); Parameters name Is the name to which the image will be exported. If the image is to be stored in the database, this argument should contain only the name of the image. If the image is to be stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the image file. Repository Specifies whether the image is to be stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Db Means the image is to be stored in the database. OG_Filesystem Means the image is to be stored in the file system. format Specifies the format in which the image is to be exported. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Bmp_Iformat Means the image is saved in the Windows/OS2 Bitmap format. OG_Cals_Iformat Means the image is saved in the CALS Type 1 Raster format. OG_Gif_Iformat Means the image is saved in the CompuServe GIF format. You must compress GIF files using OG_Lzwhdiff_Icompression.
- 47. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 31 OG_Jfif_Iformat Means the image is saved in the JPEG File Image Format. OG_Pict_Iformat Means the image is saved in the Macintosh PICT format. OG_Ras_Iformat Means the image is saved in the SUN Raster format. OG_Tiff_Iformat Means the image is saved in the Tag Image File Format. image_hdl Is the handle to the image object that will be exported. Can be any Graphics Builder object. Compression Is the type of compression used. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_G3fax_Icompression Means the image is compressed using Group 3 Fax compression. This compression type is valid for monochrome images only. OG_G4fax_Icompression Means the image is compressed using Group 4 Fax compression. This compression type is valid for monochrome images only. OG_H3g_Icompression Means the image is compressed using CCITT Group 3 with Huffman encoding compression OG_Jpeg_High_Icompression Means the image is compressed using JPEG compression resulting in a high compression ratio and low quality. OG_Jpeg_Highest_Icompression Means the image is compressed using JPEG compression resulting in the highest compression ratio and lowest quality. OG_Jpeg_Low_Icompression Means the image is compressed using JPEG compression resulting in a low compression ratio and high quality. OG_Jpeg_Lowest_Icompression Means the image is compressed using JPEG compression resulting in the lowest compression ratio and highest quality. OG_Jpeg_Medium_Icompression Means the image is compressed using JPEG compression resulting in a medium compression ratio and medium quality. OG_Lzwhdiff_Icompression Means the image is compressed using LZW compression with horizontal differencing. You must use this type of compression on GIF files. OG_Lzwnohdiff_Icompression Means the image is compressed using LZW compression without horizontal differencing. OG_No_Icompression Means the image is not compressed.
- 48. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference32 OG_Pack_Icompression Means the image is compressed using Packbits compression. This compression type is valid for monochrome TIFF images only.
- 49. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 33 OG_Export_Image Examples /* Suppose you want to export the image named `image0' to the TIFF file **`my_image' so that you can later import it into some other application **The following procedure does this: */ PROCEDURE export_the_image IS the_image OG_Object; BEGIN the_image:=OG_Get_Object('image0'); OG_Export_Image('my_image', OG_Filesystem, OG_Tiff_Iformat, the_image); END; OG_Get_Char_Property Description This procedure gets the value of a user-defined CHAR property of an object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Char_Property (object_hdl OG_Object, prop_name VARCHAR2) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object containing the property you want to get. prop_name Is the name of the property whose value you want to get. Returns The value of the specified property. OG_Get_Char_Property Examples /*The following procedure gets the 'status' property **in each child object in a group, and then changes **the object’s color if the status is 'obsolete': */ PROCEDURE example(group_name VARCHAR2) IS group_obj OG_Object; child_count NUMBER; child_obj OG_Object; stat VARCHAR2(10); BEGIN group_obj := OG_Get_Object(Group_Name); child_count := OG_Get_Childcount(Group_Obj); FOR i IN 0..child_count LOOP child_obj := OG_Get_Child(Group_Obj, i); stat := OG_Get_Char_Property(Child_Obj, 'status'); IF stat = 'obsolete' THEN OG_Set_Fillcolor(Child_Obj, 'red'); END IF; END LOOP; END;
- 50. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference34 OG_Get_Child Description This function returns a handle to a child object within a group object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Child (group_hdl OG_Object, indx NUMBER) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters group_hdl Is the handle to the group object containing the child. indx Is the index of the object in the group's child list whose handle should be returned. Returns A handle to the specified child object within a group. OG_Get_Child Examples /*Suppose you have a several objects representing products **in a warehouse, and you want to move one of the products **from one warehouse to another. Your display may use a group **comprised of the products to represent the inventory for each **warehouse. To move a product from one warehouse to another, **you would want to get the handle to the product object, delete it **from one warehouse group, and add it to another warehouse group. */ PROCEDURE move_prod(warehouse1 IN OG_Object, warehouse2 IN OG_Object, prod_index in number) IS the_prod OG_Object; BEGIN the_prod:=OG_Get_Child(Warehouse1, prod_index); OG_Delete_Child(Warehouse1, prod_index, 1); OG_Insert_Child(Warehouse2, the_prod, OG_Last); END; /*Note that this procedure changes only the internal composition **of the group objects. To move or change the appearance of the **product object, you must use other Graphics Builder built-in procedures. */ OG_Get_Cmptext Description This procedure gets the attribute values of the specified compound text element and assigns them to the corresponding fields in the specified compound text attribute record. As described in "Text Attributes," a compound text element represents one line of text in a text object. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Get_Cmptext (text_hdl OG_Object, indx NUMBER, attr IN OUT OG_Cmptext_Attr); Parameters text_hdl Is the handle to the text object. indx Is the index of the compound text element in the compound text element list whose attributes you want to retrieve. attr Is the compound text attribute record that will
- 51. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 35 receive the compound text element's attributes. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be retrieved are those specified by the value of the mask attribute in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to OG_Get_Cmptext. OG_Get_Cmptext Examples /* Suppose you want to determine how many simple text elements **compose the first compound text element within a text object. **Knowing this, you can loop through and examine each simple text element. */ FUNCTION how_many(my_text IN OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER IS ctext_rec OG_Cmptext_Attr; BEGIN ctext_rec.mask:=OG_Stcount_Cmptexta; OG_Get_Cmptxt(My_Text, 0, ctext_rec); RETURN(ctext_rec.stcount); END; OG_Get_Date_Property Description This procedure gets the value of a user-defined DATE property of an object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Date_Property (object_hdl OG_Object, prop_name VARCHAR2, date_fmt VARCHAR2 := 'DD-MON-YY') RETURN DATE; Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object containing the property you want to get. prop_name Is the name of the property whose value you want to get. date_fmt Is the date format mask used to set the date property with OG_Set_Property. Returns The value of the specified property. OG_Get_Date_Property Examples /*The following procedure gets the 'due_date' property in each child object **in a group, and then changes the object's color if the due date has past: */ PROCEDURE example(group_name VARCHAR2) IS group_obj OG_Object; child_count NUMBER; child_obj OG_Object; due DATE; BEGIN group_obj := OG_Get_Object(Group_Name); child_count := OG_Get_Childcount(Group_Obj); FOR i IN 0..child_count-1 LOOP child_obj := OG_Get_Child(Group_Obj, i); due := OG_Get_Date_Property(Child_Obj, 'due_date'); IF due < sysdate THEN OG_Set_Fillcolor(Child_Obj, 'red'); END IF; END LOOP;
- 52. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference36 END; OG_Get_Num_Property Description This procedure gets the value of a user-defined NUMBER property of an object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Num_Property (object_hdl OG_Object, prop_name VARCHAR2) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object containing the property you want to get. prop_name Is the name of the property whose value you want to get. Returns The value of the specified property. OG_Get_Num_Property Examples /* The following procedure gets the 'priority' property in each child object **in a group, and then sets the priority to one greater than its current value: */ PROCEDURE example(group_name VARCHAR2) IS group_obj OG_Object; child_count NUMBER; child_obj OG_Object; current_p NUMBER; BEGIN group_obj := OG_Get_Object(Group_Name); child_count := OG_Get_Childcount(Group_Obj); FOR i IN 0..child_count-1 LOOP child_obj := OG_Get_Child(Group_Obj, i); current_p := OG_Get_Num_Property(Child_Obj, 'priority'); OG_Set_Property(Child_Obj, 'priority', current_p + 1); END LOOP; END; OG_Get_Object Description The object may be an arc, chart, group, image, line, polygon, rectangle, rounded rectangle, symbol, or text object. The object must be created and named either in the Builder or programmatically prior to retrieving it with this function. If the specified object does not exist, this function will return a null handle. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Object (object_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Object; FUNCTION OG_Get_Object (object_name VARCHAR2, root_hdl OG_Object) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters object_name Is the name of the object whose handle should
- 53. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 37 be returned. Note: OBJECT_NAME is case- sensitive. root_hdl Is the handle to the object in whose group tree you want to search. Returns A handle to the specified object. Usage Notes If you do not specify root_hdl, Graphics Builder will begin the search with the display's actual root object, thus searching every object in the display for the one whose name is specified. If you do specify root_hdl, Graphics Builder will search only in the group tree below that object for the named object. You will get unpredictable results if multiple objects in the search path have the same name. If object_name is the name of a layer, this function treats it as a group object and returns a handle to that group. You can then use the group-related subprograms (OG_Insert_Child, OG_Delete_Child, etc.) to manipulate the objects on the layer. OG_Get_Object Examples /* Suppose you have a map of the world and you want to change **the color of one of the countries. First, you would get the handle **to the country object, then you would change its color. */ PROCEDURE color_country(country_name) IS my_object OG_Object; obj_record OG_Graphic_Ca; BEGIN my_object:=OG_Get_Object(Country_Name); obj_record.graphic_caob.mask:=OG_None_Generica; obj_record.graphic_caoh.mask:=OG_Ffcolor_Graphica; obj_record.graphic_caoh.ffcolor:='red'; OG_Set_Attr(My_Object, obj_record); END; OG_Get_Point Description This function returns a record containing the x- and y-coordinates of a point in the specified object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Point (object_hdl OG_Object, indx NUMBER rotated BOOLEAN := FALSE) RETURN OG_Point; Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object. indx Is the index of the point in the point list to be returned. rotated Specifies whether the point returned should reflect any rotation angle applied to the object. Returns The location of the specified point. Usage Notes Polygon: Returns indx'th point of the object. Arc, Chart, Rectangle, Rounded Rectangle: 0 index returns top-left corner; 1 index returns top-right corner; 2 index returns bottom-right corner; 3 index returns bottom-left corner. Text: 0 index returns top-left corner; 1 index returns top-right corner; 2 index returns bottom-right corner; 3 index returns bottom-left corner. Line: 0 index returns start point; 1 index returns end point
- 54. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference38 Image, Group, Symbol: Does not apply. If the object was created in the Builder, the initial index values for the points will correspond to the order in which the mouse was selected when the object was drawn (with the first point having an index of 0). Index values for points that were inserted programmatically will depend on the index that was specified when they were inserted. OG_Get_Point Examples /* Suppose you have several polygons on a map, each of which connects **the cities within a specific distribution area. If a city is transferred from one **distribution area to another, you would want to get a handle to the point **representing that city, delete it from one polygon, and add it to another polygon. */ PROCEDURE move_city(area1 IN OG_Object, area2 IN OG_Object, city_index NUMBER) IS the_city OG_Point; BEGIN the_city:=OG_Get_Point(Area1, city_index); OG_Delete_Point(Area1, city_index, 1); OG_Insert_Point(Area2, OG_Last, the_city); END; OG_Get_Smptext Description This procedure gets the attribute values of the specified simple text element within the specified compound text element and the specified text object. These attributes are then assigned to the corresponding fields in the specified simple text attribute record. As described in "Text Attributes," a simple text element represents a text string in a compound text element. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Get_Smptext (text_hdl OG_Object, cmpindex NUMBER, smpindex NUMBER, attr IN OUT OG_Smptext_Attr); Parameters text_hdl Is the handle to the text object. Cmpindx Is the index within the text object of the compound text element that contains the simple text element whose attributes should be retrieved. Smpindex Is the index within the compound text element of the simple text element whose attributes should be retrieved. attr Is the simple text attribute record that will receive the simple text element's attributes. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be retrieved are those specified by the value of the mask attribute in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to OG_Get_Smptext. OG_Get_Smptext Examples /* Suppose you have created a message text object. To change the **message it contains, you would delete the simple text element containing **the current message and insert a new simple text element containing the **new message. To maintain the font and other attributes, however, **you first would want to get the simple text element into an attribute record.
- 55. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 39 **That way you could modify only the text string, and leave the other attribute **settings (such as font) unchanged. */ PROCEDURE put_msg (mess IN VARCHAR2) IS msgobj OG_Object; msgrec OG_Smptext_Attr; BEGIN msgobj:=OG_Get_Object('Msg'); msgrec.mask:=OG_Font_Smptexta+ OG_Color_Smptexta; msgrec.font.mask:=OG_All_Fonta; OG_Get_Smptext(Msgobj, 0, 0, msgrec); OG_Delete_Smptext(Msgobj, 0, 0, 1, FALSE); msgrec.mask:=msgrec.mask + OG_Str_Smptexta; msgrec.str:=mess; OG_Insert_Smptext(Msgobj, msgrec, 0, OG_Last); END; OG_Import_Drawing Description This procedure imports a drawing. It returns a handle to the first object in the drawing. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Import_Drawing (name VARCHAR2, repository NUMBER, format NUMBER, use_colors BOOLEAN, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE) RETURN OG_Object; FUNCTION OG_Import_Drawing (name VARCHAR2, repository NUMBER, format NUMBER, use_colors BOOLEAN, parent_hdl OG_Object, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters name Is the name of the drawing. If the drawing is stored in the database, this argument should contain only the name of the drawing. If the drawing is stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the drawing file. Repository Specifies whether the drawing is stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Db Means the drawing is stored in the database. OG_Filesystem Means the drawing is stored in the file system. format Specifies the format in which the drawing is saved. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Cgm_Dformat Means the drawing is saved in the CGM format (either 2-byte or 4-
- 56. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference40 byte). OG_Oracle_Dformat Means the drawing is saved in the Oracle Format, used by other Oracle products. use_colors Specifies whether the drawing's color palette should be used. If this argument is TRUE, the drawing's palette will be used. If FALSE, the default Graphics Builder color palette will be used. parent_hdl Is the handle to a group object into which the imported drawing should be inserted as a child. If this argument is not supplied, the drawing is inserted as a child of the root object (although it is not recognized as a layer until you activate or show it). Damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Returns A handle to the imported drawing. OG_Import_Drawing Examples /* Suppose you want to import the contents of the CGM file `my_draw' **onto the layer `layer0'. You can get the object handle to the layer, **then use that for parent_hdl. The following procedure does this: */ PROCEDURE import_the_drawing IS the_layer OG_Object; dummy OG_Object; BEGIN the_layer:=OG_Get_Object('Layer0'); dummy:=OG_Import_Drawing('My_Draw', OG_Filesystem, OG_Cgm16_Dformat, FALSE, the_layer); END; OG_Import_Image Description This procedure imports an image onto the active layer in the active window. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Import_Image (name VARCHAR2, repository NUMBER, format NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters name Is the name of the image. If the image is stored in the database, this argument should contain only the name of the image. If the image is stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the image file. Repository Specifies whether the image is stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in
- 57. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 41 constants: OG_Db Means the image is stored in the database. OG_Filesystem Means the image is stored in the file system. format Specifies the format in which the image is saved. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Any_Iformat Means Graphics Builder automatically determines the image's format. Note: Specify this format if your image was exported in the Oracle Format (now obsolete). OG_Bmp_Iformat Means the image is saved in the BMP format. OG_Cals_Iformat Means the image is saved in the CALS format. OG_Gif_Iformat Means the image is saved in the GIF format. OG_Jfif_Iformat Means the image is saved in the JFIF format. OG_Oracle_Sformat Means the image is saved in the Oracle Format, used by other Oracle products. OG_Pcd_Iformat Means the image is saved in the PCD format. OG_Pcx_Iformat Means the image is saved in the PCX format. OG_Pict_Iformat Means the image is saved in the PICT format. OG_Ras_Iformat Means the image is saved in the Sun raster format. OG_Tiff_Iformat Means the image is saved in the TIFF format. Damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Returns A handle to the imported image. OG_Import_Image Examples /* Suppose you want to import the contents of the TIFF file `my_image' **onto the layer `layer0'. The following procedure does this: */ PROCEDURE import_the_image IS the_image OG_Object; BEGIN OG_Activate_Layer(OG_Get_Layer('Layer0')); the_image:=OG_Import_Image('My_Image', OG_Filesystem, OG_Tiff_Iformat); END;
- 58. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference42 OG_Insert_Child Description This procedure inserts a child object into the specified group object. If the object to be inserted is already a child of another group object, Graphics Builder will first automatically delete the child from its current parent. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Insert_Child (group_hdl OG_Object, child_hdl OG_Object, indx NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters group_hdl Is the handle to the group object into which the child should be inserted. child_hdl Is the handle to the object that should be inserted as a child. indx Is the index in the group's child list at which to insert the new child. This argument must be an integer between 0 and n (inclusive), where n is the number of children in the group prior to the insertion. The value of this argument may also be one of the following built-in constants: OG_First Means insert the object as the first child in the group (index = 0). OG_Last Means insert the object as the last child in the group (index = the number of children in the group prior to the insertion). Damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Usage Notes You can insert an object into a layer by treating the layer as a group object, and passing its object handle to this procedure. You can also create a new layer by inserting a group object into the display's root object. However, Graphics Builder will not recognize that group as a layer until you explicitly show it by calling OG_Activate_Layer or OG_Show_Layer. Note that Graphics Builder does not check for loops in group objects, which would result it you insert a group as a child of one of its descendants. If this occurs, Graphics Builder will enter an infinite loop when it traverses the group tree to update the bounding boxes of the affected objects. Note that this procedure changes only the internal composition of the group objects. To move or change the appearance of the product object, you must use other Graphics Builder built-in procedures. OG_Insert_Child Examples /* Suppose you have a several objects representing products in a warehouse, **and you want to move one of the products from one warehouse to another. **Your display may use a group comprised of the products to represent the **inventory for each warehouse. To move a product from one warehouse to **another, you would want to get the handle to the product object, delete it **from one warehouse group, and add it to another warehouse group. */ PROCEDURE move_prod (warehouse1 IN OG_Object, warehouse2 IN OG_Object, prod_index IN number) IS the_prod OG_Object; BEGIN the_prod:=OG_Get_Child(Warehouse1, prod_index);
- 59. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 43 OG_Delete_Child(Warehouse1, prod_index, 1); OG_Insert_Child(Warehouse2, the_prod, OG_Last); END; OG_Insert_Cmptext Description This procedure inserts a new compound text element into the specified text object. As described in "Text Attributes," a compound text element represents one line of text in a text object. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Insert_Cmptext (text_hdl OG_Object, indx NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters text_hdl Is the handle to the text object. indx Is the index in the compound text element list within the text object at which to insert the new compound text element. This argument must be an integer between 0 and n (inclusive), where n is the number of compound text elements in the text object prior to the insertion. The value of this argument may also be one of the following built-in constants: OG_First Means insert the new compound text element at the beginning of the text object (index = 0). OG_Last Means insert the new compound text element at the end of the text object (index = the number of compound text elements in the text object prior to the insertion). Damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Usage Notes The attributes of a compound text element are set automatically by Graphics Builder. Therefore, you do not need to provide a compound text attribute record when creating new compound text. (In constrast, if you want to get the element's attributes, you must provide OG_Get_Cmptext with a compound text attribute record to receive them.) OG_Insert_Cmptext Examples /* Suppose you want to create a text object that contains a message for **the user. The following function will create the object, insert a compound text **element, then insert a simple text element that contains the text of the message. */ PROCEDURE make_text (the_message IN VARCHAR2) IS text_rec OG_Text_Ca; text_obj OG_Object; smp_rec OG_Smptext_Attr; BEGIN text_rec.text_caob.mask:=OG_None_Generica; text_rec.text_caoh.mask:=OG_None_Graphica; text_rec.text_caot.mask:=OG_None_Texta;
- 60. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference44 text_obj:=OG_Make(Text_Rec); OG_Insert_Cmptext(Text_Obj, OG_Last); smp_rec.mask:=OG_Str_Smptexta; smp_rec.str:=the_message; OG_Insert_Smptext(Text_Obj, smp_rec, 0, OG_Last); END; OG_Insert_Point Description This procedure inserts a new point into the specified polygon object. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Insert_Point (poly_hdl OG_Object, indx NUMBER, pt OG_Point, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters poly_hdl Is the handle to the polygon or polyline object. indx Is the index in the point list at which to insert the new point. This argument must be an integer between 0 and n (inclusive), where n is the number of points in the object prior to the insertion. The value of this argument may also be one of the following built-in constants: OG_First Means insert the new point at the beginning of the object's point list (index = 0). OG_Last Means insert the new point at the end of the object's point list (index = the number of compound text elements in the text object prior to the insertion). pt Is the record containing the x- and y- coordinates of the point to be inserted. Damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Usage Notes If the object was created in the Builder, the initial index values for the points will correspond to the order in which the mouse was selected when the object was drawn (with the first point having an index of 0). Index values for points that were inserted programmatically will depend on the index that was specified when they were inserted. OG_Insert_Point Examples /* Suppose you have several polygons on a map, each of which connects **the cities within a specific distribution area. If a city is transferred from one **distribution area to another, you would want to get a handle to the point **representing that city, delete it from one polygon, and add it to another polygon. */ PROCEDURE move_city(area1 IN OG_Object, area2 IN OG_Object, city_index IN NUMBER) IS the_city OG_Point; BEGIN the_city:=OG_Get_Point(Area1, city_index); OG_Delete_Point(Area1, city_index, 1); OG_Insert_Point(Area2, OG_Last, the_city);
- 61. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 45 END; OG_Insert_Smptext Description This procedure inserts a new simple text element into the specified compound text element within the specified text object. As described in "Text Attributes," a simple text element represents a text string in a compound text element. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Insert_Smptext (textobj OG_Object, smp_attr OG_Smptext_Attr, cmpindex NUMBER, smpindex NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters text_hdl Is the handle to the text object. smp_attr Is the attribute record for the simple text element to be inserted. Cmpindex Is the index of the compound text element within the text object into which the simple text should be inserted. Smpindex Is the index within the compound text element at which the new simple text element should be inserted. This argument must be an integer between 0 and n (inclusive), where n is the number of simple text elements in the compound text element prior to the insertion. The value of this argument may also be one of the following built-in constants: OG_First Means insert the new simple text element at the beginning of the compound text element (index = 0). OG_Last Means insert the new simple text element at the end of the compound text element (index = the number of simple text elements in the compound text element prior to the insertion). Damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Usage Notes The specified simple text element attribute record (smp_attr) contains the attributes for the simple text element, including the text string. The only attribute values that will be set are those specified by the value of the mask attribute in that attribute record. OG_Insert_Smptext Examples /* Suppose you want to create a text object that contains a message **for the user. The following procedure will create the object, insert a **compound text element, then insert a simple text element that contains **the text of the message. */ PROCEDURE make_text (the_message IN VARCHAR2) IS text_rec OG_Text_Ca; text_obj OG_Object;
- 62. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference46 smp_rec OG_Smptext_Attr; BEGIN text_rec.text_caob.mask:=OG_None_Generica; text_rec.text_caoh.mask:=OG_None_Graphica; text_rec.text_caot.mask:=OG_None_Texta; text_obj:=OG_Make(Text_Rec); OG_Insert_Cmptext(Text_Obj, OG_Last); smp_rec.mask:=OG_Str_Smptxta; smp_rec.str:=the_message; OG_Insert_Smptext(Text_Obj, smp_rec, 0, OG_Last); END; OG_Make_Ellipse Description This function creates an ellipse. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Ellipse (position OG_Point, height NUMBER, width NUMBER) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters position The x- and y-coordinates of the ellipse. height The ellipse height. width The ellipse width. Returns A handle to the newly created ellipse. OG_Make_Ellipse Examples /* The following function creates an ellipse: */ FUNCTION example RETURN OG_Object IS object OG_Object; pos OG_Point; height NUMBER; width NUMBER; BEGIN pos.x := OG_Inch; pos.y := OG_Inch; height := 4* OG_Inch; width := 4* OG_Inch; object := OG_Make_Ellipse(Pos, height, width); RETURN(object); END; OG_Make_Group Description This function creates a group object (note that the group will be empty until you add children to it using OG_Insert_Child). Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Group RETURN OG_Object; Parameters: None. Returns A handle to the newly created group.
- 63. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 47 OG_Make_Group Examples /* The following function creates a group with the specified name: */ FUNCTION example(group_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Object IS object OG_Object; BEGIN object := OG_Make_Group; OG_Set_Name(Object, group_name); RETURN(object); END; OG_Make_Image Description This function creates an image from data stored in a database table. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Image (query OG_Query, which_data NUMBER, colname VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters query Is the handle to the query that retrieves the image from a table in a database. Note that this table must be a user table, and not one the private tables used by Graphics Builder when you save or export a module to the database. which_data Specifies whether the image to be created is contained in a query's new or old data set. This value may be one of the following built- in constants: OG_Newdata Means the image is contained in the query's new data set. OG_Olddata Means the image is contained in the query's old data set. Colname Is the name of the query column that contains the image data. The image that is created is the one contained in the query cell at the intersection of the column specified by this attribute and the row pointed to by the query's cursor. Returns A handle to the newly created image. OG_Make_Image Examples /* The following function creates an image from data in the sixth **row of the query 'image_query' in the column IMAGE_COLUMN: */ FUNCTION example(image_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Object IS query OG_Query; object OG_Object; BEGIN query := OG_Get_Query('Image_Query'); OG_Execute_Query(Query); OG_Start_From(Query, OG_Newdata, 5); object := OG_Make_Image(Query, OG_Newdata, 'IMAGE_COLUMN');
- 64. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference48 OG_Set_Name(Object, image_name); RETURN(object); END; OG_Make_Line Description This function creates a line. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Line (startpt OG_Point, endpt OG_Point) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters startpt Is the starting point of the line (in layout units). endpt Is the ending point of the line (in layout units). Returns A handle to the newly created line. OG_Make_Line Examples /* The following function creates a 2" horizontal line: */ FUNCTION example RETURN OG_Object IS object OG_Object; startpt OG_Point; endpt OG_Point; BEGIN startpt.x := OG_Inch; startpt.y := OG_Inch; endpt.x := 2 * OG_Inch; endpt.y := OG_Inch; object := OG_Make_Line(Startpt, endpt); RETURN(object); END; OG_Make_Poly Description This function creates a polygon/polyline object (note that the object will contain no points until you add them using OG_Insert_Point). Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Poly RETURN OG_Object; Parameters: None. Returns A handle to the newly created polygon/polyline object. OG_Make_Poly Examples /* The following function creates a polygon with the specified name: */ FUNCTION example(poly_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Object IS object OG_Object; BEGIN
- 65. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 49 object := OG_Make_Poly; OG_Set_Name(Object, poly_name); RETURN(object); END; OG_Make_Rect Description This function creates a rectangle. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Rect (position OG_Point, height NUMBER, width NUMBER) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters position Is the x- and y-coordinates of the rectangle. height Is the height of the rectangle. width Is the width of the rectangle. Returns A handle to the newly created rectangle. OG_Make_Rect Examples /* The following function creates a rectangle: */ FUNCTION example RETURN OG_Object IS object OG_Object; pos OG_Point; height NUMBER; width NUMBER; BEGIN pos.x := OG_Inch; pos.y := OG_Inch; height := 4* OG_Inch; width := 4* OG_Inch; object := OG_Make_Rect(Pos, height, width); RETURN(object); END; OG_Make_Rrect Description This function creates a rounded rectangle. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Rrect (position OG_Point, height NUMBER, width NUMBER) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters position Is the x- and y-coordinates of the rounded rectangle. height Is the height of the rounded rectangle. width Is the width of the rounded rectangle. Returns A handle to the newly created rounded rectangle.
- 66. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference50 OG_Make_Rrect Examples /* The following function creates a rounded rectangle: */ FUNCTION example RETURN OG_Object IS object OG_Object; pos OG_Point; height NUMBER; width NUMBER; BEGIN pos.x := OG_Inch; pos.y := OG_Inch; height := 4* OG_Inch; width := 4* OG_Inch; object := OG_Make_Rrect(Pos, height, width); RETURN(object); END; OG_Make_Symbol Description This function creates a symbol. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Symbol (position OG_Point, indx NUMBER, symsize NUMBER) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters position Is the symbol's center point. indx Is the index (or number) of the symbol's position as it appears in the symbol palette in the Builder. Symsize Is the symbol's size. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Large_Symsize OG_Medium_Symsize OG_Small_Symsize Returns A handle to the newly created symbol. OG_Make_Symbol Examples /* The following function creates a symbol: */ FUNCTION example RETURN OG_Object IS symbol OG_Object; pos OG_Point; BEGIN pos.x := OG_Inch; pos.y := OG_Inch; symbol := OG_Make_Symbol(Pos, 5, OG_Large_Symsize); RETURN(symbol); END;
- 67. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 51 OG_Make_Text Description This function creates a text object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Text (position OG_Point, RETURN OG_Object; OG_Make_Text (position OG_Point, string VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Object; OG_Make_Text (position OG_Point, string VARCHAR2, ptsize NUMBER) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters position Is the x- and y-coordinates of the text object. string Is the text string. ptsize Is the point size. Returns A handle to the newly created text object. OG_Make_Text Examples /* The following function creates a text object: */ FUNCTION example RETURN OG_Object IS object OG_Object; pos OG_Point; BEGIN pos.x := OG_Inch; pos.y := OG_Inch; object := OG_Make_Text(Pos, 'Sales Rankings'); RETURN(object); END; OG_Move Description This procedure moves the specified object to another position on the layout. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Move (object_hdl OG_Object, offset OG_Point, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object to move. offset Is the relative distance that the object should be moved from its current position. Damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Usage Notes Note that you are able to move the object off the layout by specifying an offset that results in negative coordinates. Positive values for the x- and y- components of offset will move the object to the right and down. Negative values will move the object to the left and up.
- 68. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference52 To move an object to an absolute position on the layout, set the new position in its appropriate attribute record. OG_Move Examples /* Suppose you have an object that represents inventory in a warehouse. **If the inventory is moved from one warehouse to another, you would **want to move the object that represents it. */ PROCEDURE move_inventory(invent_obj IN OG_Object) IS distance OG_Point; BEGIN distance.x:=(3*OG_Inch); distance.y:=(3*OG_Inch); OG_Move(Invent_Obj, distance); END; OG_Point_In Description This function determines if the specified reference point lies within the fill region of an object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Point_In (object_hdl OG_Object, ref_pt OG_Point, aperture OG_Point) RETURN OG_Object; FUNCTION OG_Point_In (window_hdl OG_Window, ref_pt OG_Point, aperture OG_Point) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object to be checked. window_hdl Is the handle to the window to be checked. ref_pt Is the reference point. Aperture Is the maximum acceptable distance from the reference point (used only if object_hdl has a transparent fill). Returns If the specified reference point lies within the fill region of an object, the function returns the handle to that object. If the point does not lie within an object's fill region, the function returns a null handle. Usage Notes This function is most useful when monitoring a user's mouse activity. For example, you could write a button procedure for a group object and use the event record in the procedure header to determine the position of the mouse when it is selected or moved. Then you could call OG_Point_In or OG_Point_Near and pass in the group object and the mouse coordinates as arguments. The function will then return the single object in the group the user selected. Note that this function determines only if the point lies within the fill region of an object. If the point lies exactly on an object's edge, this function returns a null handle. (This function assumes the object's edge to be the minimum possible thickness; the area covered by a thick edge is ignored.) If the object has a transparent fill pattern (and therefore no fill region), this function defaults to the behavior of OG_Point_Near. Note that the argument aperture is not used by OG_Point_In, but is passed on to OG_Point_Near if the object has a transparent fill pattern.
- 69. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 53 If a single object is specified as an argument, this function will check if the point lies within that object. If a group object is specified, this function will check each member of the group (and subgroups) and return the top-most single object that the point lies within (or a null handle, if the point does not lie within any object in the group). Note that a layer may be passed in as a group object. Similarly, if a window is specified instead of an object, this function will check each object in the window. If the point lies within more than one object, the object that is highest in its group tree is returned. OG_Point_In Examples /* Suppose your application allows the user to select an object and drag it on **top of other objects that are within a group. When the user releases the mouse **button, you want to determine which object the mouse is pointing to, and destroy it. **The following procedure could be used as a button procedure for the object that was dragged. */ PROCEDURE destroy_target (hitobj IN OG_Object, buttonobj IN OG_Object, win IN OG_Window, eventinfo IN OG_Event) IS the_group OG_Object; aper OG_Point; target_obj OG_Object; BEGIN IF eventinfo.event_type=OG_Mouse_Up THEN the_group:=OG_Get_Object('Big_Group'); aper.x:=3*OG_App.HSCREEN_RES; /* three pixels */ aper.y:=3*OG_App.VSCREEN_RES; /* three pixels */ target_obj:=OG_Point_In(The_Group, eventinfo.mouse_position, aper); IF not(OG_Isnull(Target_Obj)) THEN OG_Destroy(Target_Obj); END IF; END IF; END; OG_Point_Near Description This function determines if the specified reference point lies along an object's edge. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Point_Near (object_hdl OG_Object, ref_pt OG_Point, aperture OG_Point) RETURN OG_Object; FUNCTION OG_Point_Near (window_hdl OG_Window, ref_pt OG_Point, aperture OG_Point) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object to be checked. window_hdl Is the handle to the window to be checked. ref_pt Is the reference point. Aperture Is the maximum acceptable distance from the reference point. Returns If the specified reference point lies along an object's edge, the function returns the handle to that object. If the point does not lie on an object's edge, the function returns a null handle. Usage Notes This function is most useful when monitoring a user's mouse activity. For example, you could write a button procedure for a group object and use the event record in the procedure header to determine the position of the mouse when it is selected or moved. Then you could call OG_Point_In or
- 70. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference54 OG_Point_Near and pass in the group object and the mouse coordinates as arguments. The function will then return the single object the user selected. Note that if the object has a transparent edge pattern, this function returns a null handle. If a single object is specified as an argument, this function will check if the point lies along the edge of that object. If a group object is specified, this function will check each member of the group (and subgroups) and return the single object whose edge the point lies on (or a null handle, if the point does not lie along the edge of any object in the group). Note that a layer may be passed in as a group object. Similarly, if a window is specified instead of an object, this function will check each object in the window. The argument aperture specifies the maximum distance that the reference point can be from an object's edge and still return the handle to that object. If the area specified by the aperture extends onto the object's edge, OG_Point_Near will return the handle to the object. Note that the aperture has both an x- and a y-component. If the point lies within more than one object, the object that is highest in its group tree is returned. Typically, you will use the aperture to give the user a margin of error, allowing for imprecise positioning of the mouse. In this situation, you would set both the x- and y-components of the aperture to the same value, possibly the equivalent of three screen pixels. OG_Point_Near Examples /* Suppose your application allows the user to select an object and drag it **to the edge of other objects that are within a group. When the user releases **the mouse button, you want to determine which object's edge the mouse **is pointing to, and destroy it. The following procedure could be used as a **button procedure for the object that was dragged. */ PROCEDURE destroy_target (hitobj IN OG_Object, buttonobj IN OG_Object, win IN OG_Window, eventinfo IN OG_Event) IS the_group OG_Object; aper OG_Point; target_obj OG_Object; BEGIN IF eventinfo.event_type=OG_Mouse_Up THEN the_group:=OG_Get_Object('Big_Group'); aper.x:=3*OG_App.HSCREEN_RES; /* three pixels */ aper.y:=3*OG_App.VSCREEN_RES; /* three pixels */ target_obj:=OG_Point_Near(The_Group, eventinfo.mouse_position, aper); IF not(OG_Isnull(Target_Obj)) THEN OG_Destroy(Target_Obj); END IF; END IF; END; OG_Property_Exists Description This function determines if a user-defined property has been created for a particular object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Property_Exists (object_hdl OG_Object, prop_name VARCHAR2) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object containing the property. prop_name is the name of the property whose existence you want to check.
- 71. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 55 Returns TRUE If the property exists. FALSE If the property does not exist. OG_Property_Exists Examples /* The following procedure adds the property 'priority' to an object, if it doesn't already exist: */ PROCEDURE example(object OG_Object) IS BEGIN IF NOT OG_Property_Exists(Object, 'priority') THEN OG_Set_Property(Object, 'priority', 10); END IF; END; OG_Rotate Description This procedure rotates the specified object by the specified number of degrees counter- clockwise. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Rotate (object_hdl OG_Object, center_pt OG_Point, degrees NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object to be rotated. center_pt Is the point on the layout to be used as the center of rotation. Degrees Is the number of degrees counter-clockwise the object should be rotated. Damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. OG_Rotate Examples /* Suppose you have a display that contains a dial. The needle of the dial **points at specific values along the face of the dial. When the data changes, **you may want to rotate the needle to point to a new value. */ PROCEDURE rotate_needle (degrees IN NUMBER, center_pt IN OG_Point) IS the_needle OG_Object; BEGIN the_needle:=OG_Get_Object('Needle 1'); OG_Rotate(The_Needle, center_pt, degrees); END; OG_Same Description This function compares the two handles to see if they are the same. For example, if you pass this function handles to two objects, it checks whether the two handles point to the same object.
- 72. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference56 Syntax FUNCTION OG_Same object (handle1 OG_Object, handle2 OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Same query (handle1 OG_Query, handle2 OG_Query) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Same chart template (handle1 OG_Template, handle2 OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Same button procedure (handle1 OG_Buttonproc, handle2 OG_Buttonproc) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Same sound (handle1 OG_Sound, handle2 OG_Sound) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Same window (handle1 OG_Window, handle2 OG_Window) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Same layer (handle1 OG_Layer, handle2 OG_Layer) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Same timer (handle1 OG_Timer, handle2 OG_Timer) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Same display (handle1 OG_Display, handle2 OG_Display) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Same axis (handle1 OG_Axis, handle2 OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Same field template (handle1 OG_Ftemp, handle2 OG_Ftemp) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Same reference line (handle1 OG_Refline, handle2 OG_Refline) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters handle1 Is the first of two handles to compare. handle2 Is the second of two handles to compare. Returns TRUE If the two handles are the same. FALSE If the two handles are not the same. Usage Notes This function is necessary because you cannot use "=" to compare the values of handles. For eample, the following procedure is not legal: PROCEDURE invalid (obj1 OG_Object, obj2 OG_Object) IS BEGIN IF obj1 = obj2 THEN --illegal comparison NULL; END IF; END;
- 73. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 57 OG_Same Examples /* Suppose you want to compare two objects to see if they are the same. **The following function returns TRUE if they are the same and FALSE if they are not: */ FUNCTION compare (obj1 OG_Object, obj2 OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN IS BEGIN IF OG_Same(Obj1, obj2) THEN RETURN(TRUE); ELSE RETURN(FALSE); END IF; END; OG_Scale Description This procedure resizes the specified object. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Scale (object_hdl. OG_Object, anchor OG_Point, oldpt OG_Point, newpt OG_Point, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object to scale. anchor Is the anchor point of the object. oldpt Is the start point. newpt Is the end point. Damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Usage Notes The scaling factor is calculated by taking the distance between the new point and the anchor point, and the distance between the old point and the anchor point. The ratio of these two distances is the scaling factor. A separate scaling factor is calculated for the x- and y-coordinates. The relative position of each of the object's control points with respect to the anchor point will then be scaled by this factor. Note that if the x- and y-scaling factors are equal, the object will be resized while maintaining its aspect ratio (e.g., a square will remain a square). For example, to double the size of an object whose upper-left control point is at (OG_Inch, OG_Inch), you can use the following values: anchor = (OG_Inch, OG_Inch), oldpt = (OG_Inch+1, OG_Inch+1), newpt = (OG_Inch+2, OG_Inch+2). Thus, the x-scaling factor would be: (newpt.x-anchor.x) / (oldpt.x- anchor.x) = (OG_Inch+2-OG_Inch) / (OG_Inch+1-OG_Inch) = 2 / 1 = 2. The y-scaling factor would be: (newpt.y-anchor.y) / (oldpt.y-anchor.y) = (OG_Inch+2-OG_Inch) / (OG_Inch+1-OG_Inch) = 2 / 1 = 2. The distance between the anchor point and each of the object's control points will then be scaled by this factor. Following the above example, if the scale factor is 2 and the upper-right control point of the object is 1.5 inches to the right of the anchor point, the control point will be moved to a position that is 3 inches to the right of the anchor point. The object's other control points will be moved in a similar manner. Note that if a control point is used as an anchor point, its position will not change (since the distance between the control point and the anchor point would be 0). You can also use this procedure to resize the specified object, as if you had used a Select tool to select on a control point and drag it to a new position on the layout. The anchor point is the control point that does not move during the operation (the point diagonally opposite the point you would drag on the layout). The control point you want to move is oldpt, and newpt is the new position to move it to.
- 74. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference58 OG_Scale Examples /* Suppose you want to double the size of the object that the user selects. **Assume the object's center is at (OG_Inch, OG_Inch), and use this point as **the anchor. The following button procedure will double the size of the object: */ PROCEDURE double (buttonobj IN OG_Object, hitobj IN OG_Object, win IN OG_Window, eventinfo IN OG_Event) IS anchor OG_Point; newpt OG_Point; oldpt OG_Point; BEGIN anchor.x:=OG_Inch; anchor.y:=OG_Inch; oldpt.x:=OG_Inch+1; oldpt.y:=OG_Inch+1; newpt.x:=OG_Inch+2; newpt.y:=OG_Inch+2; OG_Scale(Hitobj, anchor, oldpt, newpt); END; OG_Set_Edgecolor Description This procedure sets the edge color of the specified object. It sets the edge pattern to 'transparent', and the background edge color to the specified color. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Edgecolor (object OG_Object, color VARCHAR2 damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters object Is the handle to the object to change. color Is the name of the color. Damage Is the damage flag update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. OG_Set_Edgecolor Examples /* The following procedure sets the edge color of the specified object: */ PROCEDURE example(object OG_Object) IS BEGIN OG_Set_Edgecolor(Object, 'red'); END; OG_Set_Fillcolor Description This procedure sets the fill color of the specified object. It sets the fill pattern to 'transparent', and the background fill color to the specified color. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Fillcolor (object OG_Object, color VARCHAR2 damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE);
- 75. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 59 Parameters object Is the handle to the object to change. color Is the name of the color. Damage Is the damage flag update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. OG_Set_Fillcolor Examples /* The following procedure sets the fill color of the specified object: */ PROCEDURE example(object OG_Object) IS BEGIN OG_Set_Fillcolor(Object, 'red'); END; OG_Set_Property Description This procedure sets the value of an object's user-defined property. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Property date (object_hdl OG_Object, prop_name VARCHAR2, prop_value VARCHAR2, date_fmt VARCHAR2 := 'DD-MON-YY'); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Property number (object_hdl OG_Object, prop_name VARCHAR2, prop_value NUMBER); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Property char (object_hdl OG_Object,: prop_name VARCHAR2, prop_value VARCHAR2,); Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object whose property you want to set. prop_name Is the name of the property to set. prop_value Is the value to which the property will be set. date_fmt Is the date format mask for converting the prop_value character string into a date. Usage Notes If the property exists, this procedure changes its value. If the property does not exist, this procedure creates it and sets its value without raising an error. OG_Set_Property Examples /* The following procedure gets the 'priority' property in each child object in a **group, and then sets the priority to one greater than its current value: */ PROCEDURE example(group_name VARCHAR2) IS group_obj OG_Object; child_count NUMBER; child_obj OG_Object; current_p NUMBER; BEGIN group_obj := OG_Get_Object(Group_Name); child_count := OG_Get_Childcount(Group_Obj);
- 76. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference60 FOR i IN 0..child_count-1 LOOP child_obj := OG_Get_Child(Group_Obj, i); current_p := OG_Get_Num_Property(Child_Obj, 'priority'); OG_Set_Property(Child_Obj, 'priority', current_p + 1); END LOOP; END; OG_Synchronize Description This procedure forces the damage regions in all windows to be redrawn. It "synchronizes" the internal descriptions of all objects with their visual representations. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Synchronize; Parameters: None. Usage Notes Note that in your own PL/SQL programs, an implicit OG_Synchronize is executed at the end of the highest level procedure or function that is invoked. OG_Synchronize Examples /* Suppose you want to move an object across the display in ten 1/4" increments. **Instead of moving it multiple times and having it update visually only at the end **of the procedure, you may want to "synchronize" the layout with the internal **representation of the object after each move. */ PROCEDURE slide_across(the_object IN OG_Object) IS offset OG_Point; BEGIN offset.x:=(1/4)*OG_Inch; offset.y:=0; FOR i IN 1..10 LOOP move(the_object, offset); OG_Synchronize; END LOOP; END; OG_Update_Bbox Description This function updates an object's bounding box(es). If the object is a group, the bounding boxes of all of its descendants are also updated. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Update_Bbox (object_hdl OG_Object, which_bbox NUMBER); Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object to update. which_bbox Specifies whether the inner or outer bounding box is updated. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Bothbbox Means update both the inner and outer bounding boxes. OG_Innerbbox Means update only the inner bounding box. OG_Outerbbox Means update only the outer bounding box.
- 77. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 61 OG_Update_Bbox Examples /*Suppose you want to move an object. The default behavior **of the built-in procedure OG_Move is to update the bounding **boxes of all of the modified object's antecedants, including **the layer on which the object resides. To update a layer's **bounding boxes, Graphics Builder must examine every object on that layer. **If the layer contains a large number of objects, this operation **can be very time-consuming.*/ /*To make your application more efficient, you can move the **object while inhibiting this automatic bounding box update, **then explicitly update only that object's bounding boxes. **(Note that since the automatic bounding box update does not **occur, the bounding boxes of the object's antecedants **may be inaccurate.) */ /*When you modify an object with a FALSE bounding box update **flag, you may also want to use a FALSE damage flag. In this case, **when you are through modifying the object, you would invoke **OG_Damage to explicitly damage the object. */ PROCEDURE move_efficiently (the_object OG_Object) IS offset OG_Point; BEGIN offset.x:=OG_Inch; offset.y:=OG_Inch; OG_Move(The_Object, offset, FALSE, FALSE) OG_Update_Bbox(The_Object, OG_Bothbbox); OG_Damage(The_Object); END; Layer Built-ins OG_Activate_Layer OG_Get_Layer OG_Hide_Layer OG_Show_Layer OG_Activate_Layer Description This procedure activates the specified layer in the specified window. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Activate_Layer (layer_hdl OG_Layer, window_hdl OG_Window damage BOOLEAN := TRUE); PROCEDURE OG_Activate_Layer (layer_hdl OG_Layer, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters layer_hdl Is the handle to the layer that is activated. window_hdl Is the handle to the window in which the layer is activated. If not specified, the layer is
- 78. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference62 activated in all windows. damage Is the damage flag. Usage Notes Activating a hidden layer forces it to be shown. One layer only can be active at a time; when you activate a layer, the previously active layer is deactivated. If you insert a group object as a child of the display's root object, you can then use OG_Get_Layer to get a layer handle to that group. Activating such a group object forces Graphics Builder to recognize it as a layer. OG_Activate_Layer Examples /* Suppose your layout contains several layers, **each of which contains a set of buttons. **If you want certain buttons to be active at **a specific time, you can activate the layer **that contains those buttons. If the user **selects a button object that is not in the active **layer, nothing will happen. */ PROCEDURE activate_a_layer(layer_num NUMBER, the_window OG_Window) IS layer_name VARCHAR2(6); the_layer OG_Layer; BEGIN layer_name:='layer'||TO_CHAR(layer_num); the_layer:=OG_Get_Layer(Layer_Name); OG_Activate_Layer(The_Layer, the_window); END; OG_Get_Layer Description Note that you can also treat a layer as a group object by passing its name to OG_Get_Object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Layer (layer_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Layer; Parameters layer_name Is the name of the layer whose handle should be returned. Returns A handle to the specified layer. If the layer does not exist, this function will return a null handle. Usage Notes In addition, you can user OG_Get_Layer to get a layer handle to a group object, then force that group to become a layer by showing it or activating it. OG_Get_Layer Examples /* Suppose you want to hide "layer1". */ PROCEDURE make_layer1_invis (the_window) IS my_layer OG_Layer; BEGIN my_layer:=OG_Get_Layer('Layer1'); OG_Hide_Layer(My_Layer, the_window); END;
- 79. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 63 OG_Hide_Layer Description This procedure hides the specified layer. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Hide_Layer (layer_hdl OG_Layer); PROCEDURE OG_Hide_Layer (layer_hdl OG_Layer, window_hdl OG_Window); Parameters layer_hdl Is the handle to the layer that is hidden. window_hdl Is the handle to the window in which the layer is hidden. If not specified, the layer is hidden in all windows. Usage Notes If the layer is showing in more than one window, it will be hidden in the specified window only. The active layer cannot be hidden; to do so, you must first activate another layer. OG_Hide_Layer Examples /* Suppose "layer1" contains information that is no longer useful to view. **The following procedure will hide it: */ PROCEDURE make_layer1_invis(the_window) IS my_layer OG_Layer; BEGIN my_layer:=OG_Get_Layer('Layer1'); OG_Hide_Layer(My_Layer, the_window); END; OG_Show_Layer Description This procedure shows the specified layer. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Show_Layer (layer_hdl OG_Layer, window_hdl OG_Window); Parameters layer_hdl Is the handle to the layer that is shown. window_hdl Is the handle to the window in which the layer is shown. If not specified, the layer is shown in all windows. Usage Notes If the layer is hidden in more than one window, it will be shown in the specified window only. If you insert a group object as a child of the display's root object, you can then use OG_Get_Layer to get a layer handle to that group. Showing such a group object forces Graphics Builder to recognize it as a layer. OG_Show_Layer Examples /* Suppose you want to show "layer1". */ PROCEDURE make_layer_visible (the_window) IS my_layer OG_Layer; BEGIN
- 80. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference64 my_layer:=OG_Get_Layer('Layer1'); OG_Show_Layer(My_Layer, the_window); END; Miscellaneous Built-ins Do_Sql OG_Append_Directory OG_Append_File OG_Center OG_Damage (Region) OG_Get_Attr (Application) OG_Get_Attr (Axis) OG_Get_Attr (Display) OG_Get_Attr (Field Template) OG_Get_Attr (Frame Template) OG_Get_Attr (Object) OG_Get_Attr (Printer) OG_Get_Attr (Query) OG_Get_Attr (Reference Line) OG_Get_Attr (Sound) OG_Get_Attr (Timer) OG_Get_Attr (Window) OG_Get_Buttonproc OG_Help OG_Host OG_Pause OG_Print OG_Quit OG_Root_Object OG_Set_Attr (Application) OG_Set_Attr (Axis) OG_Set_Attr (Chart Element) OG_Set_Attr (Display) OG_Set_Attr (Field Template) OG_Set_Attr (Frame Template) OG_Set_Attr (Object) OG_Set_Attr (Printer) OG_Set_Attr (Query) OG_Set_Attr (Reference Line) OG_Set_Attr (Sound) OG_Set_Attr (Timer) OG_Set_Attr (Window) OG_Translate_Envvar OG_User_Exit DO_SQL Description This procedure executes the specified SQL statement. Syntax PROCEDURE do_sql
- 81. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 65 (sql_stmt VARCHAR2); Parameters sql_stmt Is any valid SQL statement. This includes either DML (data manipulation language) or DDL (data definition language) statements. Usage Notes Since standard PL/SQL does not allow you to execute DDL statements, use this procedure to execute them, instead. You can, however, include DML statements in your PL/SQL program units. In general, DML statements are executed more efficiently within program units than with the DO_SQL procedure. Do_Sql Examples /* The following procedure creates a table from within Graphics Builder: */ PROCEDURE create_table(table_name VARCHAR2) IS BEGIN do_sql('create table' || table_name || ' (empno number(4),' || ' ename varchar2(10));'); END; OG_Append_Directory Description This function builds a string that specifies a pathname in your file system. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Append_Directory (dir VARCHAR2, subdir VARCHAR2) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters dir Is a string specifying the directory to which subdir is appended. This argument must contain the complete name of a valid directory. subdir Is a string specifying a subdirectory that is appended to dir. Returns A character string containing the complete directory path. Usage Notes You provide the names of the directory and subdirectory, and this function concatenates them using the directory separator that is appropriate for your system. OG_Append_Directory Examples /* Suppose you create a display that is run on several different systems, **and one function of that display is to import an image from the file **`my_image'. Assume the identical directory structure exists on all systems **on which the display is run; however, each system requires a different **directory separator. The following procedure creates a valid directory **string for each system: */ PROCEDURE import_my_image(file_path VARCHAR2) IS the_image OG_Object; BEGIN file_path:=OG_Append_Directory(File_Path, 'home'); file_path:=OG_Append_Directory(File_Path, 'smith'); file_path:=OG_Append_Directory(File_Path, 'images');
- 82. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference66 file_path:=OG_Append_File(File_Path, 'my_image'); the_image:=OG_Import_Image(File_Path, OG_Filesystem, OG_Tiff_Iformat); END; /*Assume the intial value of file_path is `C:'. On MS-DOS systems, **the value of **file_path that is passed to OG_Import_Image is: **C:homesmithimagesmy_image. */ /*Assume the initial value of file_path is `disk$ic1[]'. On VMS systems, **the value of file_path that is passed to OG_Import_Image is: **disk$ic1:[home.smith.images]my_image. */ OG_Append_File Description This function builds a string that specifies a file's pathname in your file system. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Append_File (dir VARCHAR2, filename VARCHAR2) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters dir Is a string specifying the directory to which filename is appended. This argument must contain the complete name of a valid directory. filename Is a string specifying a filename that is appended to dir. Returns A character string containing the complete file path. Usage Notes You provide the names of the directory and file, and this function concatenates them using the directory separator that is appropriate for your system. OG_Append_File Examples /* Suppose you create a display that is run on several different systems, **and one function of that display is to import an image from the file `my_image'. **Assume the identical directory structure exists on all systems on which the display **is run; however, each system requires a different directory separator. **The following procedure creates a valid directory string for each system: */ PROCEDURE import_my_image(file_path VARCHAR2) IS the_image OG_Object; BEGIN file_path:=OG_Append_Directory(File_Path, 'home'); file_path:=OG_Append_Directory(File_Path, 'smith'); file_path:=OG_Append_Directory(File_Path, 'images'); file_path:=OG_Append_File(File_Path, 'my_image'); the_image:=OG_Import_Image(File_Path, OG_Filesystem, OG_Tiff_Iformat); END; /*Assume the intial value of file_path is `C:'. On MS-DOS systems, the value of **file_path that is passed to OG_Import_Image is: C:homesmithimagesmy_image. */ /*Assume the initial value of file_path is `disk$ic1[]'. On VMS systems, the value of **file_path that is passed to OG_Import_Image is: disk$ic1:[home.smith.images]my_image. */
- 83. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 67 OG_Center Description This procedure redraws the display in the specified window such that the point in the display represented by center_pt appears at the center of the window. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Center (window_hdl OG_Window, center_pt OG_Point); Parameters window_hdl Is the handle to the window. center_pt Is the point in the display around which the window should be centered.
- 84. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference68 OG_Center Examples /* Suppose you have a chart that you want to appear in the center of a window. **To do this, you need to get the location and dimensions of the chart's outer **bounding box, calculate its center point, then use center_pt to place this **point in the center of the window. */ PROCEDURE center_chart (my_window IN og_window, my_chart IN og_object) IS center_point og_point; chart_record og_chart_ca; BEGIN chart_record.chart_caob.mask:=OG_OBBOX_GENERICA; chart_record.chart_caog_mask:=OG_NONE_GROUPA; chart_record.chart_caoc_mask:=OG_NONE_CHARTA; og_get_attr (my_chart, chart_record); center_pt.x:=chart_record.chart_caob.obbox.x + (chart_record.chart_caob.obbox.width / 2); center_pt.y:=chart_record.chart_caob.obbox.y + (chart_record.chart_caob.obbox.height / 2); og_center (my_window, center_point); END; OG_Damage (Region) Description This procedure damages a rectangular region on the layout. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Damage (region OG_Rectangle); PROCEDURE OG_Damage (region OG_Rectangle, layer_hdl OG_Layer); Parameters region Is a rectangular region to damaged. layer_hdl Is the layer in which the rectangular region is damaged. If layer_hdl is not specified, the region on all layers are damaged. Usage Notes For more information, see "Damage Flag" . OG_Damage (Region) Examples /* The following procedure damages a 3"x2" ** area in the upper-left corner of the layout: */ PROCEDURE example IS damage_region OG_Rectangle; BEGIN damage_region.x := 0; damage_region.y := 0; damage_region.width := 3 * OG_Inch; damage_region.height := 2 * OG_Inch;
- 85. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 69 OG_Damage(Damage_Region); END; OG_Get_Attr (Application) Description Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr (attr IN OUT OG_App_Attr); Parameters attr Is the attribute record to be filled with the attributes of the application. Usage Notes This procedure gets the attribute values of the currently running Graphics Builder executable. The only attribute values that will be retrieved are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Get_Attr (Application) Examples /* The following function returns the number of screen resolution units **(i.e., pixels) for the current display device: */ FUNCTION example RETURN NUMBER IS rec OG_App_Attr; BEGIN rec.mask := OG_Screen_Res_Appa; OG_Get_Attr(Rec); RETURN(rec.hscreen_res); END; OG_Get_Attr (Axis) Description This procedure gets the attribute values of the specified axis. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr generic (axis_hdl IN OG_Axis, attr IN OUT OG_Axis_Attr); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr continuous (axis_hdl IN OG_Axis, attr IN OUT OG_Contaxis_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr date (axis_hdl IN OG_Axis, attr IN OUT OG_Dateaxis_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr discrete (axis_hdl IN OG_Axis, attr IN OUT OG_Discaxis_Ca); Parameters axis_hdl Is the handle to the axis whose attributes you want to get. attr Is the attribute record to be filled with the attributes of the axis.
- 86. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference70 Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be retrieved are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Get_Attr (Axis) Examples /* The following function returns the custom label for the specified axis: */ FUNCTION example(axis OG_Axis) RETURN CHAR IS rec OG_Contaxis_Ca; BEGIN rec.ca_axis.mask := OG_Custlabel_Axisa; rec.ca_cont.mask := OG_None_Contaxisa; OG_Get_Attr(Axis, rec); RETURN(rec.ca_axis.custlabel); END; OG_Get_Attr (Display) Description This procedure gets the attribute values of the current display. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr (attr IN OUT OG_Display_Attr); Parameters attr Is the attribute record to be filled with the attributes of the display. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be retrieved are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Get_Attr (Display) Examples /* The following function returns the display width: */ FUNCTION example RETURN NUMBER IS rec OG_Display_Attr; BEGIN rec.mask := OG_Size_Displaya; OG_Get_Attr(Rec); RETURN(rec.width); END; OG_Get_Attr (Field Template) Description This procedure gets the attribute values of the specified field template. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr generic (ftemp_hdl IN OG_Ftemp, attr IN OUT OG_Ftemp_Attr); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr axis (ftemp_hdl IN OG_Ftemp, attr IN OUT OG_Axisftemp_Ca);
- 87. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 71 Parameters ftemp_hdl Is the handle to the field template whose attributes you want to get. attr Is the attribute record to be filled with the attributes of the field template. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be retrieved are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Get_Attr (Field Template) Examples /* The following function returns the number format mask for the specified field template: */ FUNCTION example(ftemp OG_Ftemp) RETURN CHAR IS rec OG_Axisftemp_Ca; BEGIN rec.ca_ftemp.mask := OG_Numfmt_Ftempa; rec.ca_aftemp.mask := OG_None_Axisftempa; OG_Get_Attr(Ftemp, rec); RETURN(rec.ca_ftemp.numfmt); END; OG_Get_Attr (Frame Template) Description This procedure gets the attribute values of the specified frame template. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr generic frame (template_hdl IN OG_Template, attr IN OUT OG_Frame_Attr); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr axis frame (template_hdl IN OG_Template, attr IN OUT OG_Axisframe_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr pie frame (template_hdl IN OG_Template, attr IN OUT OG_Pieframe_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr table frame (template_hdl IN OG_Template, attr IN OUT OG_Tableframe_Ca); Parameters template_hdl Is the handle to the chart template whose frame attributes you want to get. attr Is the attribute record to be filled with the attributes of the frame template. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be retrieved are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Get_Attr (Frame Template) Examples /* The following function returns the depth size for the specified template frame: */ FUNCTION example(temp OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER IS rec OG_Axisframe_Ca; BEGIN
- 88. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference72 rec.ca_frame.mask := OG_Depthsize_Framea; rec.ca_axis.mask := OG_None_Framea; OG_Get_Attr(Temp, rec); RETURN(rec.ca_frame.depthsize); END; OG_Get_Attr (Object) Description This procedure gets the attribute values of the specified object. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr arc (object_hdl IN OG_Object, attr IN OUT OG_Arc_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr chart (object_hdl IN OG_Object, attr IN OUT OG_Chart_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr generic (object_hdl IN OG_Object, attr IN OUT OG_Generic_Attr); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr graphic (object_hdl IN OG_Object, attr IN OUT OG_Graphic_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr group (object_hdl IN OG_Object, attr IN OUT OG_Group_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr image (object_hdl IN OG_Object, attr IN OUT OG_Image_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr line (object_hdl IN OG_Object, attr IN OUT OG_Line_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr polygon/polyline (object_hdl IN OG_Object, attr IN OUT OG_Poly_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr rectangle (object_hdl IN OG_Object, attr IN OUT OG_Rect_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr rounded rectangle (object_hdl IN OG_Object, attr IN OUT OG_Rrect_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr symbol (object_hdl IN OG_Object, attr IN OUT OG_Symbol_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr text/text field (object_hdl IN OG_Object, attr IN OUT OG_Text_Ca); Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object whose attributes you want to get. attr Is the attribute record to be filled with the attributes of the object. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be retrieved are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Get_Attr (Object) Examples /* Suppose the user selects an object whose color determines what information **the user is interested in viewing. The following function will take an object **as its **argument and return the name of its foreground fill color. The color
- 89. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 73 **can then be determined, and the appropriate information displayed. */ FUNCTION get_color(the_object IN OG_Object) RETURN VARCHAR2 IS obj_record OG_Graphic_Ca; BEGIN obj_record.graphic_caoh.mask:=OG_Ffcolor_Graphica; obj_record.generic_caob.mask:=OG_None_Generica; OG_Get_Attr(The_Object, obj_record); RETURN(obj_record.graphic_caoh.ffcolor); END; OG_Get_Attr (Printer) Description This procedure gets the attribute values of the current printer.. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr (attr IN OUT OG_Printer_Attr); Parameters attr Is the attribute record to be filled with the attributes of the printer. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be retrieved are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Get_Attr (Printer) Examples /* The following function returns the name of the current printer: */ FUNCTION example RETURN CHAR IS rec OG_Printer_Attr; BEGIN rec.mask := OG_Name_Printera; OG_Get_Attr(Rec); RETURN(rec.name); END; OG_Get_Attr (Query) Description This procedure gets the attribute values of the specified query. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr (query_hdl IN OG_Query, attr IN OUT OG_Query_Attr); Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query whose attributes you want to get. attr Is the attribute record to be filled with the attributes of the query. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be retrieved are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure.
- 90. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference74 OG_Get_Attr (Query) Examples /* The following function returns the SQL statement that defines the specified query: */ FUNCTION example(query OG_Query) RETURN CHAR IS rec OG_Query_Attr; BEGIN rec.mask := OG_Querysource_Querya; OG_Get_Attr(Query, rec); RETURN(rec.querysource); END; OG_Get_Attr (Reference Line) Description This procedure gets the attribute values of the specified reference line. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr (refline_hdl IN OG_Refline, attr IN OUT OG_Refline_Attr); Parameters refline_hdl Is the handle to the reference line whose attributes you want to get. attr Is the attribute record to be filled with the attributes of the reference line. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be retrieved are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Get_Attr (Reference Line) Examples /* The following function returns the label for the specified reference line. */ FUNCTION example(refline OG_Refline) RETURN CHAR IS rec OG_Refline_Attr; BEGIN rec.mask := OG_Label_Reflinea; OG_Get_Attr(Refline, rec); RETURN(rec.label); END; OG_Get_Attr (Sound) Description This procedure gets the attribute values of the specified sound. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr (sound_hdl IN OG_Sound, attr IN OUT OG_Sound_Attr); Parameters sound_hdl Is the handle to the sound whose attributes you want to get. attr Is the attribute record to be filled with the attributes of the sound.
- 91. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 75 Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be retrieved are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Get_Attr (Sound) Examples /* The following function returns the name of the specified sound: */ FUNCTION example(sound OG_Sound) RETURN CHAR IS rec OG_Sound_Attr; BEGIN rec.mask := OG_Name_Sounda; OG_Get_Attr(Sound, rec); RETURN(rec.name); END; OG_Get_Attr (Timer) Description This procedure gets the attribute values of the specified timer. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr (timer_hdl IN OG_Timer, attr IN OUT OG_Timer_Attr); Parameters timer_hdl Is the handle to the timer whose attributes you want to get. attr Is the attribute record to be filled with the attributes of the timer. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be retrieved are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Get_Attr (Timer) Examples /* The following function returns the procedure name assigned to the specified timer: */ FUNCTION example(timer OG_Timer) RETURN CHAR IS rec OG_Timer_Attr; BEGIN rec.mask := OG_Timerproc_Timera; OG_Get_Attr(Timer, rec); RETURN(rec.timerproc); END; OG_Get_Attr (Window) Description This procedure gets the attribute values of the specified window. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Get_Attr (window_hdl IN OG_Window, attr IN OUT OG_Window_Attr); Parameters window_hdl Is the handle to the window whose attributes
- 92. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference76 you want to get. attr Is the attribute record to be filled with the attributes of the window. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be retrieved are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Get_Attr (Window) Examples /* The following function returns the specified window's position: */ FUNCTION example(window OG_Window) RETURN OG_Point IS rec OG_Window_Attr; BEGIN rec.mask := OG_Position_Windowa; OG_Get_Attr(Window, rec); RETURN(rec.position); END; OG_Get_Buttonproc Description The button procedure must already be defined, and not exist in any PL/SQL package. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Buttonproc (proc_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Buttonproc; Parameters proc_name Is the name of the PL/SQL button procedure whose handle should be returned. Returns A handle to the specified button procedure. If the specified button procedure does not exist, this function will return a null handle. OG_Get_Buttonproc Examples /* Suppose you have written a button procedure named `show_sales_data' **and you want to assign that procedure to an object; then, when the user **selects the object, the procedure will be executed. */ PROCEDURE make_object_button(my_obj IN OG_Object) IS obj_rec OG_Generic_Attr; my_buttonproc OG_Buttonproc; BEGIN my_buttonproc:=OG_Get_Buttonproc('Show_Sales_Data'); obj_rec.mask:=OG_Button_Generica; obj_rec.button:=my_buttonproc; obj_rec.events:=OG_Mouse_Down; OG_Set_Attr(My_Obj, obj_rec); END; OG_Help Description This procedure invokes the Help system and shows the runtime Help document at the specified hypertext target.
- 93. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 77 Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Help (target VARCHAR2); Parameters target Is the hypertext target in the runtime Help document that is displayed.
- 94. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference78 OG_Help Examples /* Suppose you want the user to be able to select a button and invoke **the Help system. You could write the following button procedure: */ PROCEDURE get_help (buttonobj IN OG_Object, hitobj IN OG_Object, win IN OG_Window, eventinfo IN OG_Event) IS BEGIN IF eventinfo.event_type=OG_Mouse_Up THEN OG_Help('Topic_1'); END IF; END; OG_Host Description This procedure passes the specified command to the operating system. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Host (command VARCHAR2); Parameters command Is a text string containing the command to execute.
- 95. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 79 OG_Host Examples /* Suppose you want to be notified via electronic mail when a user closes a display. **You could create a script named `mail_me' in your file system that sends you mail, **and then invoke it with the following Close Display trigger: */ PROCEDURE send_me_mail IS BEGIN OG_Host('Mail_Me'); END; OG_Pause Description This procedure suspends the execution of the display for the specified number of seconds. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Pause (secs NUMBER); Parameters secs Is the number of seconds to pause.
- 96. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference80 OG_Pause Examples /* The following procedure suspends display execution for seven seconds: */ PROCEDURE example IS BEGIN OG_Pause(7); END; OG_Print Description This procedure prints the contents of the layout to the currently selected print device. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Print; PROCEDURE OG_Print (window_hdl OG_Window); Parameters window_hdl Is the handle to the window to be printed. Usage Notes If a window handle is specified, only the layers showing in that window are printed; otherwise, all layers in the display are printed, regardless of what window they are in or whether they are showing or hidden. OG_Print Examples /* Suppose you want to print the contents of the main layout window. */ PROCEDURE print_main_window IS the_window OG_Window; BEGIN the_window:=OG_Get_Window('Main Layout'); OG_Print(The_Window); END; OG_Quit Description This procedure quits the current Graphics Builder session. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Quit; Parameters: None. OG_Quit Examples /* Suppose you want to provide the user with a button that-when selected **commits database changes and quits Graphics Builder. You could write the **following button procedure: */ PROCEDURE commit_and_quit (hitobj IN OG_Object, buttonobj IN OG_Object, win IN OG_Window, eventinfo IN OG_Event) IS BEGIN
- 97. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 81 COMMIT; OG_Quit; END; OG_Root_Object Description This function returns a handle to the display's root object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Root_Object RETURN OG_Object; Parameters: None. Returns A handle to the display's root object. Usage Notes The root object is the topmost object in the display. Its immediate children are the display's layers. OG_Root_Object Examples /* The following procedure moves the topmost layer in the display to the bottom of the layer list: */ PROCEDURE example IS root OG_Object; layer OG_Object; BEGIN root := OG_Root_Object; layer := OG_Get_Child(Root, 0); OG_Insert_Child(Root, layer, OG_Last); END; OG_Set_Attr (Application) Description This procedure sets the attributes of the currently running Graphics Builder executable. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr (attr OG_App_Attr); Parameters attr Is the attribute record containing the new attribute values. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be set are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Set_Attr (Application) Examples /* The following procedure sets the cursor to 'busy': */ PROCEDURE example IS attr OG_App_Attr; BEGIN attr.cursor := 'busy'; attr.mask := OG_Cursor_Appa; OG_Set_Attr(Attr); END;
- 98. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference82 OG_Set_Attr (Axis) Description This procedure sets the attribute values of the specified axis. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr generic (axis_hdl OG_Axis, attr OG_Axis_Attr); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr continuous (axis_hdl OG_Axis, attr OG_Contaxis_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr date (axis_hdl OG_Axis, attr OG_Dateaxis_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr discrete (axis_hdl OG_Axis, attr OG_Discaxis_Ca); Parameters axis_hdl Is the handle to the axis whose attributes you want to set. attr Is the attribute record containing the new attribute values. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be set are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Set_Attr (Axis) Examples /* The following procedure sets the custom label for the specified axis: */ PROCEDURE example(axis OG_Axis, label VARCHAR2) IS rec OG_Contaxis_Ca; BEGIN rec.ca_axis.custlabel := 'New Label'; rec.ca_axis.mask := OG_Custlabel_Axisa; rec.ca_cont.mask := OG_None_Contaxisa; OG_Set_Attr(Axis, rec); END; OG_Set_Attr (Chart Element) Description This procedure sets the attributes of a chart element, such as a bar or pie slice. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr (chart_hdl OG_Object, row_num NUMBER, col_name VARCHAR2, attr OG_Chelement_Ca); Parameters chart_hdl Is the handle to the chart containing the data value whose attributes you want to set. row_num Is the row number of the data value whose attributes you want to set. col_name Is the column name of the data value whose attributes you want to set. attr Is the attribute record containing the new
- 99. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 83 attribute values. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Usage Notes You must specify the chart, row, and column of the corresponding data value, as well as a chart set attribute record. The attribute record contains graphical and other attributes that will be applied to the chart element that represents the specified data value. For example, you can set the color of a bar in a bar chart by specifying an attribute record for the data value that corresponds to that bar. Note that any changes made to a chart element will not be applied until the chart is updated via a call to OG_Update_Chart. The only attribute values that will be set are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Set_Attr (Chart Element) Examples /* The following procedure loops through all rows in a chart's query, **and then sets the color of each bar in the chart based on its value: */ PROCEDURE OGTRIGGERPROC0 IS chart og_object; query og_query; rec og_chelement_ca; total number; bar_val number; BEGIN chart := og_get_object ('Employees'); query:= og_get_query ('query0'); og_execute_query (query); og_start_from(query, OG_NEWDATA); total := og_numrows (query, OG_NEWDATA); for i in 0..total-1 loop bar_val:=og_get_numcell (query, OG_NEWDATA,'SAL'); IF bar_val>2000 THEN^M rec.chelement_cagr.mask :=OG_BFCOLOR_GRAPHICA; rec.chelement_cace.mask :=OG_NONE_CHELEMENTA; rec.chelement_cagr.bfcolor := 'cyan'; og_set_attr (chart, i, 'SAL', rec); END; IF; og_next_row(query, OG_NEWDATA); END LOOP; og_update_chart (chart, OG_ALL_CHUPDA); END; OG_Set_Attr (Display) Description This procedure sets the attributes of the current display. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr (attr OG_Display_Attr); Parameters attr Is the attribute record containing the new attribute values. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be set are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure.
- 100. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference84 OG_Set_Attr (Display) Examples /* The following procedure sets the display width: */ PROCEDURE example IS rec OG_Display_Attr; BEGIN rec.width := 4 * OG_Inch; rec.height := 5 * OG_Inch; rec.mask := OG_Size_Displaya; OG_Set_Attr(Rec); END; OG_Set_Attr (Field Template) Description This procedure sets the attribute values of the specified field template. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr generic (ftemp_hdl OG_Ftemp, attr OG_Ftemp_Attr); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr axis (ftemp_hdl OG_Ftemp, attr OG_Axisftemp_Ca); Parameters ftemp_hdl Is the handle to the field template whose attributes you want to set. attr Is the attribute record containing the new attribute values. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be set are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Set_Attr (Field Template) Examples /* The following procedure sets the number format mask for the specified field template: */ PROCEDURE example(ftemp OG_Ftemp) IS rec OG_Axisftemp_Ca; BEGIN rec.ca_ftemp.numfmt := '9,990'; rec.ca_ftemp.mask := OG_Numfmt_Ftempa; rec.ca_aftemp.mask := OG_None_Axisftempa; OG_Set_Attr(Ftemp, rec); END; OG_Set_Attr (Frame Template) Description This procedure sets the attribute values of the specified frame template. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr generic frame (template_hdl OG_Template, attr OG_Frame_Attr); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr axis frame (template_hdl OG_Template,
- 101. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 85 attr OG_Axisframe_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr pie frame (template_hdl OG_Template, attr OG_Pieframe_Ca); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr table frame (template_hdl OG_Template, attr OG_Tableframe_Ca); Parameters template_hdl Is the handle to the chart template whose frame attributes you want to set. attr Is the attribute record containing the new attribute values. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be set are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Set_Attr (Frame Template) Examples /* The following procedure sets the depth size for the specified template frame: */ PROCEDURE example(temp OG_Template) IS rec OG_Axisframe_Ca; BEGIN rec.ca_frame.depthsize := OG_Large_Depthsize; rec.ca_frame.mask := OG_Depthsize_Framea; rec.ca_axis.mask := OG_None_Framea; OG_Set_Attr(Temp, rec); END; OG_Set_Attr (Object) Description This procedure sets the attributes of the specified object. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr arc (object_hdl OG_Object, attr OG_Arc_Ca, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr chart (object_hdl OG_Object, attr OG_Chart_Ca, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr generic (object_hdl OG_Object, attr OG_Generic_Attr, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr graphic (object_hdl OG_Object, attr OG_Graphic_Ca, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr group (object_hdl OG_Object, attr OG_Group_Ca, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr image (object_hdl OG_Object,
- 102. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference86 attr OG_Image_Ca, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr line (object_hdl OG_Object, attr OG_Line_Ca, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr polygon/polyline (object_hdl OG_Object, attr OG_Poly_Ca, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr rectangle (object_hdl OG_Object, attr OG_Rect_Ca, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr rounded rectangle (object_hdl OG_Object, attr OG_Rrect_Ca, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr symbol (object_hdl OG_Object, attr OG_Symbol_Ca, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr text/text field (object_hdl OG_Object, attr OG_Text_Ca, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters object_hdl Is the handle to the object whose attributes you want to set. attr Is the attribute record containing the new attribute values. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be set are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Set_Attr (Object) Examples /* Suppose you have a map of the world and you want to change the **color of one of the countries. First, you would get the handle to the **country object, then you would change its color. */ PROCEDURE color_country (country_name) IS my_object OG_Object; obj_record OG_Graphic_Ca; BEGIN my_object:=OG_Get_Object(Country_Name); obj_record.graphic_caob.mask:=OG_None_Generica; obj_record.graphic_caoh.mask:=OG_Ffcolor_Graphica; obj_record.graphic_caoh.ffcolor:='red'; OG_Set_Attr(My_Object, obj_record); END;
- 103. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 87 OG_Set_Attr (Printer) Description This procedure sets the attribute values of the current printer.. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr (attr OG_Printer_Attr); Parameters attr Is the attribute record containing the new attribute values. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be set are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Set_Attr (Printer) Examples /* The following procedure tells sets the number of copies to print: */ PROCEDURE example IS rec OG_Printer_Attr; BEGIN rec.copies := 2; rec.mask := OG_Copies_Printera; OG_Set_Attr(Rec); END; OG_Set_Attr (Query) Description This procedure sets the attributes of the specified query. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr (query_hdl OG_Query, attr OG_Query_Attr); Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query whose attributes you want to set. attr Is the attribute record containing the new attribute values. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be set are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Set_Attr (Query) Examples /* The following procedure sets the SQL statement that defines the specified query: */ PROCEDURE example(query OG_Query) IS rec OG_Query_Attr; BEGIN rec.querysource := 'select ename, sal from emp'; rec.mask := OG_Querysource_Querya; OG_Set_Attr(Query, rec); END;
- 104. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference88 OG_Set_Attr (Reference Line) Description This procedure sets the attributes of the specified reference line. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr (refline_hdl OG_Refline, attr OG_Refline_Attr); Parameters refline_hdl Is the handle to the reference line whose attributes you want to Set. attr Is the attribute record containing the new attribute values. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be set are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Set_Attr (Reference Line) Examples /* The following procedure sets the label for the specified reference line. */ PROCEDURE example(refline OG_Refline) IS rec OG_Refline_Attr; BEGIN rec.label := 'Average'; rec.mask := OG_Label_Reflinea; OG_Set_Attr(Refline, rec); END; OG_Set_Attr (Sound) Description This procedure sets the attributes of the specified sound. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr (sound_hdl OG_Sound, attr OG_Sound_Attr); Parameters sound_hdl Is the handle to the sound whose attributes you want to set. attr Is the attribute record containing the new attribute values. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be set are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Set_Attr (Sound) Examples /* The following procedure sets the name of the specified sound: */ PROCEDURE example(sound OG_Sound) IS rec OG_Sound_Attr; BEGIN rec.name := 'Alert'; rec.mask := OG_Name_Sounda;
- 105. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 89 OG_Set_Attr(Sound, rec); END; OG_Set_Attr (Timer) Description This procedure sets the attributes of the specified timer. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr (timer_hdl OG_Timer, attr OG_Timer_Attr); Parameters timer_hdl Is the handle to the timer whose attributes you want to set. attr Is the attribute record containing the new attribute values. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be set are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Set_Attr (Timer) Examples /* The following procedure sets the procedure name assigned to the specified timer: */ PROCEDURE example(timer OG_Timer) IS rec OG_Timer_Attr; BEGIN rec.timerproc := 'update_proc'; rec.mask := OG_Timerproc_Timera; OG_Set_Attr(Timer, rec); END; OG_Set_Attr (Window) Description This procedure sets the attributes of the specified window. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Attr (window_hdl OG_Window, attr OG_Window_Attr); Parameters window_hdl Is the handle to the window whose attributes you want to set. attr Is the attribute record containing the new attribute values. Usage Notes The only attribute values that will be set are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected by the call to this procedure. OG_Set_Attr (Window) Examples /* The following procedure sets the specified window's size: */
- 106. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference90 PROCEDURE example(window OG_Window) IS rec OG_Window_Attr; BEGIN rec.width := 4 * OG_Get_Ap_Hscreen_Res; rec.height := 5 * OG_Get_Ap_Vscreen_Res; rec.mask := OG_Size_Windowa; OG_Set_Attr(Window, rec); END; OG_Translate_Envvar Description This function returns the value of the specified environment variable. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Translate_Envvar (envvar VARCHAR2) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters envvar Is the environment variable to translate. Returns A character string containing the value of the environment variable. Usage Notes The treatment (and even the existence) of environment variables is system-specific. For more information, see the Graphics Builder documentation for your operating system. When searching for the environment variable, Graphics Builder first checks your operating system to see if it defined. If not, it looks in your preferences file. OG_Translate_Envvar Examples /* Suppose your system has an environment variable named IMAGE_DIR **that specifies the directory path of the image file `my_image'. The following **procedure imports that image: */ PROCEDURE import_my_image IS the_image OG_Object; file_path VARCHAR2(50); BEGIN file_path:=OG_Translate_Envvar('Image_Dir'); file_path:=OG_Append_File(File_Path, 'my_image'); the_image:=OG_Import_Image(File_Path, OG_Filesystem, OG_Tiff_Iformat); END; OG_User_Exit Description This procedure runs a user-defined executable. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_User_Exit (command VARCHAR2); Parameters command Is the name of the user exit, along with any arguments you wish to pass it.
- 107. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 91 OG_User_Exit Examples /* Suppose your display controls the operation of hardware **components connected to your system. When the user selects **a button, you may want to invoke the hardware controller **routine, which you have linked in as a user exit. In addition, **you may want to pass an argument to this user exit. The following **procedure invokes the user exit `hw_ctrl' with the parameter `signal': */ PROCEDURE control_hw(buttonobj IN OG_Object, hitobj IN OG_Object, win IN OG_Window, eventinfo IN OG_Event) IS BEGIN OG_User_Exit('Hw_Ctrl' || :signal); END; Parameter Built-ins OG_Delete_Param OG_Get_Char_Param OG_Get_Date_Param OG_Get_Num_Param OG_Get_Param_Type OG_Param_Exists OG_Set_Param OG_Delete_Param Description This procedure deletes the specified parameter. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Delete_Param (param_name VARCHAR2); Parameters param_name Is the name of the parameter to delete.
- 108. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference92 OG_Delete_Param Examples /* The following procedure deletes the parameter 'param0': */ PROCEDURE example IS BEGIN OG_Delete_Parameter('Param0'); END; OG_Get_Char_Param Description This function gets the value of the specified CHAR parameter. It is equivalent to using a bind reference to the parameter. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Char_Param (param_name VARCHAR2) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters param_name Is the name of the parameter whose value you want to get. Returns The value of the specified parameter. Usage Notes This function is useful when you want to reference the parameter within a program unit that is in a library. Bind references do not compile within the context of a library; however, this function does. OG_Get_Char_Param Examples /* The following procedure gets the value of the parameter 'status', **and changes the color of the specified object based on its value: */ PROCEDURE example(object OG_Object) IS stat VARCHAR2(10); BEGIN stat := OG_Get_Char_Param('Status'); IF stat = 'obsolete' THEN OG_Set_Fillcolor(Object, 'red'); END IF; END; OG_Get_Date_Param Description This function gets the value of the specified DATE parameter. It is equivalent to using using a bind reference to the parameter. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Date_Param (param_name VARCHAR2, fmt VARCHAR2) RETURN DATE; Parameters param_name Is the name of the parameter whose value you want to get.
- 109. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 93 Returns The value of the specified parameter. Usage Notes This function is useful when you want to reference the parameter within a program unit that is in a library. Bind references do not compile within the context of a library; however, this function does. OG_Get_Date_Param Examples /* The following procedure gets the value of the parameter 'due_date', **and changes the color of the specified object based on its value: */ PROCEDURE example(object OG_Object) IS due DATE; BEGIN due := OG_Get_Date_Param('Due_Date'); IF due < sysdate THEN OG_Set_Fillcolor(Object, 'red'); END IF; END; OG_Get_Num_Param Description This function gets the value of the specified NUMBER parameter. It is equivalent to using using a bind reference to the parameter. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Num_Param (param_name VARCHAR2) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters param_name Is the name of the parameter whose value you want to get. Returns The value of the specified parameter. Usage Notes This function is useful when you want to reference the parameter within a program unit that is in a library. Bind references do not compile within the context of a library; however, this function does. OG_Get_Num_Param Examples /* The following procedure gets the value of the parameter 'priority', and increases it by 1: */ PROCEDURE example IS val NUMBER; BEGIN val := OG_Get_Num_Param('Priority'); OG_Set_Param('Priority', val + 1); END; OG_Get_Param_Type Description This function returns the datatype of a parameter. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Param_Type (param_name VARCHAR2) RETURN NUMBER;
- 110. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference94 Parameters param_name Is the name of the parameter. Returns This function returns one of the following built-in constants: • OG_Char_Paramtype • OG_Date_Paramtype • OG_Num_Paramtype OG_Get_Param_Type Examples /* The following procedure retrieves the datatype of the parameter 'param0', **then increases it by one if the type is NUMBER: */ PROCEDURE example IS dtype NUMBER; BEGIN dtype := OG_Get_Param_Type('Param0'); IF dtype = OG_Num_Paramtype THEN :param0 := :param0 + 1; END IF; END; OG_Param_Exists Description This function determines whether a parameter has been created. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Param_Exists (param_name VARCHAR2) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters param_name Is the name of the parameter. Returns TRUE If the parameter exists. FALSE If the parameter does not exist.
- 111. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 95 OG_Param_Exists Examples /* The following procedure assigns drill-down behavior to a chart, but first verifies **that the parameter it sets exists (and creates it if it doesn't exist): */ PROCEDURE example(chart OG_Object, param_name VARCHAR2) IS chelement_group OG_Object; BEGIN IF NOT OG_Param_Exists(Param_Name) THEN OG_Set_Param(Param_Name, 10); END IF; chelement_group := OG_Get_Object('Sal_Bars', chart); OG_Set_Setparam(Chelement_Group, param_name); OG_Set_Keycol(Chelement_Group, 'DEPTNO'); END; OG_Set_Param Description This procedure sets the value of the specified parameter. If the parameter does not exist, it will be created. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Param date (param_name VARCHAR2, param_value DATE, param_format VARCHAR2 := 'DD-MON-YY'); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Param number (param_name VARCHAR2, param_value NUMBER); PROCEDURE OG_Set_Param char (param_name VARCHAR2, param_value VARCHAR2); Parameters param_name Is the name of the parameter whose value you want to set. param_value Is the value to which the parameter will be set. param_format Is the format mask used to interpret param_value for date parameters. Usage Notes This procedure is useful when you want to reference the parameter within a program unit that is in a library. Bind references do not compile within the context of a library; however, this procedure does. OG_Set_Param Examples /* The following procedure gets the value of the parameter **'priority', and increases it by 1: */ PROCEDURE example IS val NUMBER; BEGIN val := OG_Get_Num_Param('Priority'); OG_Set_Param('Priority', val + 1); END;
- 112. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference96 Query Built-ins OG_Append_Row OG_Clear_Query OG_Data_Changed OG_Data_Queried OG_Destroy (Query) OG_Execute_Query OG_Get_Charcell OG_Get_Datecell OG_Get_Newrows OG_Get_Numcell OG_Get_Query OG_Get_Schema OG_Insert_Column OG_Make_Query OG_Next_Row OG_Numcols OG_Numrows OG_Set_Charcell OG_Set_Datecell OG_Set_Numcell OG_Set_Schema OG_Start_From OG_Append_Row Description This procedure adds the current row buffer to the bottom of a custom query. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Append_Row (query_hdl OG_Query); Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query to which the row buffer is appended. Usage Notes Specify the contents of the row buffer using OG_Set_Charcell, OG_Set_Datecell, and OG_Set_Numcell. OG_Append_Row Examples /* Suppose you want to create a custom query using the ENAME, SAL, and **HIREDATE columns in the existing query 'query0' as a basis. However, in the **new query, you want to double every SAL value. The following procedure **is a custom query procedure you could use: */ PROCEDURE OGQUERYPROC0(query IN OG_Query) IS other_ename VARCHAR2(10); other_sal NUMBER(7,2); other_query OG_Query; other_hiredate DATE; row_count NUMBER; BEGIN OG_Clear_Query(Query); other_query := OG_Get_Query('Query0');
- 113. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 97 row_count := OG_Numrows(Other_Query, OG_Newdata); OG_Start_From(Other_Query, OG_Newdata, 0); FOR i IN 0..row_count loop other_ename := OG_Get_Charcell(Other_Query, 'ENAME'); other_sal := OG_Get_Numcell(Other_Query, 'SAL'); other_hiredate := OG_Get_Numcell(Other_Query, 'HIREDATE'); OG_Set_Charcell(Query, 'ENAME', other_ename); OG_Set_Numcell(Query, 'SAL', other_sal * 2); OG_Set_Datecell(Query, 'HIREDATE', other_hiredate); OG_Append_Row(Query); OG_Next_Row(Other_Query, OG_Newdata); END LOOP; END; OG_Clear_Query Description This procedure removes all rows of data from the specified query. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Clear_Query (query_hdl OG_Query); Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query to clear..
- 114. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference98 OG_Clear_Query Examples /* Suppose you want to create a custom query using the ENAME, SAL, and **HIREDATE columns in the existing query 'query0' as a basis. However, in the **new query, you want to double every SAL value. The following procedure **is a custom query procedure you could use: */ PROCEDURE OGQUERYPROC0(query IN OG_Query) IS other_ename VARCHAR2(10); other_sal NUMBER(7,2); other_query OG_Query; other_hiredate DATE; row_count NUMBER; BEGIN OG_Clear_Query(Query); other_query := OG_Get_Query('Query0'); row_count := OG_Numrows(Other_Query, OG_Newdata); OG_Start_From(Other_Query, OG_Newdata, 0); FOR i IN 0..row_count loop other_ename := OG_Get_Charcell(Other_Query, 'ENAME'); other_sal := OG_Get_Numcell(Other_Query, 'SAL'); other_hiredate := OG_Get_Numcell(Other_Query, 'HIREDATE'); OG_Set_Charcell(Query, 'ENAME', other_ename); OG_Set_Numcell(Query, 'SAL', other_sal * 2); OG_Set_Datecell(Query, 'HIREDATE', other_hiredate); OG_Append_Row(Query); OG_Next_Row(Other_Query, OG_Newdata); END LOOP; END; OG_Data_Changed Description This function compares the old data and new data resulting from the most recent call to OG_Execute_Query for the specified query. It returns TRUE if the data sets differ, and FALSE if they do not. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Data_Changed (query_hdl OG_Query) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query. Returns TRUE If the data has changed. FALSE If the data has not changed. Usage Notes This function compares the following for the old and new data, stopping as soon as a discrepancy is detected: 1 the number of rows returned 2 the query's schema 3 a cell-by-cell comparison of data (note that this comparison can be time-consuming for large sets of data) OG_Data_Changed Examples /* Suppose you want to update a chart periodically, but only if the **data has changed. You could write the following timer trigger:
- 115. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 99 */ PROCEDURE my_timer IS my_query OG_Query; my_chart OG_Object; BEGIN my_query:=OG_Get_Query('Emp_Query'); OG_Execute_Query(My_Query); IF OG_Data_Changed(My_Query) THEN my_chart:=OG_Get_Object('Emp_Chart'); OG_Update_Chart(My_Chart, OG_All_Chupda); END IF; END; OG_Data_Queried Description This function determines if the specified data category was queried by the most recent call to OG_Execute_Query for the specified query. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Data_Queried (query_hdl OG_Query, which_data NUMBER) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query. which_data Specifies whether the status of the old data or the new data should be checked. Graphics Builder provides two built-in numeric constants that may be used as values for this argument: OG_Newdata and OG_Olddata. Returns TRUE If the data has queried. FALSE If the data has not been queried. Usage Notes If the query has not been executed by OG_Execute_Query, neither data category will have been queried, and this function will return FALSE. If the query has been executed exactly once, this function will return TRUE for the new data and FALSE for the old. If the query has been executed more than once, this function will always return TRUE. OG_Data_Queried Examples /* Suppose you want to use OG_Data_Changed to check if a query's **data has changed, and then update a chart that uses that query. **Before you do so, you may want to make sure that both the old and **new data for the query have been queried. */ PROCEDURE check_and_update IS my_query OG_Query; my_chart OG_Object; BEGIN my_query:=OG_Get_Query('Sales Query'); IF OG_Data_Queried(My_Query, OG_Olddata) AND OG_Data_Queried(My_Query, OG_Newdata) THEN IF data_changed(my_query) THEN my_chart:=OG_Get_Object('Sales Chart'); OG_Update_Chart(My_Chart, OG_All_Chupda); END IF; END IF; END;
- 116. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference100 OG_Destroy (Query) Description This procedure destroys the specified query. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Destroy (query_hdl OG_Query); Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query to destroy.
- 117. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 101 OG_Destroy (Query) Examples /* The following procedure destroys the specified query: */ PROCEDURE destroy_query(query_name VARCHAR2) IS query OG_Query; BEGIN query := OG_Get_Query(Query_Name); OG_Destroy(Query); END; OG_Execute_Query Description This procedure executes the specified query and stores the results internally. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Execute_Query (query_hdl OG_Query); Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query to execute. Usage Notes The query must be defined in the Builder. If the query requires database access and the database is not connected, the OG_No_Database_Connection exception is raised. Note that this procedure only retrieves data; it does not apply the data to a chart, nor does it manipulate data in any other way. For each query, two sets of the data are stored: the current results of the query ("new" data), and the previous results of the query ("old" data). This makes it possible to perform operations that depend on changing data, such as updating a chart only if the data have changed since the last time the query was executed. Other built-in procedures and functions that allow you to manipulate and examine data let you specify which data set you want to use. If a query has not been executed via a call to this procedure, neither the old data nor the new data for the query will exist. The first time the query is executed, the results are stored as new data, but the old data still does not exist. Subsequently, each time the query is executed the old data is discarded, the existing new data becomes the old data, and the latest results of the query are stored as new data. Each time a query is executed, an implicit cursor is created for the new data. (Several other procedures and functions allow you to manipulate this cursor and examine the data.) When new data is reclassified as old data, its cursor (and the cursor's current position in the data list) remains with it. Note, however, that a new cursor does not automatically point to a valid row of data. To prepare the cursor for use, use OG_Start_From. OG_Execute_Query Examples /* Suppose you want to update a chart periodically. **You could write the following timer trigger: */ PROCEDURE every_30_secs IS the_query OG_Query; the_chart OG_Object; BEGIN the_query:=OG_Get_Query('Emp_Query'); the_chart:=OG_Get_Object('Emp_Chart'); OG_Execute_Query(The_Query); OG_Update_Chart(The_Chart, OG_All_Chupda); END;
- 118. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference102 OG_Get_Charcell Description This function returns a character data value for the specified query, in the current row of data, for the specified column. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Charcell (query_hdl OG_Query, col_name VARCHAR2) RETURN VARCHAR2; FUNCTION OG_Get_Charcell (query_hdl OG_Query, which_data NUMBER, col_name VARCHAR2) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query containing the data to return. col_name Is the column name containing the data to return. which_data Specifies whether the cell value is retrieved from the old data or the new data. If not specified, the value of this argument defaults to OG_Newdata. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Newdata Means the cell value is retrieved from the new data. OG_Olddata Means the cell value is retrieved from the old data. Returns The contents of the specified data cell. Usage Notes The current row is determined by the query's implicit cursor, which is initially created when OG_Execute_Query is used to execute the query. If you picture the query results displayed in the Data table, this function returns the data contained in the cell at the intersection of the current row and the specified column. You may use this function to return data values from columns that are of type CHAR, VARCHAR2, or RAW. OG_Get_Charcell Examples /*Suppose that you have a chart that **displays employee salaries. The following **procedure uses a format trigger to paint **a specific employee's salary column **yellow (in this case, "Scott’s"). */ PROCEDURE CharCell (elem IN og_object, query IN og_query) IS ename varchar2(10); BEGIN ename := og_get_charcell(query, OG_NEWDATA, 'ename'); if ename = 'SCOTT' then og_set_bfcolor(elem, 'yellow'); end if; END;
- 119. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 103 OG_Get_Datecell Description This function returns the date data value for the specified query, in the current row of data, for the specified column. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Datecell (query_hdl OG_Query, which_data NUMBER, col_name VARCHAR2) RETURN DATE; Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query containing the data to return. col_name Is the column name containing the data to return. which_data Specifies whether the cell value is retrieved from the old data or the new data. If not specified, the value of this argument defaults to OG_Newdata. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Newdata Means the cell value is retrieved from the new data. OG_Olddata Means the cell value is retrieved from the old data. Returns The contents of the specified data cell. Usage Notes The current row is determined by the query's implicit cursor, which is initially created when OG_Execute_Query is used to execute the query. If you picture the query results displayed in a data table, this function will return the data contained in the cell at the intersection of the current row and the specified column. OG_Get_Datecell Examples /* Suppose you have a bar chart that **shows the hire dates of several employees. **The following format trigger changes the **column color for employees with **a HireDate prior to '28-SEP-81' **to green. */ PROCEDURE DateCell (elem IN og_object, query IN og_query) IS HireDate date; BEGIN HireDate := og_get_datecell(query, OG_NEWDATA, 'HIREDATE'); if HireDate < '28-SEP-81' then og_set_bfcolor(elem, 'green'); end if; END; OG_Get_Newrows Description This function determines the number of new rows of data appended to a query. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Newrows (query OG_Query) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters
- 120. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference104 query Is a handle the query. Returns The number of rows appended to the query the last time it was executed. Usage Notes This function is useful only if the query properties specify that new data is appended to old data. If the new data replaces old data, this function returns the same result as OG_Numrows. OG_Get_Newrows Examples /* Suppose you have a query that appends new data old data, but you want to **know a cell value for the first new row returned. The following function sets the **query's cursor to start at the first new row returned: */ FUNCTION example(query OG_Query) RETURN CHAR IS total_rows NUMBER; new_rows NUMBER; new_name VARCHAR2(10); BEGIN OG_Execute_Query(Query); total_rows := OG_Numrows(Query, OG_Newdata); new_rows := OG_Get_Newrows(Query); OG_Start_From(Query, OG_Newdata, total_rows - new_rows); new_name := OG_Get_Charcell(Query, 'ENAME'); RETURN(new_name); END; OG_Get_Numcell Description This function returns the numeric data value for the specified query, in the current row of data, for the specified column. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Numcell (query_hdl OG_Query, col_name VARCHAR2) RETURN NUMBER; FUNCTION OG_Get_Numcell (query_hdl OG_Query, which_data NUMBER, col_name VARCHAR2) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query containing the data to return. col_name Is the column name containing the data to return. which_data Specifies whether the cell value is retrieved from the old data or the new data. If not specified, the value of this argument defaults to OG_Newdata. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Newdata Means the cell value is retrieved from the new data. OG_Olddata Means the cell value is retrieved from the old data. Returns The contents of the specified data cell. Usage Notes The current row is determined by the query's implicit cursor, which is initially created when OG_Execute_Query is used to execute the query.
- 121. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 105 If you picture the query results displayed in a data table, this function will return the data contained in the cell at the intersection of the current row and the specified column. OG_Get_Numcell Examples /* The following is an example of a **format trigger that changes the color **of the chosen chart element (e.g. pie **slice or bar) to red if its value is **greater than 200. /* PROCEDURE format_point (elem IN og_object, query IN og_query) IS st_price NUMBER; BEGIN st_price:=OG_GET_NUMCELL (query, OG_NEWDATA, 'sell_pr'); IF st_price > 200 THEN OG_SET_BFCOLOR (elem,'red'); END IF; END; OG_Get_Query Description This function returns a handle to the specified query. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Query (query_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Query; Parameters query_name Is the name of the query whose handle is returned. Note: QUERY_NAME is case- sensitive. Returns A handle to the specified query. Usage Notes If the query does not exist, this function returns a null handle. OG_Get_Query Examples /* Suppose you want to update a chart periodically. **You could write the following timer trigger: */ PROCEDURE every_30_secs IS the_query OG_Query; the_chart OG_Object; BEGIN the_query:=OG_Get_Query('Emp_Query'); the_chart:=OG_Get_Object('Emp_Chart'); OG_Execute_Query(The_Query); OG_Update_Chart(The_Chart, OG_All_Chupda); OG_Get_Schema Description This function returns information about the schema of a particular column in a query. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Schema (query_hdl OG_Query, which_data NUMBER,
- 122. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference106 col_num NUMBER) RETURN OG_Colschema; Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query that contains the column. which_data Specifies whether the column whose schema is retrieved exists in the query's old data or new data. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Newdata Means the column exists in the query's new data. OG_Olddata Means the column exists in the query's old data. col_num Specifies which column's schema is retrieved. The first column's number is 0, the second is 1, etc. Returns The schema of the column in the specified query. OG_Get_Schema Examples /* Suppose you want to query a database table, and then use the name **of the first column elsewhere in your application. Assume you have **defined a parameter named `my_query' that is of type CHAR, **and that you have defined the following SQL query named `query0': */ &my_query /* The following function takes a table name as an argument and **returns the name of the table's first column: */ FUNCTION get_col_name (table_name IN VARCHAR2) RETURN VARCHAR2 IS my_schema OG_Colschema; star_query OG_Query; BEGIN :my_query:='select * from ' || table_name; star_query:=OG_Get_Query('Query0'); OG_Execute_Query(Star_Query); my_schema:=OG_Get_Schema(Star_Query, OG_Newdata, 0); RETURN(my_schema.colname); END; OG_Insert_Column Description This procedure inserts a column into a custom query. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Insert_Column (query_hdl OG_Query, indx NUMBER, schema OG_Colschema); Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query in which to insert the column. indx Is the index at which to insert the new column in the query's column list. This argument must be an integer between 0 and n (inclusive), where n is the number of columns in the query prior to the insertion. The value
- 123. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 107 of this argument may also be one of the following built-in constants: OG_First Means insert the new column at the beginning of the query's column list (index = 0). OG_Last Means insert the new column at the end of the query's column list (index = the number of columns in the query prior to the insertion). schema Is the schema of the column to insert.
- 124. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference108 OG_Insert_Column Examples /* The following procedure creates 'query0', containing the columns ENAME and SAL: */ PROCEDURE example IS query OG_Query; col OG_Colschema; BEGIN query := OG_Make_Query('Query0', NULL); OG_Set_Querytype(Query, OG_Custom_Qtype); col.colname := 'ENAME'; col.coltype := OG_Char_Coltype; col.maxlen := 10; OG_Insert_Column(Query, OG_Last, col); col.colname := 'SAL'; col.coltype := OG_Number_Coltype; col.precision := 7; col.scale := 2; OG_Insert_Column(Query, OG_Last, col); END; OG_Make_Query Description This function creates a query. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Query (querytype NUMBER, querysource VARCHAR2 RETURN OG_Query; Parameters querytype Is the query type. This value may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Custom_Qtype Means the query is a Custom query. OG_Exsql_Qtype Means the query retrieves its data from a text file that contains a SQL SELECT statement. OG_Prn_Qtype Means the query is based on a PRN file. OG_Sql_Qtype Means the query is a SQL SE.LECT statement. OG_Sylk_Qtype Means the query is based on a SYLK file. OG_Wks_Qtype Means the query is based on a WKS file. querysource Is the source of the query's data. If the data comes from a database, this property should contain the text of the query's SQL SELECT statement. If the data is stored in the
- 125. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 109 filesystem, this property should contain the path and name of the data file. Returns A handle to the newly created query. OG_Make_Query Examples /* The following function creates a SQL query: */ FUNCTION example(query_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Query IS query OG_Query; qtype NUMBER; qsource VARCHAR2(2000); BEGIN qtype := OG_Sql_Qtype; qsource := 'select ename, sal from emp'; query := OG_Make_Query(Qtype, qsource); OG_Set_Name(Query, query_name); OG_Execute_Query(Query); RETURN(query); END; OG_Next_Row Description Syntax This procedure advances the implicit cursor associated with the specified query ahead to the next row of data. PROCEDURE OG_Next_Row (query_hdl OG_Query, which_data NUMBER); Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query. which_data Specifies whether the old data or the new data should be processed. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Newdata Means advance the cursor for the query's new data. OG_Olddata Means advance the cursor for the query's old data. Usage Notes If the cursor is pointing to the last row of data in the query, the next call to OG_Next_Row will leave the cursor where it is. The cursor will not advance to a non-existent row, and no error or exception will be raised. To recognize that the cursor is pointing to the last row of data, you must use OG_Numrows to determine the exact number of rows, then keep track of how many times you use OG_Next_Row to advance the cursor. OG_Next_Row Examples /* Suppose you want to name each bar in a bar chart so that when **the user selects one of the bars you can determine which one it is **by checking its name. For this example, assume the query for the chart is: */ SELECT ENAME, SAL FROM EMP /*The following procedure gives each bar the name of its category, **which in this case is its associated ENAME:
- 126. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference110 */ PROCEDURE name_the_bars (my_chart IN OG_Object, my_query IN OG_Query) IS bar_rec OG_Chelement_Ca; curr_row NUMBER; total NUMBER; bar_name VARCHAR2(15); BEGIN OG_Execute_Query(My_Query); OG_Start_From(My_Query, OG_Newdata, 0); total:=OG_Numrows(My_Query, OG_Newdata); FOR curr_row IN 0..total-1 LOOP bar_name:=OG_Get_Charcell(My_Query, OG_Newdata, 'ENAME'); bar_rec.chelement_cagr.mask:=OG_None_Graphica; bar_rec.chelement_cace.mask:=OG_Name_Chelementa; bar_rec.chelement_cace.name:=bar_name; OG_Set_Attr(My_Chart, curr_row, 'ENAME', bar_rec); OG_Next_Row(My_Query, OG_Newdata); END LOOP; OG_Update_Chart(My_Chart, OG_All_Chupda); END; OG_Numcols Description This function returns the number of columns that exist in a query. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Numcols (query_hdl OG_Query, which_data NUMBER) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query. which_data Specifies whether the old data or the new data should be checked. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Newdata Means return the number of columns in the query's new data. OG_Olddata Means return the number of columns in the query's old data. Returns The number of columns in the specified query. OG_Numcols Examples /* Suppose Reports will pass data to your display, and you want to chart it. **Since you may not be sure what columns your display will receive, **you can make your charting procedure generic. You can write one **procedure that creates an chart, then pass the query and chart to **another procedure that inserts the query's columns as fields. The following **procedure inserts the columns (it assumes the first column is the independent **field, and the rest are dependent fields): */ PROCEDURE add_columns(the_query OG_Query, the_chart OG_Object) IS num_of_cols NUMBER(1); the_field OG_Field; the_column OG_Colschema; BEGIN OG_Execute_Query(The_Query); num_of_cols:=OG_Numcols(The_Query, OG_Newdata); FOR i IN 0..num_of_cols-1 LOOP the_column:=OG_Get_Schema(The_Query, OG_Newdata, i);
- 127. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 111 the_field.colname:=the_column.colname; IF i=0 THEN the_field.field_type:=OG_Independent; ELSE the_field.field_type:=OG_Dependent; the_field.ftname:='line'; END IF; OG_Insert_Field(The_Chart, the_field, i); END LOOP; OG_Update_Chart(The_Chart, OG_All_Chupda); END; OG_Numrows Description This function returns the number of rows that exist in a query. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Numrows (query_hdl OG_Query, which_data NUMBER) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query. which_data Specifies whether the old data or the new data should be checked. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Newdata Means return the number of rows in the query's new data. OG_Olddata Means return the number of rows in the query's old data. Returns The number of rows of data in the specified query. OG_Numrows Examples /* Suppose you want to name each bar in a bar chart so that when **the user selects one of the bars you can determine which one it is **by checking its name. For this example, assume the query for the chart is: */ SELECT ENAME, SAL FROM EMP /*The following procedure gives each bar the name of its category, **which in this case is its associated ENAME: */ PROCEDURE name_the_bars(my_chart IN OG_Object, my_query IN OG_Query) IS bar_rec OG_Chelement_Ca; curr_row NUMBER; total NUMBER; bar_name VARCHAR2(15); BEGIN OG_Execute_Query(My_Query); OG_Start_From(My_Query, OG_Newdata, 0); total:=OG_Numrows(My_Query, OG_Newdata); FOR curr_row IN 0..total-1 LOOP bar_name:=OG_Get_Charcell(My_Query, OG_Newdata, 'ENAME'); bar_rec.chelement_cagr.mask:=OG_None_Graphica; bar_rec.chelement_cace.mask:=OG_Name_Chelementa; bar_rec.chelement_cace.name:=bar_name; OG_Set_Attr(My_Chart, curr_row, 'ENAME', bar_rec); OG_Next_Row(My_Query, OG_Newdata); END LOOP; OG_Update_Chart(My_Chart, OG_All_Chupda);
- 128. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference112 END; OG_Set_Charcell Description This procedure sets the value of a CHAR cell in the row buffer. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Charcell (query_hdl OG_Query, col_name VARCHAR2 cell_value VARCHAR2); Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query in which to set the cell value. col_name Is the name of the column containing the cell to set. cell_value Is the value that the cell will contain. Usage Notes Once you set the values for all the cells in the buffer, use OG_Append_Row to add the buffer as a new row at the end of a custom query. OG_Set_Charcell Examples /* Suppose you want to create a custom query using the ENAME, SAL, **and HIREDATE columns in the existing query 'query0' as a basis. **However, in the new query, you want to double every SAL value. **The following procedure is a custom query procedure you could use: */ PROCEDURE OGQUERYPROC0(query IN OG_Query) IS other_ename VARCHAR2(10); other_sal NUMBER(7,2); other_query OG_Query; other_hiredate DATE; row_count NUMBER; BEGIN OG_Clear_Query(Query); other_query := OG_Get_Query('Query0'); row_count := OG_Numrows(Other_Query, OG_Newdata); OG_Start_From(Other_Query, OG_Newdata, 0); FOR i IN 0..row_count-1 loop other_ename := OG_Get_Charcell(Other_Query, 'ENAME'); other_sal := OG_Get_Numcell(Other_Query, 'SAL'); other_hiredate := OG_Get_Numcell(Other_Query, 'HIREDATE'); OG_Set_Charcell(Query, 'ENAME', other_ename); OG_Set_Numcell(Query, 'SAL', other_sal * 2); OG_Set_Datecell(Query, 'HIREDATE', other_hiredate); OG_Append_Row(Query); OG_Next_Row(Other_Query, OG_Newdata); END LOOP; END; OG_Set_Datecell Description This procedure sets the value of a DATE cell in the row buffer. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Datecell (query_hdl OG_Query,
- 129. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 113 col_name VARCHAR2 cell_value DATE); Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query in which to set the cell value. col_name Is the name of the column containing the cell to set. cell_value Is the value that the cell will contain. Usage Notes Once you set the values for all the cells in the buffer, use OG_Append_Row to add the buffer as a new row at the end of a custom query. OG_Set_Datecell Examples /* Suppose you want to create a custom query using the ENAME, SAL, **and HIREDATE columns in the existing query 'query0' as a basis. **However, in the new query, you want to double every SAL value. **The following procedure is a custom query procedure you could use: */ PROCEDURE OGQUERYPROC0(query IN OG_Query) IS other_ename VARCHAR2(10); other_sal NUMBER(7,2); other_query OG_Query; other_hiredate DATE; row_count NUMBER; BEGIN OG_Clear_Query(Query); other_query := OG_Get_Query('Query0'); row_count := OG_Numrows(Other_Query, OG_Newdata); OG_Start_From(Other_Query, OG_Newdata, 0); FOR i IN 0..row_count-1 loop other_ename := OG_Get_Charcell(Other_Query, 'ENAME'); other_sal := OG_Get_Numcell(Other_Query, 'SAL'); other_hiredate := OG_Get_Numcell(Other_Query, 'HIREDATE'); OG_Set_Charcell(Query, 'ENAME', other_ename); OG_Set_Numcell(Query, 'SAL', other_sal * 2); OG_Set_Datecell(Query, 'HIREDATE', other_hiredate); OG_Append_Row(Query); OG_Next_Row(Other_Query, OG_Newdata); END LOOP; END; OG_Set_Numcell Description This procedure sets the value of a NUMBER cell in the row buffer. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Numcell (query_hdl OG_Query, col_name VARCHAR2, cell_value NUMBER); Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query in which to set the cell value. col_name Is the name of the column containing the cell to set. cell_value Is the value that the cell will contain.
- 130. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference114 Usage Notes Once you set the values for all the cells in the buffer, use OG_Append_Row to add the buffer as a new row at the end of a custom query. OG_Set_Numcell Examples /* Suppose you want to create a custom query using the ENAME, SAL, **and HIREDATE columns in the existing query 'query0' as a basis. **However, in the new query, you want to double every SAL value. **The following procedure is a custom query procedure you could use: */ PROCEDURE OGQUERYPROC0(query IN OG_Query) IS other_ename VARCHAR2(10); other_sal NUMBER(7,2); other_query OG_Query; other_hiredate DATE; row_count NUMBER; BEGIN OG_Clear_Query(Query); other_query := OG_Get_Query('Query0'); row_count := OG_Numrows(Other_Query, OG_Newdata); OG_Start_From(Other_Query, OG_Newdata, 0); FOR i IN 0..row_count-1 loop other_ename := OG_Get_Charcell(Other_Query, 'ENAME'); other_sal := OG_Get_Numcell(Other_Query, 'SAL'); other_hiredate := OG_Get_Numcell(Other_Query, 'HIREDATE'); OG_Set_Charcell(Query, 'ENAME', other_ename); OG_Set_Numcell(Query, 'SAL', other_sal * 2); OG_Set_Datecell(Query, 'HIREDATE', other_hiredate); OG_Append_Row(Query); OG_Next_Row(Other_Query, OG_Newdata); END LOOP; END; OG_Set_Schema Description This procedure sets the schema of a column in a custom query. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Schema (query_hdl OG_Query, col_num NUMBER, schema OG_Colschema); Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query whose schema you want to set. col_num Is the index of the column that you want to set. schema Is the new schema to which you want to set the column.
- 131. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 115 OG_Set_Schema Examples /* The following procedure changes the name of the fist column **in a custom query from ENAME to EMPLOYEE: */ PROCEDURE example(query OG_Query) IS schema OG_Colschema; BEGIN schema.colname := 'EMPLOYEE'; schema.coltype := OG_Char_Coltype; schema.maxlen := 10; OG_Set_Schema(Query, 0, schema); END; OG_Start_From Description This procedure causes the implicit cursor associated with the specified query to point to the specified row of data. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Start_From (query_hdl OG_Query, which_data NUMBER, start_row NUMBER); Parameters query_hdl Is the handle to the query. which_data Specifies whether the old data or the new data should be processed. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Newdata Means set the cursor for the query's new data. OG_Olddata Means set the cursor for the query's old data. start_row Is the row number at which to position the cursor. Usage Notes To point to the very first row of data, use an offset value of 0. The last row of data will have an offset equal to the value returned by OG_Numrows minus one. Note that each time OG_Execute_Query is used to execute the query, the cursor position will be discarded and must be set again. Be aware that the number of rows retrieved by a query may change each time the query is executed. OG_Start_From Examples /* Suppose you want to name each bar in a bar chart so that **when the user selects one of the bars you can determine **which one it is by checking its name. For this example, **assume the query for the chart is: */ SELECT ENAME, SAL FROM EMP /*The following procedure gives each bar the name of its **category, which in this case is its associated ENAME:
- 132. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference116 */ PROCEDURE name_the_bars (my_chart IN OG_Object, my_query IN OG_Query) IS bar_rec OG_Chelement_Ca; curr_row NUMBER; total NUMBER; bar_name VARCHAR2(15); BEGIN OG_Execute_Query(My_Query); OG_Start_From(My_Query, OG_Newdata, 0); total:=OG_Numrows(My_Query, OG_Newdata); FOR curr_row IN 0..total-1 LOOP bar_name:=OG_Get_Charcell(My_Query, OG_Newdata, 'ENAME'); bar_rec.chelement_cagr.mask:=OG_None_Graphica; bar_rec.chelement_cace.mask:=OG_Name_Chelementa; bar_rec.chelement_cace.name:=bar_name; OG_Set_Attr(My_Chart, curr_row, 'ENAME', bar_rec); OG_Next_Row(My_Query, OG_Newdata); END LOOP; OG_Update_Chart(My_Chart, OG_All_Chupda); END; Sound Built-ins OG_Destroy (Sound) OG_Export_Sound OG_Get_Sound OG_Import_Sound OG_Make_Sound OG_Play_Sound OG_Record_Sound OG_Stop_Sound OG_Destroy (Sound) Description This procedure destroys the specified sound. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Destroy (sound_hdl OG_Sound); Parameters sound_hdl Is the handle to the sound to destroy.
- 133. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 117 OG_Destroy (Sound) Examples /* The following procedure destroys the specified sound: */ PROCEDURE destroy_sound(sound_name VARCHAR2) IS sound OG_Sound; BEGIN sound := OG_Get_Sound(Sound_Name); OG_Destroy(Sound); END; OG_Export_Sound Description This procedure exports a sound. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Export_Sound (name VARCHAR2, repository NUMBER, format NUMBER, sound_hdl OG_Sound); Parameters name Is the name to which the sound will be exported. If the sound is to be stored in the database, this argument should contain only the name of the sound module. If the sound is to be stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the sound file. repository Specifies whether the sound is to be stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Db Means the sound is to be stored in the database. OG_Filesystem Means the sound is to be stored in the file system. format Specifies the format in which the sound is exported. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Aiff_Sformat Means the sound is saved in the AIFF format. OG_Aiffc_Sformat Means the sound is saved in the Audio Interchange File Format-c. OG_Au_Sformat Means the sound is saved in the SUN au format. OG_Wave_Sformat Means the sound is saved in the PCM WAVE format. sound_hdl Is the handle to the sound that will be exported.
- 134. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference118 OG_Export_Sound Examples /* Suppose you want to export the sound named `sound0' to the AIFF-c file **`my_sound' so that you can later import it into some other application. **The following procedure does this: */ PROCEDURE export_the_sound IS the_sound OG_Sound; BEGIN the_sound:=OG_Get_Sound('Sound0'); OG_Export_Sound('My_Sound', OG_Filesystem, OG_Aiffc_Sformat, the_sound); END; OG_Get_Sound Description This function returns a handle to the specified sound. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Sound (sound_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Sound; Parameters sound_name Is the name of the sound whose handle should be returned. Returns A handle to the specified sound. If the sound does not exist, this function will return a null handle. OG_Get_Sound Examples /* Suppose you want to play a warning sound, to indicate **low inventory or an illegal action by the user. */ PROCEDURE warning IS the_sound OG_Sound; BEGIN the_sound:=OG_Get_Sound('Warning_Snd'); OG_Play_Sound(The_Sound); END; OG_Import_Sound Description This procedure imports a sound from the database or a file. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Import_Sound (name VARCHAR2, repository NUMBER, format NUMBER, sound_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Sound; Parameters name Is the name of the sound as it is stored. If the sound is stored in the database, this argument
- 135. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 119 should contain only the name of the sound. If the sound is stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the sound file. repository Specifies whether the sound is stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Db Means the sound is stored in the database. OG_Filesystem Means the sound is stored in the file system. format Specifies the format in which the sound is saved. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Aiff_Sformat Means the sound is saved in the AIFF format. OG_Aiffc_Sformat Means the sound is saved in the AIFF-c format. OG_Any_Sformat Means Graphics Builder automatically determines the sound's format. Note: Specify this format if your sound was exported in the Oracle Format (now obsolete). OG_Au_Sformat Means the sound is saved in the SUN AU format. OG_Oracle_Sformat Means the sound is saved in the Oracle Format, used by other Oracle products. OG_Wave_Sformat Means the sound is saved in the WAV format. sound_name Is the name that Graphics Builder will assign to the sound. If another sound already has this name, Graphics Builder replaces it with the imported sound. Returns A handle to the imported sound. OG_Import_Sound Examples /* Suppose you want to import the contents of the AIFF-c file **`my_sound' into your display as the sound named `sound0'. **The following procedure does this: */ PROCEDURE import_the_sound IS the_sound OG_Sound; BEGIN the_sound:=OG_Import_Sound('My_Sound', OG_Filesystem, OG_Aiffc_Sformat, 'sound0'); END; OG_Make_Sound Description This function creates a sound from data stored in a database table.
- 136. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference120 Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Sound (query OG_Query, which_data NUMBER, colname VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Sound; Parameters query Is the handle to the query that retrieves the sound from a table in a database. Note that this table must be a user table, and not one the private tables used by Graphics Builder when you save or export a module to the database. which_data Specifies whether the sound to be created is contained in a query's new or old data set. Graphics Builder provides two built-in numeric constants that may be used as values for this attribute: OG_Newdata Means the sound is contained in the query's new data set. OG_Olddata Means the sound is contained in the query's old data set. colname Is the name of the query column that contains the sound data. The sound that is created is the one contained in the query cell at the intersection of the column specified by this attribute and the row pointed to by the query's cursor. Returns A handle to the newly created sound. OG_Make_Sound Examples /* The following function creates a sound from data in the sixth **row of the query 'sound_query' in the column SOUND_COLUMN: */ FUNCTION example(sound_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Sound IS query OG_Query; sound OG_Sound; BEGIN query := OG_Get_Query('Sound_Query'); OG_Execute_Query(Query); OG_Start_From(Query, OG_Newdata, 5); sound := OG_Make_Sound(Query, OG_Newdata, 'SOUND_COLUMN'); OG_Set_Name(Sound, sound_name); RETURN(sound); END; OG_Play_Sound Description This procedure plays the specified sound through the sound output device specified in your preferences. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Play_Sound (sound_hdl OG_Sound); Parameters
- 137. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 121 sound_hdl Is the handle to the sound to be played.
- 138. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference122 OG_Play_Sound Examples /* Suppose you want to play a warning sound, to indicate **low inventory or an illegal action by the user. */ PROCEDURE warning IS the_sound OG_Sound; BEGIN the_sound:=OG_Get_Sound('Warning_Snd'); OG_Play_Sound(The_Sound); END; OG_Record_Sound Description This procedure shows the sound dialog box and allows the user to record a new sound. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Record_Sound (sound_hdl OG_Sound); Parameters sound_hdl Is the handle to the sound. Usage Notes The new sound overwrites the sound pointed to by sound_hdl. In addition, sound_hdl must point to a sound previously created either in the Builder, or by the built-in functions OG_Import_Sound and OG_Make. OG_Record_Sound Examples /* Suppose you want the user to record a sound to be played as a warning **when data changes. You could write the following procedure: */ PROCEDURE record_warning IS warn_sound OG_Sound; BEGIN warn_sound:=OG_Get_Sound('Warning'); IF not OG_Isnull(Warn_Sound) THEN OG_Record_Sound(Warn_Sound); END IF; END; OG_Stop_Sound Description This procedure cancels the playback of a sound that is in the process of playing. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Stop_Sound (sound_hdl OG_Sound); Parameters sound_hdl Is the handle to the sound whose playback you want to stop.
- 139. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 123 OG_Stop_Sound Examples /* Suppose you want to create a button that the user **can select to cancel a sound that is currently playing. **The following button procedure does this: */ PROCEDURE OGBUTTONPROC0 (buttonobj IN OG_Object, hitobj IN OG_Object, win IN OG_Window, eventinfo IN OG_Event) IS sound OG_Sound; BEGIN sound := OG_Get_Sound('Alarm'); OG_Stop_Sound(Sound); END; Template Built-ins OG_Clone (Template) OG_Delete_Ftemp OG_Delete_Refline OG_Destroy (Template) OG_Export_Template OG_Get_Axis OG_Get_Ftemp OG_Get_Refline OG_Get_Template OG_Import_Template OG_Insert_Ftemp OG_Insert_Refline OG_Make_Template OG_Clone (Template) Description This function creates a new chart template that is identical to the specified template. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Clone (template_hdl OG_Template, name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Template; Parameters template_hdl Is the handle to the chart template to be cloned. name Is the name to be given to the new template. Returns The handle to the newly created template. OG_Clone (Template) Examples /* Suppose you have created atemplate, and you want to create another **identical template without having to again specify the same properties. */
- 140. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference124 PROCEDURE dup_template(old_template IN OG_Template) IS new_template OG_Template; BEGIN new_template:=OG_Clone(Old_Template); END; OG_Delete_Ftemp Description This procedure deletes one or more field template from the specified chart template. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Delete_Ftemp (template_hdl OG_Template, indx NUMBER, total NUMBER); Parameters template_hdl Is the handle to the chart template. indx Is the index of the first field template to delete from the chart template's list of field templates.. total Is the total number of field template to delete.
- 141. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 125 OG_Delete_Ftemp Examples /* The following procedure deletes a column from the template 'template0': */ PROCEDURE example(ft_num NUMBER) IS template OG_Template; BEGIN template := OG_Get_Template('Template0'); OG_Delete_Ftemp(Template, ft_num, 1); END; OG_Delete_Refline Description This procedure deletes one or more reference lines from the specified chart template. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Delete_Refline (template_hdl OG_Template, indx NUMBER, total NUMBER); Parameters template_hdl Is the handle to the chart template. indx Is the index of the first reference line to delete from the chart template's list of reference lines. total Is the total number of reference lines to delete.
- 142. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference126 OG_Delete_Refline Examples /* The following procedure deletes a reference line template 'template0': */ PROCEDURE example(rl_num NUMBER) IS template OG_Template; BEGIN template := OG_Get_Template('Template0'); OG_Delete_Refline(Template, rl_num, 1); END; OG_Destroy (Template) Description This procedure destroys the specified chart template. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Destroy (template_hdl OG_Template); Parameters template_hdl Is the handle to the chart template to destroy.
- 143. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 127 OG_Destroy (Template) Examples /* The following procedure destroys the specified template: */ PROCEDURE destroy_template(template_name VARCHAR2) IS template OG_Template; BEGIN template := OG_Get_Template(Template_Name); OG_Destroy(Template); END; OG_Export_Template Description This procedure exports a chart template. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Export_Template (name VARCHAR2, repository NUMBER, template_hdl OG_Template); Parameters name Is the name to which the template will be exported. If the template is to be stored in the database, this argument should contain only the name of the template. If the template is to be stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the template file. repository Specifies whether the template is to be stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Db Means the template is to be stored in the database. OG_Filesystem Means the template is to be stored in the file system. tamplate_hdl Is the handle to the template that will be exported.
- 144. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference128 OG_Export_Template Examples /* Suppose you want to export the chart template named `template0' **to the file `my_temp' so that you can later import it into some other **Graphics Builder display. The following procedure does this: */ PROCEDURE export_the_template IS the_temp OG_Template; BEGIN the_temp:=OG_Get_Template('Template0'); OG_Export_Template('My_Temp', OG_Filesystem, the_temp); END; OG_Get_Axis Description This function returns a handle to an axis in a chart template. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Axis (template_hdl OG_Template, which_axis NUMBER) RETURN OG_Axis; Parameters template_hdl Is the handle to the chart template containing the axis whose handle should be returned. which_axis Specifies which axis will be returned. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_X_Axis OG_Y1_Axis OG_Y2_Axis Returns A handle to the specified axis. If the specified button procedure does not exist, this function will return a null handle. OG_Get_Axis Examples /* The following function returns a handle to the specified template's X axis: */ FUNCTION example(template_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Axis IS template OG_Template; axis OG_Axis; BEGIN template := OG_Get_Template(Template_Name); axis := OG_Get_Axis(Template, OG_X_Axis); RETURN(axis); END; OG_Get_Ftemp Description This function returns a handle to a field template within a chart template. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Ftemp
- 145. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 129 (template_hdl OG_Template, indx NUMBER) RETURN OG_Ftemp; Parameters template_hdl Is the handle to the chart template containing the field template that should be returned. indx Is the index of the field template in the chart's field template list to be returned. Returns The attributes of the specified field template. OG_Get_Ftemp Examples /* The following function returns the handle to the **first field template in the specified chart template: */ FUNCTION example(temp_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Ftemp IS template OG_Template; ftemp OG_Ftemp; BEGIN template := OG_Get_Template(Temp_Name); ftemp := OG_Get_Ftemp(Template, 0); RETURN(ftemp); END; OG_Get_Refline Description This function returns a handle to a reference line in a chart template: Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Refline (template_hdl OG_Template, indx NUMBER) RETURN OG_Refline; Parameters template_hdl Is the handle to the chart template containing the reference line that should be returned. indx Is the index of the reference line in the chart's reference line list to be returned. Returns A handle to the specified reference line. OG_Get_Refline Examples /* The following function returns the handle to the **first reference line in the specified chart template: */ FUNCTION example(temp_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Refline IS template OG_Template; refline OG_Refline; BEGIN template := OG_Get_Template(Temp_Name); refline := OG_Get_Refline(Template, 0); RETURN(refline); END;
- 146. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference130 OG_Get_Template Description This function returns a handle to the specified template. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Template (template_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Template; Parameters template_name Is the name of the chart template whose handle should be returned. Returns A handle to the specified chart template. If the template does not exist, this function will return a null handle. OG_Get_Template Examples /* Suppose you want to create a chart programmatically. You would need to assign attribute values (including a template) to a chart combined attribute record, then pass that record to OG_Make. */ PROCEDURE create_emp_chart IS chart_rec OG_Chart_Ca; the_template OG_Template; the_query OG_Query; the_chart OG_Object; BEGIN the_template:=OG_Get_Template('Emp_Template'); the_query:=OG_Get_Query('Emp_Query'); chart_rec.chart_caoc.template:=the_template; chart_rec.chart_caoc.query:=the_query; chart_rec.chart_caob.mask:=OG_None_Generica; chart_rec.chart_caog.mask:=OG_None_Groupa; chart_rec.chart_caoc.mask:=OG_Template_Charta+ OG_Query_Charta; the_chart:=OG_Make(Chart_Rec); END; OG_Import_Template Description This procedure imports a chart template. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Import_Template (name VARCHAR2, repository NUMBER, template_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Template; Parameters name Is the name of the template as it is stored. If the template is stored in the database, this argument should contain only the name of the template. If the template is stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the template file. repository Specifies whether the template is stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built- in constants:
- 147. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 131 OG_Db Means the template is stored in the database. OG_Filesystem Means the template is stored in the file system. template_name Is the name that Graphics Builder will assign to the template. If another template already has this name, Graphics Builder replaces it with the imported template. Returns A handle to the imported template. OG_Import_Template Examples /* Suppose you want to import the chart template file `my_temp' **into your display as the template named `template0'. **The following procedure does this: */ PROCEDURE import_the_template IS the_temp OG_Template; BEGIN the_temp:=OG_Import_Template('My_Temp', OG_Filesystem, 'template0'); END; OG_Insert_Ftemp Description This procedure inserts a new field template into the specified chart template. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Insert_Ftemp pie/table chart (template_hdl OG_Template, attr OG_Ftemp_Attr, indx NUMBER); PROCEDURE OG_Insert_Ftemp axis chart (template_hdl OG_Template, attr OG_Axisftemp_Ca, indx NUMBER); Parameters template_hdl Is the handle to the chart template. attr Is the record containing the field template's attributes. indx Is the index at which to insert the new field template in the chart template's list of field templates. This argument must be an integer between 0 and n (inclusive), where n is the number of field templates in the chart template prior to the insertion. The value of this argument may also be one of the following built-in constants: OG_First Means insert the new field template at the beginning of the chart template's list of field templates (index = 0). OG_Last Means insert the new field at the end of the chart template's list of field templates (index = the number of field
- 148. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference132 templates in the chart template prior to the insertion).
- 149. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 133 OG_Insert_Ftemp Examples /* The following procedure inserts a new field **template into the specified chart template. */ PROCEDURE example(template OG_Template) IS attr OG_Axisftemp_Ca; BEGIN attr.ca_aftemp.plottype := OG_Bar_Plottype; attr.ca_ftemp.name := 'column'; attr.ca_aftemp.mask:= OG_Plottype_Axisftempa; attr.ca_ftemp.mask := OG_Name_Ftempa; OG_Insert_Ftemp(Template, attr, 0); END; OG_Insert_Refline Description This procedure inserts a new reference line into the specified chart template. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Insert_Refline (template_hdl OG_Template, attr OG_Refline_Attr, indx NUMBER); Parameters template_hdl Is the handle to the chart template. attr Is the record containing the reference line's attributes. indx Is the index at which to insert the new reference line in the chart template's list of reference lines. This argument must be an integer between 0 and n (inclusive), where n is the number of reference lines in the chart template prior to the insertion. The value of this argument may also be one of the following built-in constants: OG_First Means insert the new reference line at the beginning of the chart template's list of reference lines (index = 0). OG_Last Means insert the new reference line at the end of the chart template's list of reference lines (index = the number of reference lines in the chart template prior to the insertion).
- 150. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference134 OG_Insert_Refline Examples /* The following procedure inserts a new refernce **line into the specified chart template. */ PROCEDURE example(template OG_Template) IS attr OG_Refline_Attr; BEGIN attr.numvalue := 1000; attr.label := 'Average'; attr.mask:= OG_Value_Reflinea+ OG_Label_Reflinea; OG_Insert_Refline(Template, attr, 0); END; OG_Make_Template Description This function creates a chart template. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Template (name VARCHAR2, chart_type NUMBER RETURN OG_Template; Parameters name Is the template name. chart_type Is the chart type for the template. This value may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Column OG_Column_Stacked OG_Column_Overlap OG_Column_Pct OG_Column_Zero OG_Column_Shadow OG_Column_3d OG_Column_Line OG_Bar OG_Bar_Stacked OG_Bar_Overlap OG_Bar_Pct OG_Bar_Zero OG_Bar_Shadow OG_Bar_3d OG_Bar_Line OG_Line OG_Line_Symbol OG_Line_Stacked OG_Line_Fill OG_Step OG_Step_Symbol OG_Step_Stacked OG_Step_Fill
- 151. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 135 OG_Spline OG_Spline_Symbol OG_Spline_Stacked OG_Spline_Fill OG_Mixed_Line OG_Mixed_Fill OG_Mixed_Spline OG_Mixed_Spfill OG_Doubley_Column OG_Doubley_Overlap OG_Doubley_Line OG_Doubley_Symbol OG_Highlow_Symbol OG_Highlow_Spike OG_Highlow_Both OG_Highlow_Line OG_Highlow_Fill OG_Scatter_Symbol OG_Scatter_Curvefit OG_Scatter_Linear OG_Scatter_Log OG_Scatter_Loglog OG_Scatter_Connect OG_Gantt OG_Gantt_Shadow OG_Gantt_Depth OG_Pie OG_Pie_Shadow OG_Pie_Depth OG_Table OG_Table_Shadow OG_Table_Depth Returns A handle to the newly created template. OG_Make_Template Examples /* The following function creates a column **chart template with shadows on the bars: */ FUNCTION example RETURN OG_Template IS template OG_Template; BEGIN template := OG_Make_Template('Template0', OG_Column_Shadow); RETURN(template); END; Timer Built-ins OG_Activate_Timer OG_Deactivate_Timer OG_Destroy (Timer) OG_Get_Timer
- 152. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference136 OG_Make_Timer OG_Activate_Timer Description This procedure activates the specified timer. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Activate_Timer (timer_hdl OG_Timer); Parameters timer_hdl Is the handle to the timer to be activated. Usage Notes Note that all timers are activated by default when a display is opened. You do not need to activate a timer unless you have explicitly deactivated it by using the OG_Deactivate_Timer procedure. OG_Activate_Timer Examples /* Suppose you have created timers to update all of your charts **every 30 seconds, and that you have deactivated the timers **for charts that are not displayed. When you display a chart, **however, you want to re-activate its timer. */ PROCEDURE activate_emp_timer IS my_timer OG_Timer; BEGIN my_timer:=OG_Get_Timer('Emp_Timer'); OG_Activate_Timer(My_Timer); END; OG_Deactivate_Timer Description This procedure deactivates the specified timer. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Deactivate_Timer (timer_hdl OG_Timer); Parameters timer_hdl Is the handle to the timer. Usage Notes Note that when you open a display, all timers are activated automatically. If you want a timer to be inactive, you must deactivate it explicitly by using this procedure. It is often useful to deactivate timers when they are not required for the portion of the display being viewed. Your system will then not waste time processing irrelevant timers. OG_Deactivate_Timer Examples /* Suppose you have created timers to update all of your **charts every 30 seconds, and that you have deactivated **the timers for charts that are not displayed. */ PROCEDURE deactivate_emp_timer IS my_timer OG_Timer; BEGIN my_timer:=OG_Get_Timer('Emp_Timer'); OG_Deactivate_Timer(My_Timer); END;
- 153. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 137 OG_Destroy (Timer) Description This procedure destroys the specified timer. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Destroy (timer_hdl OG_Timer); Parameters timer_hdl Is the handle to the timer to destroy.
- 154. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference138 OG_Destroy (Timer) Examples /* The following procedure destroys the specified timer: */ PROCEDURE destroy_timer(timer_name VARCHAR2) IS timer OG_Timer; BEGIN timer := OG_Get_Timer(Timer_Name); OG_Destroy(Timer); END; OG_Get_Timer Description This function returns a handle to the specified timer. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Timer (timer_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Timer; Parameters timer_name Is the name of the timer whose handle is returned. Returns A handle to the specified timer. If the timer does not exist, this function will return a null handle. OG_Get_Timer Examples /* Suppose you have created timers to update all of your **charts every 30 seconds, and that you have deactivated **the timers for charts that are not displayed. When you **display a chart, however, you want to re-activate its timer. */ PROCEDURE activate_emp_timer IS my_timer OG_Timer; BEGIN my_timer:=OG_Get_Timer('Emp_Timer'); OG_Activate_Timer(My_Timer); END; OG_Make_Timer Description This function creates a timer. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Timer (interval OG_Point, timerproc VARCHAR2 RETURN OG_Timer; Parameters interval Is the interval (in seconds) at which the timer is fired. timerproc Is the name of the procedure to execute at the timed interval.
- 155. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 139 Returns A handle to the newly created timer. OG_Make_Timer Examples /* The following procedure creates a timer that executes **the procedure 'update_proc' every 30 seconds. */ PROCEDURE example(timer_name VARCHAR2) IS timer OG_Timer; BEGIN timer := OG_Make_Timer(30, 'update_proc'); OG_Set_Name(Timer, timer_name); END; TOOLS_INT Built-ins Tool_Int.Add_Parameter Tool_Int.Create_Parameter_List Tool_Int.Delete_Parameter Tool_Int.Destroy_Parameter_List Tool_Int.Get_Parameter_Attr Tool_Int.Get_Parameter_List Tool_Int.Isnull Tool_Int.Run_Product Tool_Int.Set_Parameter_Attr TOOL_INT.ADD_PARAMETER Description This procedure adds a parameter to the specified parameter list. Syntax PROCEDURE TOOL_INT.add_parameter (list_hdl TOOL_INT.PARAMLIST, param_name CHAR, attr TOOL_INT.PARAM_ATTR); PROCEDURE TOOL_INT.add_parameter (list_hdl TOOL_INT.PARAMLIST, param_name CHAR, attr TOOL_INT.PARAM_ATTR); PROCEDURE TOOL_INT.add_parameter (list_hdl TOOL_INT.PARAMLIST, param_name CHAR, param_type NUMBER, value CHAR); Parameters list_hdl Is the handle to the parameter list. param_name Is the name of the parameter to add. attr Is the parameter attribute record that contains the type and value of the parameter to add. param_type Is the type of the parameter to add. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: TOOL_INT.DATA_PARAMETER Means the parameter represents a mapping of a query
- 156. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference140 from one product to the other. TOOL_INT.TEXT_PARAMETER Means the parameter is a single value. value Is the value of the parameter to add. Usage Notes You can provide either a parameter attribute record that contains the parameter's type and value, or you can specify the type and value directly in this procedure call. Tool_Int.Add_Parameter Examples /* The following procedure creates a parameter list and **adds several parameters to it: */ PROCEDURE create_plist IS the_list tool_int.paramlist; BEGIN the_list:=tool_int.create_parameter_list('my_plist'); tool_int.add_parameter(the_list, 'userid', TOOL_INT.TEXT_PARAMETER, 'scott/tiger'); tool_int.add_parameter(the_list, 'destype', TOOL_INT.TEXT_PARAMETER, 'printer'); tool_int.add_parameter(the_list, 'copies', TOOL_INT.TEXT_PARAMETER, '2'); tool_int.add_parameter(the_list, 'my_param', TOOL_INT.TEXT_PARAMETER, '67'); tool_int.add_parameter(the_list, 'Q_1', TOOL_INT.DATA_PARAMETER, 'query0'); END; TOOL_INT.CREATE_PARAMETER_LIST Description This function creates a new parameter list with the specified name. Syntax FUNCTION TOOL_INT.create_parameter_list (name CHAR) RETURN TOOL_INT.PARAMLIST; Parameters name Is the name of the parameter list to create. Returns A handle to the newly created parameter list. Tool_Int.Create_Parameter_List Examples /* The following procedure creates a parameter list and **adds several parameters to it: */ PROCEDURE create_plist IS the_list tool_int.paramlist; BEGIN the_list:=tool_int.create_parameter_list('my_plist'); tool_int.add_parameter(the_list, 'userid', TOOL_INT.TEXT_PARAMETER, 'scott/tiger'); tool_int.add_parameter(the_list, 'destype', TOOL_INT.TEXT_PARAMETER, 'printer'); tool_int.add_parameter(the_list, 'copies', TOOL_INT.TEXT_PARAMETER, '2'); tool_int.add_parameter(the_list, 'my_param', TOOL_INT.TEXT_PARAMETER, '67'); tool_int.add_parameter(the_list, 'Q_1', TOOL_INT.DATA_PARAMETER, 'query0'); END;
- 157. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 141 TOOL_INT.DELETE_PARAMETER Description This procedure deletes the specified parameter from the specified parameter list. Syntax PROCEDURE TOOL_INT.delete_parameter (list_hdl TOOL_INT.PARAMLIST, param_name CHAR); Parameters list_hdl Is the handle to the parameter list from which to delete the parameter. param_name Is the name of the parameter to delete.
- 158. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference142 Tool_Int.Delete_Parameter Examples /* The following procedure deletes the parameter 'username' from a parameter list: */ PROCEDURE example IS list tool_int.paramlist; BEGIN list := tool_int.get_parameter_list('list0'); tool_int.delete_parameter(list, 'username'); END; TOOL_INT.DESTROY_PARAMETER_LIST Description This procedure destroys the specified parameter list. Syntax PROCEDURE TOOL_INT.destroy_parameter_list (list_hdl TOOL_INT.PARAMLIST); Parameters list_hdl Is the handle to the parameter list to destroy.
- 159. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 143 Tool_Int.Destroy_Parameter_List Examples /* The following procedure creates a parameter list, **first destroying an existing list (if any): */ PROCEDURE example IS list tool_int.paramlist; BEGIN list := tool_int.get_parameter_list('list0'); IF NOT tool_int.isnull(list) THEN tool_int.destroy_parameter_list(list); END IF; list := tool_int.create_parameter_list('list0'); END; TOOL_INT.GET_PARAMETER_ATTR Description This procedure gets the attributes of the specified parameter in the specified parameter list. Syntax PROCEDURE TOOL_INT.get_parameter_attr (list_hdl TOOL_INT.PARAMLIST, param_name CHAR, attr TOOL_INT.PARAM_ATTR); PROCEDURE TOOL_INT.get_parameter_attr (list_hdl TOOL_INT.PARAMLIST, param_name CHAR, param_type NUMBER, value CHAR); Parameters list_hdl Is the handle to the parameter list from which to get the parameter. param_name Is the name of the parameter to get. attr Is the attribute record to be set to the parameter's attributes. param_type Is a variable that this procedure will set to be the parameter's type when it is called. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: TOOL_INT.DATA_PARAMETER Means the parameter represents a mapping of a query from one product to the other. TOOL_INT.TEXT_PARAMETER Means the parameter is a single value. value Is a variable that this procedure will set to be the parameter's value when it is called. Usage Notes You can provide either a parameter attribute record that this procedure will set to the parameter's attributes, or you can provide separate variables that will be set. Tool_Int.Get_Parameter_Attr Examples /* The following procedure gets the value of the 'priority' parameter, **and increases its value by one:
- 160. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference144 */ PROCEDURE example IS list tool_int.paramlist; ptype NUMBER; pvalue VARCHAR2; BEGIN list := tool_int.get_parameter_list('list0'); tool_int.get_parameter_attr(list, 'priority', ptype, pvalue); pvalue := to_char(to_number(pvalue) + 1); tool_int.set_parameter_attr(list, 'priority', tool_int.TEXT_PARAMETER, pvalue); END; TOOL_INT.GET_PARAMETER_LIST Description This function returns the handle to the parameter list with the specified name. Syntax FUNCTION TOOL_INT.get_parameter_list (list_name CHAR) RETURN TOOL_INT.paramlist; Parameters list_name Is the name of the parameter list to get. Returns A handle to the named parameter list. Tool_Int.Get_Parameter_List Examples /* The following procedure creates a parameter list, **first destroying an existing list (if any): */ PROCEDURE example IS list tool_int.paramlist; BEGIN list := tool_int.get_parameter_list('list0'); IF NOT tool_int.isnull(list) THEN tool_int.destroy_parameter_list(list); END IF; list := tool_int.create_parameter_list('list0'); END; TOOL_INT.ISNULL Description This function determines if the specified parameter list handle is a null handle. Syntax FUNCTION TOOL_INT.isnull (list_hdl TOOL_INT.PARAMLIST) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters list_hdl Is the handle to be evaluated. Returns TRUE If the handle is null. FALSE If the handle is not null.
- 161. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 145 Usage Notes TOOL_INT.GET_PARAMETER_LIST returns a null handle if the parameter list it attempts to get does not exist. Tool_Int.Isnull Examples /* The following procedure creates a parameter list, **first destroying an existing list (if any): */ PROCEDURE example IS list tool_int.paramlist; BEGIN list := tool_int.get_parameter_list('list0'); IF NOT tool_int.isnull(list) THEN tool_int.destroy_parameter_list(list); END IF; list := tool_int.create_parameter_list('list0'); END; TOOL_INT.RUN_PRODUCT Description This procedure invokes another supported Oracle product. Syntax PROCEDURE TOOL_INT.run_product (product NUMBER, module CHAR, comm_mode NUMBER, exec_mode NUMBER, repository NUMBER, list_hdl TOOL_INT.PARAMLIST); PROCEDURE TOOL_INT.run_product (product NUMBER, module CHAR, comm_mode NUMBER, exec_mode NUMBER, repository NUMBER, list_name CHAR); Parameters product Is the Oracle product that will be invoked. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: TOOL_INT.BOOK Means invoke Oracle Book. TOOL_INT.FORMS Means invoke Forms. TOOL_INT.REPORTS Means invoke Reports. module Is the name of the module to be executed by the invoked product. If the module is stored in the database, this argument should contain only the name of the module . If the module is stored in the file system, this argument should contain the absolute or relative pathname of the module file. comm_mode Is the communication mode in which the product will be invoked. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in
- 162. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference146 constants: TOOL_INT.SYNCHRONOUS Means the product is invoked synchronously. TOOL_INT.ASYNCHRONOUS Means the product is invoked asynchronously. exec_mode Is the execution mode for the invoked product. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: TOOL_INT.BATCH Means the product is invoked in batch mode. TOOL_INT.RUNTIME Means the product is invoked in runtime mode. repository Specifies whether the module is stored in the file system or database. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: TOOL_INT.DB Means the module is stored in the database. TOOL_INT.FILESYSTEM Means the module is stored in the filesystem. list_hdl Is the handle to the parameter list to be passed to the invoked product. list_name Is the name of the parameter list to be passed to the invoked product. Usage Notes For more information, refer to your Oracle product documentation. Tool_Int.Run_Product Examples /* The following procedure opens the Oracle Book document named **`catalog' and jumps to the hypertext target sailboard: */ PROCEDURE call_book is list tool_int.paramlist; BEGIN list:=tool_int.create_parameter_list('plist'); tool_int.add_parameter(list, 'target', tool_int.TEXT_PARAMETER, 'sailboard'); tool_int.RUN_PRODUCT(tool_int.BOOK, 'catalog', tool_int.ASYNCHRONOUS, tool_int.RUNTIME, tool_int.FILESYSTEM, list); END; TOOL_INT.SET_PARAMETER_ATTR Description This procedure sets the attributes of the specified parameter in the specified parameter list. Syntax PROCEDURE TOOL_INT.set_parameter_attr (list_hdl TOOL_INT.PARAMLIST, param_name CHAR, attr TOOL_INT.PARAM_ATTR); PROCEDURE TOOL_INT.set_parameter_attr
- 163. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 147 (list_hdl TOOL_INT.PARAMLIST, param_name CHAR, param_type NUMBER, value CHAR); Parameters list_hdl Is the handle to the parameter list that contains the parameter. param_name Is the name of the parameter to set. attr Is the attribute record that contains the parameter's attributes to set. param_type Is the type to which to set the parameter. The value of this argument may be one of the following built-in constants: TOOL_INT.DATA_PARAMETER Means the parameter represents a mapping of a query from one product to the other. TOOL_INT.TEXT_PARAMETER Means the parameter is a single value. value Is the value to which to set the parameter. Usage Notes You can provide either a parameter attribute record that this procedure will use to set the parameter's attributes, or you can provide separate variables that contain the attributes to be set. Tool_Int.Set_Parameter_Attr Examples /* The following procedure gets the value of the 'priority' **parameter, and increases its value by one: */ PROCEDURE example IS list tool_int.paramlist; ptype NUMBER; pvalue VARCHAR2; BEGIN list := tool_int.get_parameter_list('list0'); tool_int.get_parameter_attr(list, 'priority', ptype, pvalue); pvalue := to_char(to_number(pvalue) + 1); tool_int.set_parameter_attr(list, 'priority', tool_int.TEXT_PARAMETER, pvalue); END; Window Built-ins OG_Destroy (Window) OG_Get_Window OG_Hide_Window OG_Make_Window OG_Show_Window
- 164. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference148 OG_Destroy (Window) Description This procedure destroys the specified window. Destroying a window closes it, but does not affect its contents. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Destroy (window_hdl OG_Window); Parameters window_hdl Is the handle to the window to destroy.
- 165. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 149 OG_Destroy (Window) Examples /* Suppose a user selects a country in a map of the world, **and the application creates a new window to display **information about sales in that country. When the user selects **another country, you may want to destroy the old window **and create another one containing information about the new country. */ PROCEDURE destroy_USA IS the_window OG_Window; BEGIN the_window:=OG_Get_Window('Usa_Window'); OG_Destroy(The_Window); END; OG_Get_Window Description This function returns a handle to the specified window. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Window (window_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Window; Parameters window_name Is the name of the window whose handle should be returned. Returns A handle to the specified window. If the window does not exist, this function will return a null handle. Usage Notes The window may be the main window for the display (named "Main Layout") or one that has been created programmatically. OG_Get_Window Examples /* Suppose the main window-which was previously hidden-contains information **that is now useful to view. The following procedure will show it: */ PROCEDURE show_main_window IS the_main_window OG_Window; BEGIN the_main_window:=OG_Get_Window('Main Layout'); OG_Show_Window(The_Main_Window); END; OG_Hide_Window Description This procedure hides the specified window. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Hide_Window (window_hdl OG_Window); Parameters window_hdl Is the handle to the window that should be hidden.
- 166. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference150 Usage Notes Note that the window will not be destroyed. As a result, you can hide the window when its contents are not useful, then show it again when they are. OG_Hide_Window Examples /* Suppose the main layout window contains a chart that the user **no longer needs to see. The following procedure will hide it temporarily. **Remember that this does not destroy the window; it will still exist **and be available to be shown again when needed. */ PROCEDURE hide_main_window IS the_main_window OG_Window; BEGIN the_main_window:=OG_Get_Window('Main Layout'); OG_Hide_Window(The_Main_Window); END; OG_Make_Window Description This function creates a window. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Make_Window (position OG_Point, height NUMBER, width NUMBER) RETURN OG_Window; Parameters position Is the x- and y-coordinates of the window's upper left corner (in screen resolution units). height Is the height of the window (in screen resolution units) width Is the width of the window (in screen resolution units). Returns A handle to the newly created window. OG_Make_Window Examples /* The following function creates a 5"x4" window **in the upper left corner of the screen: */ FUNCTION example(window_name VARCHAR2) RETURN OG_Window IS window OG_Window; pos OG_Point; height NUMBER; width NUMBER; BEGIN pos.x := 0; pos.y := 0; width := 5 * OG_Get_Ap_Hscreen_Res; height := 4 * OG_Get_Ap_Vscreen_Res; window := OG_Make_Window(Pos, height, width); OG_Set_Name(Window, window_name); RETURN(window); END;
- 167. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 151 OG_Show_Window Description This procedure shows the specified window. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Show_Window (window_hdl OG_Window); Parameters window_hdl Is the handle to the window that should be shown.
- 168. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference152 OG_Show_Window Examples /* Suppose the main window-which was previously hidden **contains information that is now useful to view. **The following procedure will show it. */ PROCEDURE show_main_window IS the_main_window OG_Window; BEGIN the_main_window:=OG_Get_Window('Main Layout'); OG_Show_Window(The_Main_Window); END;
- 169. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 153 Properties Application Properties Connection String Property Cursor Property Horizontal Layout Resolution Property Horizontal Screen Resolution Property Password Property Platform Property Username Property Vertical Layout Resolution Property Vertical Screen Resolution Property Connection String Property Description Is the database connection string for the current database connection. If the user is not connected, this property is NULL. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Ap_Connection RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters None. Connection String Property Examples /*The following open trigger procedure **displays the connection string for **the current database connection **to a text object. */ PROCEDURE connection IS connstr varchar2(10); BEGIN connstr := og_get_ap_connection; if connstr = NULL then og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), 'NULL', true, true); else og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), connstr, true, true); end if; END; Cursor Property Description Is the name of the mouse cursor to use. The value of this property may be one of the following strings:
- 170. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference154 default insertion crosshair help busy The appearance of each cursor is system-specific. For more information, refer to your system documentation. If you set this property to an invalid value, it assumes the value `default.' Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Ap_Cursor (cursor VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Ap_Cursor RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters cursor Is the mouse cursor to use.
- 171. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 155 Cursor Property Examples /*The following procedure changes **the shape of the cursor depending on **which layer the user selects. */ PROCEDURE ChangeCursor (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS cur varchar2(10); BEGIN mycur := og_get_ap_cursor; if cur = 'default' then og_set_ap_cursor('insertion'); elsif cur = 'insertion' then og_set_ap_cursor('crosshair'); elsif cur = 'crosshair' then og_set_ap_cursor('help'); elsif cur = 'help' then og_set_ap_cursor('busy'); elsif cur = 'busy' then og_set_ap_cursor('default'); end if; END; Horizontal Layout Resolution Property Description Is the horizontal resolution of the layout. This value is the number of layout units in one horizontal inch of the layout. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Ap_Hlayout_Res RETURN NUMBER; Parameters None. Horizontal Layout Resolution Property Examples /*The following procedure displays **current horizontal layout resolution **to a text object. */ PROCEDURE h_layout IS h_layout number; BEGIN h_layout := og_get_ap_hlayout_res; og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), h_layout, true, true); END; Horizontal Screen Resolution Property Description Is the horizontal resolution of the screen. This value is the number of screen resolution units (i.e., pixels) in one horizontal inch of the screen. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Ap_Hscreen_Res RETURN NUMBER; Parameters
- 172. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference156 None. Horizontal Screen Resolution Property Examples /*The following procedure displays **current horizontal screen **to a text object. */ PROCEDURE HRES IS h_res number; BEGIN h_res := og_get_ap_vscreen_res; og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), h_res, true, true); END; Password Property Description Is the password for the current database connection. If the user is not connected, or the Keep_Password preference setting is set to No, this property is NULL. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Ap_Password RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters None. Password Property Examples /*The following open trigger procedure ** displays the password for the current **database connection to a text object. */ PROCEDURE password IS pw varchar2(10); BEGIN pw := og_get_ap_password; if pw = NULL then og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), 'NULL', true, true); else og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), pw, true, true); end if; END; Platform Property Description Is the platform on which Graphics Builder is running. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Macintosh_Platform Means the platform is the Apple Macintosh. OG_Motif_Platform Means the platform is OSF/MOTIF. OG_Mswindows_Platform Means the platform is Microsoft Windows. OG_Pm_Platform Means the platform is Presentation Manager. OG_X_Platform Means the platform is the X Window System. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Ap_Platform RETURN NUMBER; Parameters None.
- 173. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 157 Platform Property Examples /*The following procedure displays **the platform type on which Oracle **Graphics is currently running to **a text object. */ PROCEDURE platform IS ptform number; BEGIN ptform := og_get_ap_platform; if ptform = og_macintosh_platform then og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), 'og_macintosh_platform', true, true); elsif ptform = og_motif_platform then og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), 'og_motif_platform', true, true); elsif ptform = og_mswindows_platform then og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), 'og_mswindows_platform', true, true); elsif ptform = og_pm_platform then og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), 'og_pm_platform', true, true); elsif ptform = og_x_platform then og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), 'og_x_platform', true, true); end if; END; Username Property Description Is the username for the current database connection. If the user is not connected, this property is NULL. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Ap_Username RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters None. Username Property Examples /*The following open trigger procedure **displays the username for the current **database connection to a text object. */ PROCEDURE username IS usr varchar2(10); BEGIN usr := og_get_ap_username; if usr = NULL then og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), 'NULL', true, true); else og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), usr, true, true); end if; END; Vertical Layout Resolution Property Description Is the vertical resolution of the layout. This value is the number of layout units in one vertical inch of the layout. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Ap_Vlayout_Res RETURN NUMBER; Parameters
- 174. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference158 None. Vertical Layout Resolution Property Examples /*The following procedure displays current **vertical layout resolution to a text object. */ PROCEDURE v_layout IS v_layout number; BEGIN v_layout := og_get_ap_vlayout_res; og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), v_layout, true, true); END; Vertical Screen Resolution Property Description Is the vertical resolution of the screen. This value is the number of screen resolution units (i.e., pixels) in one vertical inch of the screen. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Ap_Vscreen_Res RETURN NUMBER; Parameters None. Vertical Screen Resolution Property Examples /*The following procedure displays current **vertical screen resolution to a text object: /* PROCEDURE VRES IS v_res number; BEGIN v_res := og_get_ap_vscreen_res; og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), v_res, true, true); END; Arc Properties Base Arc Property Closure Property Fill Property Base Arc Property Description Is the x- and y-coordinates of the upper-left corner, and the height and width of the rectangle used as the basis for the ellipse from which the arc is cut. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Basearc (arc OG_Object, basearc OG_Arc, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Basearc (arc OG_Object) RETURN OG_Arc;
- 175. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 159 Parameters arc Is the arc object being described. basearc Is the x- and y-coordinates of the upper-left corner, and the height and width of the rectangle used as the basis for the ellipse from which the arc is cut. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 176. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference160 Base Arc Property Examples /*The following procedure reads **information from an existing arc, **reduces all data by half, and **updates the arc object. */ PROCEDURE base_arc IS arc og_arc; BEGIN arc := og_get_basearc(og_get_object('arc')); arc.x := arc.x/2; arc.y := arc.y/2; arc.height :=arc.height/2; arc.width := arc.width/20; arc.sangle := arc.sangle/2; arc.eangle := arc.eangle/2; og_set_basearc(og_get_object('arc'), arc); END; Closure Property Description Is the closure of the arc. The value of this property may be one of the following: TRUE Means the arc is closed. FALSE Means the arc is open. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Arc_Closed (arc OG_Object, closed BOOLEAN, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Arc_Closed (arc OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters arc Is the arc object being described. closed Is the closure of the arc. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 177. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 161 Closure Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **closure of an existing arc. If closure **equals TRUE, it fills the arc with red **and sets the closure value to FALSE; **if closure equals FALSE, it fills the **arc with blue and sets the value to TRUE. */ PROCEDURE closure IS cls BOOLEAN; arc og_object; BEGIN arc := og_get_object('arc'); cls := og_get_arc_closed(arc); if cls = TRUE then og_set_bfcolor(arc, 'red'); og_set_arc_closed(arc, FALSE); else og_set_bfcolor(arc, 'blue'); og_set_arc_closed(arc, TRUE); end if; END; Fill Property Description Is the fill shape of the arc. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Chord_Arcfill Means the fill shape of the arc is that of a chord. OG_Pie_Arcfill Means the fill shape of the arc is that of a full pie slice. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Arcfill (arc OG_Object, arcfill NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Arcfill (arc OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters arc Is the arc object being described. arcfill Is the fill shape of the arc. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 178. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference162 Fill Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **arcfill from an arc, prints the value to a **text object, assigns a different value ** to the arcfill value. */ PROCEDURE fill IS text og_object; arc og_object; num NUMBER; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); arc := og_get_object('arc'); num := og_get_arcfill(arc); og_set_str(text, num); og_set_arcfill(arc, og_chord_arcfill); END; Axis (Date) Properties Auto Maximum Property Auto Minimum Property Auto Step Property Custom Format Property Day Format Property First Month Property Labels Property Maximum Property Minimum Property Month Format Property Quarter Format Property Skip Weekends Property Step Property Year Format Property Auto Maximum Property Description Specifies whether the axis maximum is set to Auto. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Date_Automax (axis OG_Axis, automax BOOLEAN, maximun DATE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Date_Automax (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. automax Specifies whether the axis maximum is set to Auto.
- 179. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 163 maximun Specifies the maximum axis value (if automax is FALSE).
- 180. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference164 Auto Maximum Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if axis **Y1's date maximum is set to auto. If **the return value is TRUE, it resets the **value to FALSE with default_max; **if the return value is FALSE, it resets **the value to TRUE after reading the **specified maximum axis value. /* PROCEDURE datemax IS template og_template; axis og_axis; val1 date; val2 boolean; default_max date := '06-dec-99'; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val2 := og_get_date_automax(axis); if val2 = true then og_set_date_automax(axis, false, default_max); val1 := og_get_date_maximum(axis); elsif val2 = false then og_set_date_automax(axis, true, default_max); end if; END; Auto Minimum Property Description Specifies whether the axis minimum is set to Auto. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Date_Automin (axis OG_Axis, automin BOOLEAN, minimun DATE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Date_Automin (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. automin Specifies whether the axis minimum is set to Auto. minimun Specifies the minimum axis value (if automin is FALSE).
- 181. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 165 Auto Minimum Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if axis **Y1's date minimum is set to auto. If the **return value is TRUE, it resets the value **to FALSE with default_min; if the return **value is FALSE, it resets the value to **TRUE after reading the specified minimum **axis value. */ PROCEDURE datemin IS template og_template; axis og_axis; val1 date; val2 boolean; default_min date := '01-dec-79'; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val2 := og_get_date_automin(axis); if val2 = true then og_set_date_automin(axis, false, default_min); val1 := og_get_date_minimum(axis); elsif val2 = false then og_set_date_automin(axis, true, default_min); end if; END; Auto Step Property Description Specifies whether the axis step value is set to Auto. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Date_Autostep (axis OG_Axis, autostep BOOLEAN, step NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Date_Autostep (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. autostep Specifies whether the axis step value is set to Auto. step Specifies the axis step value (if autostep is FALSE).
- 182. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference166 Auto Step Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if axis **Y1's date step is set to auto. If the **return value is TRUE, it resets the value **to FALSE with default_step; if the return **value is FALSE, it resets the value **to TRUE after reading the specified step **value. */ PROCEDURE datestep IS template og_template; axis og_axis; val boolean; num number; default_step number := og_second_step; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val:= og_get_date_autostep(axis); if val = true then og_set_date_autostep(axis, false, default_step); num := og_get_date_step(axis); elsif val = false then og_set_date_autostep(axis, true, default_step); end if; END; Custom Format Property Description Is the custom date format for the axis tick labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Custfmt (axis OG_Axis, custfmt VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Custfmt (axis OG_Axis) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. custfmt Is the custom date format for the axis tick labels.
- 183. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 167 Custom Format Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **Custom format value and compares it **with the variable 'default_format'; **if the two value are not equal, **it resets the current format to the **value of the 'default_format'. */ PROCEDURE customfmt IS template og_template; axis og_axis; val varchar2(10); default_format varchar2(10) := 'DD_YY_MM'; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val := og_get_custfmt(axis); if val != default_format then og_set_custfmt(axis, default_format); end if; END; Day Format Property Description Determines the appearance of day-of-the-week labels along the axis. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Firstletter_Fmt OG_Threeletter_Fmt Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Dayfmt (axis OG_Axis, dayfmt NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Dayfmt (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. dayfmt Determines the appearance of day-of-the-week labels along the axis.
- 184. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference168 Day Format Property Examples /*The following procedure checks the **day-of-week format. If the current format **is First-Letter format, it resets the value **to Three-Letter format, and vice versa. */ PROCEDURE dayfmt IS template og_template; axis og_axis; num number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); num:= og_get_dayfmt(axis); if num = og_firstletter_fmt then og_set_dayfmt(axis, og_threeletter_fmt); elsif num = og_threeletter_fmt then og_set_dayfmt(axis, og_firstletter_fmt); end if; END; First Month Property Description Is the month that is considered to begin a new year. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Jan_Month OG_Feb_Month OG_Mar_Month OG_Apr_Month OG_May_Month OG_Jun_Month OG_Jul_Month OG_Aug_Month OG_Sep_Month OG_Oct_Month OG_Nov_Month OG_Dec_Month Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Firstmon (axis OG_Axis, firstmon NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Firstmon (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. firstmon Is the month that is considered to begin a new year.
- 185. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 169 First Month Property Examples /*The following reads the first month **value and resets the value to the next **acceptable value. */ PROCEDURE firstmonth IS template og_template; axis og_axis; num number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); num:= og_get_firstmon(axis); if num = og_jan_month then og_set_firstmon(axis, og_feb_month); elsif num = og_feb_month then og_set_firstmon(axis, og_mar_month); elsif num = og_mar_month then og_set_firstmon(axis, og_apr_month); elsif num = og_apr_month then og_set_firstmon(axis, og_may_month); elsif num = og_may_month then og_set_firstmon(axis, og_jun_month); elsif num = og_jun_month then og_set_firstmon(axis, og_jul_month); elsif num = og_jul_month then og_set_firstmon(axis, og_aug_month); elsif num = og_aug_month then og_set_firstmon(axis, og_sep_month); elsif num = og_sep_month then og_set_firstmon(axis, og_oct_month); elsif num = og_oct_month then og_set_firstmon(axis, og_nov_month); elsif num = og_nov_month then og_set_firstmon(axis, og_dec_month); else og_set_firstmon(axis, og_jan_month); end if; END; Labels Property Description Specifies the major interval along the axis at which major tick marks and tick labels appear, as well as the appearance of the tick labels. The value of this property may be one of the following built- in constants: OG_No_Labels OG_Second_Labels OG_Minute_Labels OG_Hour_Labels OG_Ampm_Labels OG_Day_Labels OG_Dayofweek_Labels OG_Week_Labels OG_Month_Labels OG_Quarter_Labels OG_Year_Labels OG_Custom_Labels (If labels is set to this value, you must specify the custom date format in the Custom Format property.) Syntax
- 186. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference170 PROCEDURE OG_Set_Labels (axis OG_Axis, labels NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Labels (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. labels Specifies the major interval along the axis at which major tick marks and tick labels appear, as well as the appearance of the tick labels.
- 187. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 171 Labels Property Examples /*The following procedure determines **if any label boxes are checked. **If checked label boxes are found, **it unchecks all labels; if no checked **labels are found, it checks the 'Year' **check box. */ PROCEDURE labels IS template og_template; axis og_axis; num number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); num:= og_get_labels(axis); if num != og_no_labels then og_set_labels(axis, og_no_labels); else og_set_labels(axis, og_year_labels); end if; END; Maximum Property Description Specifies the maximum axis value (if Auto Maximum is FALSE). Syntax (See OG_Set_Date_Automax, above.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Date_Maximum (axis OG_Axis) RETURN DATE; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described.
- 188. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference172 Maximum Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if **axis Y1's date maximum is set to auto. **If the return value is TRUE, **it resets the value to FALSE with **default_max; if the return value is **FALSE, it resets the value to **TRUE after reading the specified **maximum axis value. /* PROCEDURE datemax IS template og_template; axis og_axis; val1 date; val2 boolean; default_max date := '06-dec-99'; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val2 := og_get_date_automax(axis); if val2 = true then og_set_date_automax(axis, false, default_max); val1 := og_get_date_maximum(axis); elsif val2 = false then og_set_date_automax(axis, true, default_max); end if; END; Minimum Property Description Specifies the minimum axis value (if Auto Minimum is FALSE). Syntax (See OG_Set_Date_Automin.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Date_Minimum (axis OG_Axis) RETURN DATE; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described.
- 189. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 173 Minimum Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if **axis Y1's date minimum is set to auto. **If the return value is TRUE, it resets **the value to FALSE with default_min; **if the return value is FALSE, it resets **the value to TRUE after reading the **specified minimum axis value. */ PROCEDURE datemin IS template og_template; axis og_axis; val1 date; val2 boolean; default_min date := '01-dec-79'; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val2 := og_get_date_automin(axis); if val2 = true then og_set_date_automin(axis, false, default_min); val1 := og_get_date_minimum(axis); elsif val2 = false then og_set_date_automin(axis, true, default_min); end if; END; Month Format Property Description Determines the appearance of month labels along the axis. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Firstletter_Fmt OG_Threeletter_Fmt Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Monthfmt (axis OG_Axis, monthfmt NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Monthfmt (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. monthfmt Determines the appearance of month labels along the axis.
- 190. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference174 Month Format Property Examples /*The following procedure checks the **Month format. If the current format **is First-Letter format, it **resets the value to Three-Letter **format, and vice versa. */ PROCEDURE monthfmt IS template og_template; axis og_axis; num number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); num:= og_get_monthfmt(axis); if num = og_firstletter_fmt then og_set_monthfmt(axis, og_threeletter_fmt); elsif num = og_threeletter_fmt then og_set_monthfmt(axis, og_firstletter_fmt); end if; END; Quarter Format Property Description Determines the appearance of quarter labels along the axis. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Arabic_Fmt OG_Roman_Fmt Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Qtrfmt (axis OG_Axis, qtrfmt NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Qtrfmt (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. qtrfmt Determines the appearance of quarter labels along the axis.
- 191. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 175 Quarter Format Property Examples /*The following procedure checks the **Quarter format. If the current **format is Arabic format, it resets **the value to Roman format, and vice versa. */ PROCEDURE qtrfmt IS template og_template; axis og_axis; num number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); num:= og_get_qtrfmt(axis); if num = og_arabic_fmt then og_set_qtrfmt(axis, og_roman_fmt); elsif num = og_roman_fmt then og_set_qtrfmt(axis, og_arabic_fmt); end if; END; Skip Weekends Property Description Specifies whether weekends are ignored when calculating axis values. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Skipwknds (axis OG_Axis, skipwknds BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Skipwknds (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. skipwknds Specifies whether weekends are ignored when calculating axis values.
- 192. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference176 Skip Weekends Property Examples /*The following procedure checks whether **weekends are ignored when calculating **axis values. If the value of weekend **is set to TRUE (ignored), the procedure **resets the value to FALSE (include **in the calculation) and vice versa. */ PROCEDURE skipwknds IS template og_template; axis og_axis; val boolean; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val:= og_get_skipwknds(axis); if val = true then og_set_skipwknds(axis, false); elsif val = false then og_set_skipwknds(axis, true); end if; END; Step Property Description Specifies the axis step value (if Auto Step is FALSE). The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Second_Step OG_Minute_Step OG_Hour_Step OG_Day_Step OG_Week_Step OG_Month_Step OG_Quarter_Step OG_Year_Step Syntax (See OG_Set_Date_Autostep.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Date_Step (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described.
- 193. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 177 Step Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if **axis Y1's date step is set to auto. **If the return value is TRUE, it resets **the value to FALSE with default_step; **if the return value is FALSE, **it resets the value to TRUE **after reading the specified step **value. */ PROCEDURE datestep IS template og_template; axis og_axis; val boolean; num number; default_step number := og_second_step; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val:= og_get_date_autostep(axis); if val = true then og_set_date_autostep(axis, false, default_step); num := og_get_date_step(axis); elsif val = false then og_set_date_autostep(axis, true, default_step); end if; END Year Format Property Description Determines the appearance of year labels along the axis. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Fourdigit_Fmt OG_Twodigit_Fmt Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Yearfmt (axis OG_Axis, yearfmt NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Yearfmt (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. yearfmt Determines the appearance of year labels along the axis.
- 194. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference178 Year Format Property Examples /*The following procedure checks the Year **format. If the current format is Two-Digit **format, it resets the value to **Four-Digit format, and vice versa. */ PROCEDURE yearfmt IS template og_template; axis og_axis; num number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); num:= og_get_yearfmt(axis); if num = og_fourdigit_fmt then og_set_yearfmt(axis, og_twodigit_fmt); elsif num = og_twodigit_fmt then og_set_yearfmt(axis, og_fourdigit_fmt); end if; END; Axis (Generic) Properties Axis Label Property Axis Type Property Custom Label Property Direction Property Major Grid Property Major Ticks Property Minor Grid Property Minor Ticks Property Minor Ticks Per Interval Property Position Property Tick Label Rotation Property Tick Labels Property Tick Position Property Axis Label Property Description Specifies whether labels that identify values along the axis appear. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Axislabel (axis OG_Axis, axislabel BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Axislabel (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. axislabel Specifies whether labels that identify values along the axis appear.
- 195. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 179 Axis Label Property Examples /*The following procedure determines if **the Axis Label checkbox is checked. **If the box is checked, it unchecks **it, and vice versa. */ PROCEDURE GenAxisLbl IS template og_template; x_axis og_axis; val boolean; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); x_axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); val := og_get_axislabel(x_axis); if val = true then og_set_axislabel(x_axis, false); else og_set_axislabel(x_axis, true); end if; END; Axis Type Property Description Specifies the type of axis to use. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Continuous_Axistype OG_Date_Axistype OG_Discrete_Axistype Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Axistype (axis OG_Axis, axistype NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Axistype (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. axistype Specifies the type of axis to use.
- 196. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference180 Axis Type Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **current axis type. If the current type **is CONTINUOUS, it resets the type **to DISCRETE, or vice versa. If the **current type is DATE, it changes the **year format. */ PROCEDURE GenAxisType IS template og_template; axis og_axis; num number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); num := og_get_axistype(axis); if num = og_discrete_axistype then og_set_axistype(axis,og_continuous_axistype); elsif num = og_continuous_axistype then og_set_axistype(axis, og_discrete_axistype); elsif num = og_date_axistype then og_set_yearfmt(axis, og_twodigit_fmt); end if; END; Custom Label Property Description Specifies the text of the label that appears along the axis. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Custlabel (axis OG_Axis, custlabel VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Custlabel (axis OG_Axis) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. custlabel Specifies the text of the label that appears along the axis.
- 197. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 181 Custom Label Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the current **label of the specific axis, and changes **the name of that label. */ PROCEDURE CustLabel IS template og_template; axis og_axis; label varchar2(20); BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); label := og_get_custlabel(axis); og_set_custlabel(axis, 'Employee Number'); END; Direction Property Description Specifies in which direction increasing values, or successive categories, are placed along the axis. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Down_Direction OG_Left_Direction OG_Right_Direction OG_Up_Direction Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Direction (axis OG_Axis, direction NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Direction (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. direction Specifies in which direction increasing values, or successive categories, are placed along the axis.
- 198. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference182 Direction Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **directions of the x and y axis and sets **them to the opposite directions. */ PROCEDURE GenDirection IS template og_template; x_axis og_axis; y_axis og_axis; num number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); x_axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); y_axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); num := og_get_direction(x_axis); if num = og_left_direction then og_set_direction(x_axis, og_right_direction); elsif num = og_right_direction then og_set_direction(x_axis, og_left_direction); end if; num := og_get_direction(y_axis); if num = og_up_direction then og_set_direction(y_axis, og_down_direction); elsif num = og_down_direction then og_set_direction(y_axis, og_up_direction); end if; END; Major Grid Property Description Specifies whether a grid line appears at each major tick mark. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Majorgrid (axis OG_Axis, majorgrid BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Majorgrid (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. majorgrid Specifies whether a grid line appears at each major tick mark.
- 199. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 183 Major Grid Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if the **Major Grid checkbox is checked. If the **box is checked, it unchecks it, and vice **versa. */ PROCEDURE GenMajorGrids IS template og_template; x_axis og_axis; val boolean; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); x_axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); val := og_get_majorgrid(x_axis); if val = true then og_set_majorgrid(x_axis, false); else og_set_majorgrid(x_axis, true); end if; END; Major Ticks Property Description Specifies whether major tick marks appear at each major interval. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Majorticks (axis OG_Axis, majorticks BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Majorticks (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. majorticks Specifies whether major tick marks appear at each major interval.
- 200. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference184 Major Ticks Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if the **Major Ticks checkbox is checked. If **the box is checked, it unchecks it, **and vice versa. */ PROCEDURE GenMajorTicks IS template og_template; x_axis og_axis; val boolean; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); x_axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); val := og_get_majorticks(x_axis); if val = true then og_set_majorticks(x_axis, false); else og_set_majorticks(x_axis, true); end if; END; Minor Grid Property Description Specifies whether a grid line appears at each minor tick mark. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Minorgrid (axis OG_Axis, minorgrid BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Minorgrid (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. minorgrid Specifies whether a grid line appears at each minor tick mark
- 201. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 185 Minor Grid Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if **the Minor Grid checkbox is checked. **If the box is checked, it unchecks it, **and vice versa. */ PROCEDURE GenMinorGrids IS template og_template; x_axis og_axis; val boolean; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); x_axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); val := og_get_minorgrid(x_axis); if val = true then og_set_minorgrid(x_axis, false); else og_set_minorgrid(x_axis, true); end if; END; Minor Ticks Property Description Specifies whether minor tick marks appear, as specified by the value set for Minor Ticks per Interval. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Minorticks (axis OG_Axis, minorticks BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Minorticks (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. minorticks Specifies whether minor tick marks appear as set by the value of Minor Ticks per Interval.
- 202. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference186 Minor Ticks Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if the **Minor Ticks checkbox is checked. If **the box is checked, it unchecks it, and **vice versa. */ PROCEDURE GenMinorTicks IS template og_template; x_axis og_axis; val boolean; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); x_axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); val := og_get_minorticks(x_axis); if val = true then og_set_minorticks(x_axis, false); else og_set_minorticks(x_axis, true); end if; END; Minor Ticks Per Interval Property Description Is the number of minor ticks defined within each major tick interval. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Minorct (axis OG_Axis, minorct NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Minorct (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. minorct Is the number of minor ticks defined within each major tick interval.
- 203. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 187 Minor Ticks Per Interval Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the number **of minor ticks per interval and resets **the value to triple the original value. */ PROCEDURE GenMinorCt IS template og_template; x_axis og_axis; num number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); x_axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); num := og_get_ticklabelrot(x_axis); og_set_minorct(x_axis, 3*num); END; Position Property Description Specifies along which edge of the chart the axis appears. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Bottom_Position OG_Left_Position OG_Right_Position OG_Top_Position Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Position (axis OG_Axis, position NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Position (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. position Specifies along which edge of the chart the axis appears.
- 204. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference188 Position Property Examples /*The following procedure determines **which edge of the chart the axis **appears on, and resets the axis to **the opposite edge. */ PROCEDURE GenPosition IS template og_template; axis og_axis; num number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); num := og_get_position(axis); if num = og_bottom_position then og_set_position(axis, og_top_position); elsif num = og_left_position then og_set_position(axis, og_right_position); elsif num = og_right_position then og_set_position(axis, og_left_position); elsif num = og_top_position then og_set_position(axis, og_bottom_position); end if; END; Tick Label Rotation Property Description Specifies the direction in which the tick labels are rotated. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Ccw_Rotation Means counter-clockwise rotation. OG_Cw_Rotation Means clockwise rotation. OG_No_Rotation Means no rotation. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Ticklabelrot (axis OG_Axis, ticklabelrot NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Ticklabelrot (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. ticklabelrot Specifies the direction in which the tick labels are rotated.
- 205. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 189 Tick Label Rotation Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **tick label rotation and changes it **to a different value. */ PROCEDURE GenTickLbl IS template og_template; x_axis og_axis; num number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); x_axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); num := og_get_ticklabelrot(x_axis); if num = og_ccw_rotation then og_set_ticklabelrot(x_axis, og_cw_rotation); elsif num = og_cw_rotation then og_set_ticklabelrot(x_axis, og_no_rotation); elsif num = og_no_rotation then og_set_ticklabelrot(x_axis, og_ccw_rotation); end if; END; Tick Labels Property Description Specifies whether labels that identify values along the axis appear. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Ticklabels (axis OG_Axis, ticklabels BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Ticklabels (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. ticklabels Specifies whether labels that identify values along the axis appear.
- 206. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference190 Tick Labels Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if **Tick Label checkbox is checked. **If the box is checked, it unchecks it, **and vice versa. */ PROCEDURE GenTickLbl IS template og_template; x_axis og_axis; val boolean; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); x_axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); val := og_get_ticklabels(x_axis); if val = true then og_set_ticklabels(x_axis, false); else og_set_ticklabels(x_axis, true); end if; END; Tick Position Property Description Specifies how the major and minor tick marks appear. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Cross_Tickpos OG_Inside_Tickpos OG_Outside_Tickpos Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Tickpos (axis OG_Axis, tickpos NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Tickpos (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. tickpos Specifies how the major and minor tick marks appear.
- 207. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 191 Tick Position Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the tick **position of the x-axis, and sets it to **a different value. */ PROCEDURE GenTickPos IS template og_template; x_axis og_axis; num number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); x_axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); num := og_get_tickpos(x_axis); if num = og_cross_tickpos then og_set_tickpos(x_axis, og_inside_tickpos); elsif num = og_inside_tickpos then og_set_tickpos(x_axis, og_outside_tickpos); elsif num = og_outside_tickpos then og_set_tickpos(x_axis, og_cross_tickpos); end if; END; Axis (Discrete) Properties Auto Maximum Property Auto Minimum Property Date Format Property Maximum Number Of Categories Property Minimum Number Of Categories Property Number Format Property Auto Maximum Property Description Specifies whether the maximum number of categories that appear on the axis is set to Auto. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Disc_Automax (axis OG_Axis, automax BOOLEAN, maxcat NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Disc_Automx (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. automax Specifies whether the maximum number of categories that appear on the axis is set to Auto. maxcat Specifies the maximum number of categories that appear on the axis (if automax is FALSE).
- 208. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference192 Auto Maximum Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if the **X-axis's maximum is set to auto. If **true, it resets the value to false with **default_maxcat; if false, it reads the **current value and resets it to true. */ PROCEDURE datemax IS template og_template; axis og_axis; val boolean; maxcat number; default_maxcat number := 3; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); val := og_get_disc_automax(axis); if val = true then og_set_disc_automax(axis, false, default_maxcat); elsif val = false then maxcat := og_get_disc_maxcat(axis); og_set_disc_automax(axis,true,default_maxcat); end if; END; Auto Minimum Property Description Specifies whether the minimum number of categories that appear on the axis is set to Auto. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Disc_Automin (axis OG_Axis, automin BOOLEAN, mincat NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Disc_Automin (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. automin Specifies whether the minimum number of categories that appear on the axis is set to Auto. mincat Specifies the minimum number of categories that appear on the axis (if automin is FALSE.)
- 209. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 193 Auto Minimum Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if the **X-axis's minimum is set to auto. If **true, it resets the value to false with *default_mincat; if false, it reads the **current value and resets the value to **true. */ PROCEDURE datemin IS template og_template; axis og_axis; val boolean; mincat number; default_mincat number := 50; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); val := og_get_disc_automin(axis); if val = true then og_set_disc_automin(axis,false,default_mincat); elsif val = false then mincat := og_get_disc_mincat(axis); og_set_disc_automin(axis,true,default_mincat); end if; END; Date Format Property Description Specifies the date format for the axis tick labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Disc_Datefmt (axis OG_Axis, date_fmt VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Disc_Datefmt (axis OG_Axis) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. date_fmt Specifies the date format for the axis tick labels.
- 210. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference194 Date Format Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the current **date format of the axis. If the current **format is not equal to variable **'default_date', it resets the value to **'default_date.' */ PROCEDURE datefmt IS template og_template; axis og_axis; val varchar2(10); default_date varchar2(10) := 'DD_YY_MM'; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); val := og_get_disc_datefmt(axis); if val != default_date then og_set_disc_datefmt(axis, default_date); end if; END; Maximum Number of Categories Property Description Specifies the maximum number of categories that appear on the axis (if automax is FALSE). Syntax (See OG_Set_Disc_Automax, above.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Disc_Maxcat (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described.
- 211. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 195 Maximum Number of Categories Property Examples /* ** The following procedure checks if the **X-axis's maximum is set to auto. If **true, it resets the value to false with **default_maxcat; if false, it reads the **current value and resets **it to true. */ PROCEDURE datemax IS template og_template; axis og_axis; val boolean; maxcat number; default_maxcat number := 3; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); val := og_get_disc_automax(axis); if val = true then og_set_disc_automax(axis, false, default_maxcat); elsif val = false then maxcat := og_get_disc_maxcat(axis); og_set_disc_automax(axis,true,default_maxcat); end if; END; Minimum Number of Categories Property Description Specifies the minimum number of categories that appear on the axis (if automin is FALSE). Syntax (See OG_Set_Disc_Automin, above.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Disc_Mincat (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described.
- 212. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference196 Minimum Number of Categories Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if the **X-axis's minimum is set to auto. If **true, it resets the value to false with **default_mincat; if false, it reads the **current value and resets the value to **true. */ PROCEDURE datemin IS template og_template; axis og_axis; val boolean; mincat number; default_mincat number := 50; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); val := og_get_disc_automin(axis); if val = true then og_set_disc_automin(axis,false,default_mincat); elsif val = false then mincat := og_get_disc_mincat(axis); og_set_disc_automin(axis,true,default_mincat); end if; END; Number Format Property Description Specifies the number format for the axis tick labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Disc_Numfmt (axis OG_Axis, num_fmt VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Disc_Numfmt (axis OG_Axis) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters axis Is the axis object being described. num_fmt Specifies the number format for the axis tick labels.
- 213. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 197 Number Format Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the current **number format of the axis. If the current **format is not equal to variable **'default_format', it resets the value to **'default_format' */ PROCEDURE discnumfmt IS template og_template; axis og_axis; val varchar2(10); default_format varchar2(10) := '9,9,9,9'; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_x_axis); val := og_get_disc_numfmt(axis); if val != default_format then og_set_disc_numfmt(axis, default_format); end if; END; Axis (Continuous) Properties Auto Maximum Property Auto Minimum Property Auto Step Property Maximum Property Minimum Property Number Format Property Percent By Property Percent Of Property Scale Property Step Property Auto Maximum Property Description Specifies whether the axis maximum is set to Auto. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Cont_Automax (axis OG_Axis, automax BOOLEAN, maximun NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Cont_Automax (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis The axis object being described. automax Specifies whether the axis maximum is set to Auto. maximun Specifies the maximum axis value (if automax is FALSE).
- 214. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference198 Auto Maximum Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if axis **Y1's maximum is set to auto. If return **value is TRUE, reset the value to FALSE **with default_max; if return value is **FALSE, it resets the value to TRUE **after reading the specified maximum **axis value. */ PROCEDURE automin IS axis og_axis; template og_template; val boolean; num number; default_max number := 3000; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val := og_get_cont_autostep(axis); if val = TRUE then og_set_cont_autostep(axis, FALSE, default_max); else num := og_get_cont_step(axis); og_set_cont_autostep(axis, TRUE, default_max); end if; END; Auto Minimum Property Description Specifies whether the axis minimum is set to Auto. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Cont_Automin (axis OG_Axis, automin BOOLEAN, minimun NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Cont_Automin (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis The axis object being described. automin Specifies whether the axis minimum is set to Auto. minimun Specifies the minimum axis value (if automin is FALSE).
- 215. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 199 Auto Minimum Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if axis **Y1's minimum is set to auto. If the **value is TRUE, it resets the value to **FALSE with default_min; if the return **value is FALSE, it resets the value to **TRUE after reading the specified minimum **axis value. */ PROCEDURE automin IS axis og_axis; template og_template; val boolean; num number; default_min number := 500; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val := og_get_cont_automin(axis); if val = TRUE then og_set_cont_automin(axis, FALSE, default_min); elsif val = FALSE then num := og_get_cont_minimum(axis); og_set_cont_automin(axis, TRUE, default_min); end if; END; Auto Step Property Description Specifies whether the axis step value is set to Auto. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Cont_Autostep (axis OG_Axis, autostep BOOLEAN, step NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Cont_Autostep (axis OG_Axis) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters axis The axis object being described. autostep Specifies whether the axis step value is set to Auto. step Specifies the axis step value (if autostep is FALSE).
- 216. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference200 Auto Step Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if axis **Y1's step is set to auto. If the return **value is TRUE, it resets the value to **FALSE with default step value; if **return value is FALSE, it resets **the value to TRUE after reading **the specified step value. */ PROCEDURE autostep IS axis og_axis; template og_template; val boolean; num number; step number := 500; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val := og_get_cont_autostep(axis); if val = TRUE then og_set_cont_autostep(axis, FALSE, step); else num := og_get_cont_step(axis); og_set_cont_autostep(axis, TRUE, step); end if; END; Maximum Property Description Specifies the maximum axis value (if Auto Maximum is FALSE). Syntax (See OG_Set_Cont_Automax, above.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Cont_Maximum (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis The axis object being described.
- 217. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 201 Maximum Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if axis **Y1's maximum is set to auto. If return **value is TRUE, reset the value to **FALSE with default_max; if return value **is FALSE, it resets the value to **TRUE after reading the specified **maximum axis value. */ PROCEDURE automin IS axis og_axis; template og_template; val boolean; num number; default_max number := 3000; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val := og_get_cont_autostep(axis); if val = TRUE then og_set_cont_autostep(axis, FALSE, default_max); else num := og_get_cont_step(axis); og_set_cont_autostep(axis, TRUE, default_max); end if; END; Minimum Property Description Specifies the minimum axis value (if Auto Minimum is FALSE). Syntax (See OG_Set_Cont_Automin, above.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Cont_Minimum (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis The axis object being described.
- 218. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference202 Minimum Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if axis **Y1's minimum is set to auto. If the **return value is TRUE, it resets the **value to FALSE with default_min; **if the return value is FALSE, it resets **the value to TRUE after reading the **specified minimum axis value. */ PROCEDURE automin IS axis og_axis; template og_template; val boolean; num number; default_min number := 500; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val := og_get_cont_automin(axis); if val = TRUE then og_set_cont_automin(axis, FALSE, default_min); elsif val = FALSE then num := og_get_cont_minimum(axis); og_set_cont_automin(axis, TRUE, default_min); end if; END; Number Format Property Description Specifies the number format for the axis tick labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Cont_Numfmt (axis OG_Axis, num_fmt VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Cont_Numfmt (axis OG_Axis) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters axis The axis object being described. num_fmt Specifies the number format for the axis tick labels.
- 219. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 203 Number Format Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the current **number format of the axis and resets it to **a different value. */ PROCEDURE numFormat IS axis og_axis; template og_template; val varchar2(10); BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val := og_get_cont_numfmt(axis); og_set_cont_numfmt(axis,'9,9,9,9,9'); END; Percent by Property Description Specifies how the Percent Of scaling values are calculated. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Category_Pctby Means the percentage for each data value is calculated relative to data values for the same field in other categories. OG_Field_Pctby Means the percentage for each data value is calculated relative to data values in the same category for other fields. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Pct_By (axis OG_Axis, pct_of NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Pct_By (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis The axis object being described. pct_of Specifies how the Percent Of scaling values are calculated.
- 220. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference204 Percent by Property Examples */The following procedure reads the **calculating method for the **Percent Of scaling values **(with Scale is set for OG_PCT_SCALE) **from the axis and resets the value to **the next available value. /* PROCEDURE pctby IS axis og_axis; template og_template; val number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val := og_get_pct_by(axis); if val = OG_category_pctby then og_set_pct_by(axis, og_field_pctby); elsif val = og_field_pctby then og_set_pct_by(axis, og_category_pctby); end if; END; Percent of Property Description Specifies the relative scaling factor (if Scale is set to OG_Pct_Scale). The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Maximum_Pctof Meanseach data value is plotted as a percentage of the largest data value. OG_Minimum_Pctof Means each data value is plotted as a percentage of the smallest data value. OG_Sum_Pctof Means each data value is plotted as a percentage of the sum of all data values. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Pct_Of (axis OG_Axis, pct_of NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Pct_Of (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis The axis object being described. pct_of Specifies the relative scaling factor (if Scale is set to OG_Pct_Scale).
- 221. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 205 Percent of Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **relative scaling factor (with Scale **set to OG_PCT_SCALE)from the axis **and resets the value to the next **available value. */ PROCEDURE pctof IS axis og_axis; template og_template; val number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val := og_get_pct_of(axis); if val = OG_maximum_pctof then og_set_pct_of(axis, og_minimum_pctof); elsif val = og_minimum_pctof then og_set_pct_of(axis, og_sum_pctof); elsif val = og_sum_pctof then og_set_pct_of(axis, og_maximum_pctof); end if; END; Scale Property Description Specifies the algorithm used for scaling the axis. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Linear_Scale Means the axis is scaled using a fixed interval between the minimum and maximum axis values. OG_LOG_Scale Means the axis is scaled using a logarithmic algorithm (based on powers of 10) to determine the intervals between the minimum and maximum axis values. OG_Pct_Scale Means the axis is scaled so that data values will be plotted relative to the amount specified by Percent Of. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Scale (axis OG_Axis, scale NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Scale (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis The axis object being described. scale Specifies the algorithm used for scaling the axis.
- 222. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference206 Scale Property Examples /*The following procedure reads **the method used for scaling from **the axis and resets the value **to the next available value. */ PROCEDURE scale IS axis og_axis; template og_template; val number; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val := og_get_scale(axis); if val = OG_linear_scale then og_set_scale(axis, og_log_scale); elsif val = og_log_scale then og_set_scale(axis, og_pct_scale); elsif val = og_pct_scale then og_set_scale(axis, og_linear_scale); end if; END; Step Property Description Specifies the axis step value (if Auto Step is FALSE). Syntax (See OG_Set_Cont_Autostep, above.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Cont_Step (axis OG_Axis) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters axis The axis object being described.
- 223. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 207 Step Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if axis **Y1's step is set to auto. If the return **value is TRUE, it resets the value to **FALSE with default step value; if return **value is FALSE, it resets the value to **TRUE after reading the specified step value. */ PROCEDURE autostep IS axis og_axis; template og_template; val boolean; num number; step number := 500; BEGIN template := og_get_template('template0'); axis := og_get_axis(template, og_y1_axis); val := og_get_cont_autostep(axis); if val = TRUE then og_set_cont_autostep(axis, FALSE, step); else num := og_get_cont_step(axis); og_set_cont_autostep(axis, TRUE, step); end if; END; Chart Element Properties Button Procedure Property Events Property Explosion Property Name Property Button Procedure Property Description Is the handle to the button procedure that should be associated with this chart element. Note that the Events property must be set properly in order to ensure that this procedure receives the desired mouse events. The Events property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_No_Events OG_Mouse_Up OG_Mouse_Down OG_Mouse_Move_Down To enable the procedure to receive multiple event types, set Events to be the sum of the constants for the desired events. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Button (chart OG_Object, row_num NUMBER, col_name VARCHAR2, button_proc OG_Buttonproc, events NUMBER); Parameters
- 224. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference208 chart Is the chart object being described. row_num Is the query row number represented by the chart element. col_name Is the query column represented by the chart element. button_proc Is the handle to the button procedure that should be associated with this chart element. events Is the type of mouse events that the button procedure should receive.
- 225. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 209 Button Procedure Property Examples /*The following procedure assigns **a button procedure to chart **element MGR_bars. */ PROCEDURE AssignButtonProc IS chart og_object; mgrbar og_object; button og_buttonproc; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); mgrbar := og_get_object('MGR_bars'); button := og_get_buttonproc('button'); og_set_button(chart, og_get_row(mgrbar), 'MGR', button, og_mouse_down); END; Events Property Description Is the type of mouse events that the button procedure should receive. The value of this property may be one of the built-in constants: OG_No_Events OG_Mouse_Up OG_Mouse_Down OG_Mouse_Move_Down To enable the procedure to receive multiple event types, set Events to be the sum of the constants for the desired events. Syntax (See OG_Set_Button.) Parameters None Events Property Examples /*The following procedure assigns **a button procedure to **chart element MGR_bars. */ PROCEDURE AssignButtonProc IS chart og_object; mgrbar og_object; button og_buttonproc; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); mgrbar := og_get_object('MGR_bars'); button := og_get_buttonproc('button'); og_set_button(chart, og_get_row(mgrbar), 'MGR', button, og_mouse_down); END; Explosion Property Description Is the distance that the chart element (i.e., pie slice) should be exploded, in terms of the percentage of the chart's x- and y-radii (e.g., 25). This property is meaningful only when used with a pie
- 226. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference210 chart. In addition, all of the pie slices for a given category will be exploded the same amount. Therefore, the specified column name should be for a value column, not a category column. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Explosion (chart OG_Object, row_num NUMBER, col_name VARCHAR2, explode_pct NUMBER); Parameters chart Is the chart object being described. row_num Is the query row number represented by the chart element. col_name Is the query column represented by the chart element. It should be the name of a value column explode_pct Is the distance that the chart element (i.e., pie slice) should be exploded, in terms of the percentage of the chart's x- and y-radii (e.g., 25).
- 227. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 211 Explosion Property Examples /*The following procedure assigns the **distance the chart element should be ** exploded to to 50. */ PROCEDURE Explosion IS pie og_object; mgr_slice og_object; BEGIN pie := og_get_object('pie'); mgr_slice := og_get_object('MGR_slices'); og_set_explosion(pie, og_get_row(mgr_slice), 'MGR', 50); END; Name Property Description Is the name of the chart element. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Name (chart OG_Object, row_num NUMBER, col_name VARCHAR2, name VARCHAR2); Parameters chart Is the chart object being described. row_num Is the query row number represented by the chart element. col_name Is the query column represented by the chart element. name Is the name of the chart element.
- 228. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference212 Name Property Examples /*The following procedure sets **the name of the chart element. */ PROCEDURE Name IS chart og_object; mgr_bar og_object; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); mgr_bar := og_get_object('Mgr_bars'); og_set_name(chart, og_get_row(mgr_bar), 'MGR', 'NewName'); END; Chart Properties Auto Update Property End Row Property Filter Property Query Property Range Property Size And Position Property Start Row Property Template Property Title Property Auto Update Property Description Specifies that the chart is automatically be updated when the query is executed. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Autoupdate (chart OG_Object, autoupdate BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Autoupdate (chart OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters chart Is the chart being described. autoupdate Specifies that the chart is automatically be updated when the query is executed.
- 229. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 213 Auto Update Property Examples /*The following reads the value of **autoupdate in Chart properties, and **resets the value to its opposite value */ PROCEDURE ChartAutoUpdate IS chart og_object; autoupdate boolean; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); autoupdate := og_get_autoupdate(chart); if autoupdate = true then og_set_autoupdate(chart, false); else og_set_autoupdate(chart, true); end if; END; End Row Property Description Is the last row from the query that appears on the chart. Syntax (See OG_Set_Rows.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Endrow (chart OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters chart Is the chart object being described.
- 230. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference214 End Row Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **startrow and endrow value from chart **(provided the Plot rows box is checked), **and resets the range to startrow -1 and **endrow -1.) */ PROCEDURE ChartStartEnd IS chart og_object; startrow number; endrow number; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); startrow := og_get_startrow(chart); endrow := og_get_endrow(chart); og_set_rows(chart,true, startrow-1, endrow-1); END; Filter Property Description Is the name of the query's filter trigger procedure. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Filter (chart OG_Object, filter VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Filter (chart OG_Object) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters chart Is the chart object being described. filter Is the name of the query's filter trigger procedure.
- 231. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 215 Filter Property Examples /*The following procedure reads **the name of the current filter trigger **of the chart, and assigns a different **filter trigger to the chart */ PROCEDURE ChartFilter IS chart og_object; current_filter varchar2(30); new_filter varchar2(30):='MyFilter'; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); current_filter := og_get_filter(chart); og_set_filter(chart, new_filter); END; Query Property Description Is the handle to the query to be used for the chart. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Query (chart OG_Object, query OG_Query, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Query (chart OG_Object) RETURN OG_Query; Parameters chart Is the chart object being described. query Is the handle to the query to be used for the chart. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 232. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference216 Query Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **query handle from the current chart **(qry0)and resets the handle value to **qry1. */ PROCEDURE ChartQuery IS chart og_object; qry0 og_query; qry1 og_query; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); qry0 := og_get_query(chart); qry1 := og_get_query('query1'); og_set_query(chart, qry1); END; Range Property Description Specifies whether the number of query rows that appear on the chart is restricted to the range specified by startrow and endrow. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Rows (chart OG_Object, rangeflag BOOLEAN, startrow NUMBER, endrow NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Rangeflag (chart OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters chart Is the chart object being described. rangeflag Specifies whether the number of query rows that appear on the chart is restricted to the range specified by startrow and endrow. startrow Is the first row from the query that appears on the chart. The first query row is 0, the second row is 1, and so on. endrow Is the last row from the query that appears on the chart.
- 233. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 217 Range Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if **the number of query rows that appear **on the chart is range restricted. **If true, it resets the value to false **(i.e. plots all rows); if false, it **resets the value to true with a **restricted range specified by **startrow and endrow. */ PROCEDURE ChartRange IS chart og_object; rangeflag boolean; startrow number := 3; endrow number := 9; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); rangeflag := og_get_rangeflag(chart); if rangeflag = true then og_set_rows(chart,false, startrow, endrow); else og_set_rows(chart, true, startrow, endrow); end if; END; Size and Position Property Description Is the x- and y-coordinates, height, and width of the chart's frame (in layout units). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Frame (chart OG_Object, frame OG_Rectangle, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Frame (chart OG_Object) RETURN OG_Rectangle; Parameters chart Is the chart object being described. frame Is the x- and y-coordinates, height, and width of the chart's frame (in layout units). damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 234. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference218 Size and Position Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the frame **size of the chart, and reduces it by half. */ PROCEDURE SizeAndPos IS chart og_object; rect og_rectangle; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); rect := og_get_frame(chart); rect.x := rect.x/2; rect.y := rect.y/2; rect.height := rect.height/2; rect.width := rect.width/2; og_set_frame(chart, rect); END; Start Row Property Description Is the first row from the query that appears on the chart. The first query row is 0, the second row is 1, and so on. Syntax (See OG_Set_Rows, above.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Startrow (chart OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters chart Is the chart object being described.
- 235. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 219 Start Row Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **startrow and endrow value from chart **(provided the Plot rows box is checked), **and resets the range to startrow -1 and **endrow -1.) */ PROCEDURE ChartStartEnd IS chart og_object; startrow number; endrow number; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); startrow := og_get_startrow(chart); endrow := og_get_endrow(chart); og_set_rows(chart,true, startrow-1, endrow-1); END; Template Property Description Is the handle to the template to be used for the chart. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Template (chart OG_Object, template OG_Template, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Template (chart OG_Object) RETURN OG_Template; Parameters chart Is the chart object being described. template Is the handle to the template to be used for the chart. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 236. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference220 Template Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **template handles template1 and template2 **from chart1 and chart2 respectively, and **assigns template1 to chart2, template2 **to chart1. */ PROCEDURE ChartTemplate IS chart1 og_object; chart2 og_object; template1 og_template; template2 og_template; BEGIN chart1 := og_get_object('chart1'); chart2 := og_get_object('chart2'); template1 := og_get_template(chart1); template2 := og_get_template(chart2); og_set_template(chart1, template2); og_set_template(chart2, template1); END; Title Property Description Is the title of the chart. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Title (chart OG_Object, title VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Title (chart OG_Object) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters chart Is the chart object being described. title Is the title of the chart.
- 237. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 221 Title Property Examples /*The following procedure reads **the title of a chart; compare **the value with new_title. If **they are not equal, change the **title to new_title. */ PROCEDURE ChartTitle IS chart og_object; title varchar2(30); new_title varchar2(30) := 'New title'; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); title := og_get_title(chart); if title != new_title then og_set_title(chart, new_title); end if; END; Compound Text Properties Simple Text Count Property Compound Text Count Property Simple Text Count Property Description Is the number of simple text elements that compose the compound text element. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Stcount (text OG_Object, cmptext_index NUMBER) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters text Is the text element being described. cmptext_index Is the index number of the compound text element being described.
- 238. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference222 Simple Text Count Property Examples */The following procedure reads the count of **simple text of the first compound **text in a text object, and prints the count **back to the text object. */ PROCEDURE simpleText IS num number; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text'); num := og_get_stcount(text,0); og_set_str(text, num); END; Display Properties Close Trigger Property Date Format Property Height Property Open Trigger Property Width Property Close Trigger Property Description Is the name of display's Close Display trigger. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Closetrigger (trigger VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Closetrigger RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters trigger Is the name of display's Close Display trigger.
- 239. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 223 Close Trigger Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the name **of the close trigger of the current **display. If the current trigger is not **new_trigger, it sets new_trigger to be the **current close trigger procedure. */ PROCEDURE CloseTrigger IS val varchar2(20); new_trigger varchar2(20) := 'CURSORDEFAULT'; BEGIN val := og_get_closetrigger; if val != new_trigger then og_set_closetrigger('CursorDefault'); end if; END; Date Format Property Description Specifies the date format for parameters. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see yourOracle7 Server SQL Reference. Syntax OG_Set_Dateformat (dateformat VARCHAR2); OG_Get_Dateformat RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters dateformat Specifies the date format for parameters. This must be a valid SQL format string.
- 240. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference224 Date Format Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the date **format of display. If the format is not **the same as new_datefmt, it sets the current **format to new_format. */ PROCEDURE datefmt IS datefmt varchar2(20); new_datefmt varchar2(20) := 'DD/MM/YYYY'; BEGIN datefmt := og_get_dateformat; if datefmt != new_datefmt then og_set_dateformat('DD/MM/YYYY'); end if; END; Height Property Description Is the height of the layout (in layout units). Syntax (See OG_Set_Display_Size.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Display_Height RETURN NUMBER; Parameters None Height Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the width **and height of the current display and **reduces the display size by half. */ PROCEDURE dimension0 IS width number; height number; BEGIN width := og_get_display_width; height := og_get_display_height; og_set_display_size(width/2, height/2); END; Open Trigger Property Description Is the name of display's Open Display trigger. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Opentrigger (trigger VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Opentrigger RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters trigger Is the name of display's Open Display trigger.
- 241. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 225 Open Trigger Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the name of **the open trigger of the current display. **If the current trigger is not new_trigger, **it sets new_trigger to be the current open **trigger procedure. */ PROCEDURE OpenTrigger IS val varchar2(20); new_trigger varchar2(20) := 'TOBLUE'; BEGIN val := og_get_opentrigger; if val != 'TOBLUE' then og_set_opentrigger('toblue'); end if; END; Width Property Description Is the width of the layout (in layout units). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Display_Size (width NUMBER, height NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Display_Width RETURN NUMBER; Parameters width Is the width of the layout (in layout units). height Is the height of the layout (in layout units).
- 242. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference226 Width Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the width **and height of the current display and **reduces the display size by half. */ PROCEDURE dimension0 IS width number; height number; BEGIN width := og_get_display_width; height := og_get_display_height; og_set_display_size(width/2, height/2); END; Frame (Axis Chart) Properties Baseline Axis Property Baseline Value Property Category Width Property Custom Date Format Property Custom Number Format Property Reference Line Count Property Second Y Axis Property Baseline Axis Property Description Specifies the axis to which the baseline value is compared to determine its position. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Template OG_Y1_Axis OG_Y2_Axis Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Baseaxis (template OG_Template, baseaxis NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Baseaxis (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template. baseaxis Specifies the axis to which the baseline value is compared to determine its position.
- 243. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 227 Baseline Axis Property Examples */The following procedure specifies the **date format for the baseline label. */ PROCEDURE CusDateFmt IS chart og_object; template og_template; custDate date; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); custDate := og_get_cust_date(template); if custDate != '06-DEC-88' then og_set_cust_date(template, '06-DEC-96'); end if; END; Baseline Value Property Description Is the value used as the starting point for plotting fields along the value axis. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Custom_Baseline OG_Min_Baseline OG_Zero_Baseline Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Basevalue (template OG_Template, basevalue NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Basevalue (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template. basevalue Is the value used as the starting point for plotting fields along the value axis.
- 244. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference228 Baseline Value Property Examples /*The following procedure reads **the baseline value of the field **template of a chart.If the current ** baseline value is ZERO, **the procedure resets the value to **MAX; If the current baseline value **is any value other than ZERO, the **procedure resets the value to ZERO. */ PROCEDURE BaseLine IS chart og_object; template og_template; value number; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); value := og_get_basevalue(template); if value = og_zero_baseline then og_set_basevalue(template, og_max_baseline); else og_set_basevalue(template, og_zero_baseline); end if; og_update_chart(chart); END; Category Width Property Description Is the width of the bars in a bar or column chart, as a percentage of the "strip width." The strip width is the widest the bars can be without overlapping each other, and it is determined by dividing the length of the category axis by the number of bars to be plotted. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Catwidth (template OG_Template, catwidth NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Catwidth (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template. catwidth Is the width of the bars in a bar or column chart, as a percentage of the "strip width." The strip width is the widest the bars can be without overlapping each other, and it is determined by dividing the length of the category axis by the number of bars to be plotted.
- 245. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 229 Category Width Property Examples /* The following procedure reduces the ** category width of the bars by half of **its original width. */ PROCEDURE CatWidth IS chart og_object; template og_template; width number; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); width := og_get_catwidth(template); og_set_catwidth(template, width/2); END; Custom Date Format Property Description Specifies the custom date to set the custom date value to. This will also automatically set the base value to OG_CUSTOM_BASELINE. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Cust_Date (template OG_Template, cust_date DATE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Cust_Date (template OG_Template) RETURN DATE; Parameters template Is the chart template. cust_date Specifies the date value for a date axis type. This value is used as a reference for drawing the data points along the value axis.
- 246. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference230 Custom Date Format Property Examples /*The following procedure specifies **the date format for the baseline label. */ PROCEDURE CusDateFmt IS chart og_object; template og_template; custDate date; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); custDate := og_get_cust_date(template); if custDate != '06-DEC-88' then og_set_cust_date(template, '06-DEC-96'); end if; END; Custom Number Format Property Description Specifies the custom number to set the baseline to. This will also automatically set the base value to OG_CUSTOM_BASELINE. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Cust_Num (template OG_Template, cust_num NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Cust_Num (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template. cust_num Specifies the baseline value for a number axis type. This value is used as a reference for drawing the data points along the value axis.
- 247. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 231 Custom Number Format Property Examples /*The following procedure specifies **the number format for the baseline label. */ PROCEDURE CusNumFmt IS chart og_object; template og_template; num number; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); num := og_get_cust_num(template); og_set_cust_num(template, num/2); END; Reference Line Count Property Description Is the number of reference lines that belong to the chart template. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Reflinect (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template.
- 248. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference232 Reference Line Count Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **reference line count and prints the **number to a text object. */ PROCEDURE RefLineCnt IS text og_object; chart og_object; template og_template; cnt number; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); cnt := og_get_reflinect(template); og_set_str(text, cnt); END; Second Y Axis Property Description Specifies whether a second Y axis appears in the chart. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Second_Y (template OG_Template, second_y BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Second_Y (template OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters template Is the chart template. second_y Specifies whether a second Y axis appears in the chart.
- 249. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 233 Second Y Axis Property Examples /* The following procedure determines if **a second Y axis appears on the chart. **If not, it adds a second one. */ PROCEDURE SecondY IS chart og_object; template og_template; axis boolean; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); axis := og_get_second_y(template); if axis = false then og_set_second_y(template, true); end if; og_update_chart(chart); END; Frame (Generic) Properties Depth Size Property Field Template Count Property Frame Type Property Legend Property Legend Column Count Property Name Property Plot Frame Property Root Property Shadow Direction Property Shadow Size Property Depth Size Property Description Specifies the amount of depth with which the chart frame and elements are drawn to provide them with a 3-dimensional look. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_None_Depthsize OG_Small_Depthsize OG_Medium_Depthsize OG_Large_None_Depthsize OG_Xlarge_Depthsize Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Depthsize (template OG_Template, depthsize NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Depthsize (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template. depthsize Specifies the amount of depth with which the
- 250. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference234 chart frame and elements are drawn to provide them with a 3-dimensional look.
- 251. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 235 Depth Size Property Examples /*The following reads the depth size **of the chart, and changes the depth **to a different value. */ PROCEDURE FrameDepth IS chart og_object; template og_template; depth number; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); depth := og_get_depthsize(template); if depth = og_none_depthsize then og_set_depthsize(template, og_small_depthsize); elsif depth = og_small_depthsize then og_set_depthsize(template, og_medium_depthsize); elsif depth = og_medium_depthsize then og_set_depthsize(template, og_large_depthsize); elsif depth = og_large_depthsize then og_set_depthsize(template, og_xlarge_depthsize); elsif depth = og_xlarge_depthsize then og_set_depthsize(template, og_none_depthsize); end if; END; Field Template Count Property Description Is the number of field templates that belong to the chart template. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Ftempct (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template.
- 252. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference236 Field Template Count Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the number of **the field template that belongs to the current **template,and prints the value to a text object. */ PROCEDURE FTempCnt IS text og_object; chart og_object; template og_template; num number; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); num := og_get_ftempct(template); og_set_str(text, num); END; Frame Type Property Description Is the type of chart represented by this template The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Axis_Frametype OG_Pie_Frametype OG_Table_Frametype Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Frametype (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template.
- 253. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 237 Frame Type Property Examples /*The following reads the frame type **and prints the value to a text object. */ PROCEDURE FrameType IS text og_object; chart og_object; template og_template; num number; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); num := og_get_frametype(template); if num = og_axis_frametype then og_set_str(text, 'axis'); elsif num = og_pie_frametype then og_set_str(text ,'pie'); elsif num = og_table_frametype then og_set_str(text, 'table'); end if; END; Legend Property Description Specifies whether the chart's legend should be shown. (Not applicable to table charts.) Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Legend (template OG_Template, show BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Legend (template OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters template Is the chart template. show Specifies whether the chart's legend should be shown. (Not applicable to table charts.)
- 254. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference238 Legend Property Examples /*The following procedure determines **if a legend is shown. If a legend **is shown, it hides it; if a legend **is hidden, it shows it. */ PROCEDURE FrameLegend IS chart og_object; template og_template; val boolean; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); val := og_get_legend(template); if val = true then og_set_legend(template, false); else og_set_legend(template, true); end if; END; Legend Column Count Property Description Is the number of columns used to display the labels that appear in the legend. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Legendcolct (template OG_Template, colct NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Legendcolct (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template. colct Is the number of columns used to display the labels that appear in the legend.
- 255. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 239 Legend Column Count Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the number of **columns in the legend box. If there is more **than one column in the box, it changes the **number of the columns to one; if there is **one column, it changes the number of columns **to two. */ PROCEDURE FrameLegendCol IS chart og_object; template og_template; num number; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); num := og_get_legendcolct(template); if num > 1 then og_set_legendcolct(template, 1); else og_set_legendcolct(template, 2); end if; END; Name Property Description Is the name of the chart template. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Frame_Name (template OG_Template, name VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Frame_Name (template OG_Template) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters template Is the chart template. name Is the name of the chart template.
- 256. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference240 Name Property Examples /*The following reads the frame name. **If the name is not 'template1', it sets **it to 'template1'. */ PROCEDURE FrameName IS chart og_object; template og_template; name varchar2(30); BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); name := og_get_frame_name(template); if name != 'template1' then og_set_frame_name(template, 'template1'); end if; END; Plot Frame Property Description Specifies whether the rectangle that surrounds the chart should be shown. (Not applicable to pie charts.) Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Plotframe (template OG_Template, show BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Plotframe (template OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters template Is the chart template. show Specifies whether the rectangle that surrounds the chart should be shown.
- 257. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 241 Plot Frame Property Examples /*The following procedure determines **whether a plot frame is drawn. If **true, it removes the plot frame; **if false, it adds a plot frame to **the current chart. */ PROCEDURE FramePlot IS chart og_object; template og_template; val boolean; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); val := og_get_plotframe(template); if val = true then og_set_plotframe(template, false); else og_set_plotframe(template, true); end if; END; Root Property Description Is the handle to the chart template. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Root (template OG_Template) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters template Is the chart template.
- 258. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference242 Root Property Examples /*The procedure gets the handle **(root)of the chart object. */ PROCEDURE FrameRoot IS chart og_object; template og_template; root og_object; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); root := og_get_root(template); END; Shadow Direction Property Description Specifies the direction of the shadow with which the chart frame and elements are drawn. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Upperright_Shadowdir OG_Upperleft_Shadowdir OG_Lowerright_Shadowdir OG_Lowerleft_Shadowdir Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Shadowdir (template OG_Template, shadowdir NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Shadowdir (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template. shadowdir Specifies the direction of the shadow with which the chart frame and elements are drawn.
- 259. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 243 Shadow Direction Property Examples */The following reads the shadow direction of **the chart, and changes it to a different **value. */ PROCEDURE FrameShadowDir IS chart og_object; template og_template; shadow number; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); shadow := og_get_shadowdir(template); if shadow = og_upperright_shadowdir then og_set_shadowdir(template, og_lowerleft_shadowdir); elsif shadow = og_lowerleft_shadowdir then og_set_shadowdir(template, og_upperleft_shadowdir); elsif shadow = og_upperleft_shadowdir then og_set_shadowdir(template, og_lowerright_shadowdir); elsif shadow = og_lowerright_shadowdir then og_set_shadowdir(template, og_upperright_shadowdir); end if; END; Shadow Size Property Description Specifies the size of the shadow with which the chart frame and elements are drawn. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_None_Shadowsize OG_Small_Shadowsize OG_Medium_Shadowsize OG_Large_Shadowsize OG_Xlarge_Shadowsize Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Shadowsize (template OG_Template, shadowsize NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Shadowsize (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template. shadowsize Specifies the size of the shadow with which the chart frame and elements are drawn.
- 260. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference244 Shadow Size Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the shadow size **of the chart, and changes the size to a **different value. */ PROCEDURE FrameShadow IS chart og_object; template og_template; shadow number; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); shadow := og_get_shadowsize(template); if shadow = og_none_shadowsize then og_set_shadowsize(template, og_small_shadowsize); elsif shadow = og_small_shadowsize then og_set_shadowsize(template, og_medium_shadowsize); elsif shadow = og_medium_shadowsize then og_set_shadowsize(template, og_large_shadowsize); elsif shadow = og_large_shadowsize then og_set_shadowsize(template, og_xlarge_shadowsize); elsif shadow = og_xlarge_shadowsize then og_set_shadowsize(template, og_none_shadowsize); end if; END; Frame (Pie Chart) Properties Categories Property Category Date Format Property Category Number Format Property Data Values Property No Overlap Property Other Property Percent Format Property Percent Values Property Plot Order Property Ticks Property Usage Property Usage Value Property Value Format Property Categories Property Description Specifies whether each pie slice is labeled with the name of the category it represents. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Categs (template OG_Template, categs BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Categs (template OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters template Is the chart template.
- 261. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 245 categs Specifies whether each pie slice is labeled with the name of the category it represents.
- 262. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference246 Categories Property Examples /* The following procedure gets **information about the relationship **between individual pie slices and **the complete chart. If the current **relationship is TOTALVALUE, the **procedure resets the relationship ** to PERCENTAGE with a value of 50; **If the current relationship is **PERCENTAGE, the procedure resets **the relationship to TOTALVALUE with **a value of 400000. */ PROCEDURE PieUsage IS pie og_object; template og_template; usage number; usagevalue number; BEGIN pie := og_get_object('pie'); template := og_get_template(pie); usage := og_get_usage(template); if usage = og_totalvalue_usage then usagevalue := og_get_usagevalue(template); og_set_usage(template, og_pct_usage, 50); elsif usage = og_pct_usage then usagevalue := og_get_usagevalue(template); og_set_usage(template, og_totalvalue_usage, 400000); end if; og_update_chart(pie); END; Category Date Format Property Description Specifies the date format for the category labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Catdatefmt (template OG_Template, catdatefmt VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Catdatefmt (template OG_Template) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters template Is the chart template. catdatefmt Specifies the date format for the category labels. This must be a valid SQL format string.
- 263. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 247 Category Date Format Property Examples /*The following procedure changes the **pie slice label's date format if the **format is not currently **'DD-MM-YY'. */ PROCEDURE CatDateFmt IS pie og_object; template og_template; format varchar2(20); BEGIN pie := og_get_object('pie'); template := og_get_template(pie); format := og_get_catdatefmt(template); if format != 'MM-DD-YY' then og_set_catdatefmt(template, 'MM-DD-YY'); end if; og_update_chart(pie); END; Category Number Format Property Description Specifies the number format for the category labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Catnumfmt (template OG_Template, catnumfmt VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Catnumfmt (template OG_Template) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters template Is the chart template. catnumfmt Specifies the number format for the category labels. This must be a valid SQL format string.
- 264. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference248 Category Number Format Property Examples /*The following procedure changes the **pie slice label's number format if **the format is not currently **'9,9,9,9'. */ PROCEDURE CatNumFmt IS pie og_object; template og_template; format varchar2(20); BEGIN pie := og_get_object('pie'); template := og_get_template(pie); format := og_get_catnumfmt(template); if format != '9,9,9,9' then og_set_catnumfmt(template, '9,9,9,9'); end if; og_update_chart(pie); END; Data Values Property Description Specifies whether each pie slice is labeled with its data value. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Datavals (template OG_Template, datavals BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Datavals (template OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters template Is the chart template. datavals Specifies whether each pie slice is labeled with its data value.
- 265. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 249 Data Values Property Examples /* The following procedure hides/shows ** the data value for each pie slice. */ PROCEDURE DataVals IS pie og_object; template og_template; val boolean; BEGIN pie := og_get_object('pie'); template := og_get_template(pie); val := og_get_datavals(template); if val = true then og_set_datavals(template, false); elsif val = false then og_set_datavals(template, true); end if; og_update_chart(pie); END; No Overlap Property Description Specifies that the labels for the pie slices should not overlap each other. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Nooverlap (template OG_Template, nooverlap BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Nooverlap (template OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters template Is the chart template. nooverlap Specifies that the labels for the pie slices should not overlap each other.
- 266. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference250 No Overlap Property Examples /*The following procedure determines if **pie slice labels are allowed to overlap. **If overlapping is allowed, the procedure **disallows it. */ PROCEDURE NoOverlap IS pie og_object; template og_template; val boolean; BEGIN pie := og_get_object('pie'); template := og_get_template(pie); val := og_get_nooverlap(template); if val = false then og_set_nooverlap(template, true); end if; og_update_chart(pie); END; Other Property Description Specifies the minimum percentage of the chart that a data value must represent in order for it to appear as an individual slice in the pie chart. Data values that represent percentages below this number are combined into a single pie slice with the label "Other". Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Other (template OG_Template, other NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Other (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template. other Specifies the minimum percentage of the chart that a data value must represent in order for it to appear as an individual slice in the pie chart. Data values that represent percentages below this number are combined into a single pie slice with the label "Other".
- 267. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 251 Other Property Examples /*The following procedure doubles **the percentage value for which **any chart slice with a value **less than or equal to the **percentage value will be labeled **”other.” */ PROCEDURE Other IS pie og_object; template og_template; num number; BEGIN pie := og_get_object('pie'); template := og_get_template(pie); num := og_get_other(template); og_set_other(template, num*2); og_update_chart(pie); END; Percent Format Property Description Specifies the number format for the percent value labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Pctfmt (template OG_Template, pctfmt VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Pctfmt (template OG_Template) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters template Is the chart template. pctfmt Specifies the number format for the percent value labels. This must be a valid SQL format string.
- 268. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference252 Percent Format Property Examples /*The following procedure hides/shows the **percent value for each pie slice. */ PROCEDURE PctVals IS pie og_object; template og_template; val boolean; BEGIN pie := og_get_object('pie'); template := og_get_template(pie); val := og_get_pctvalues(template); if val = true then og_set_pctvalues(template, false); elsif val = false then og_set_pctvalues(template, true); end if; og_update_chart(pie); END; Percent Values Property Description Specifies whether each pie slice is labeled with the percentage of the complete chart it represents. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Pctvalues (template OG_Template, pctvalues BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Pctvalues (template OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters template Is the chart template. pctvalues Specifies whether each pie slice is labeled with the percentage of the complete chart it represents.
- 269. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 253 Percent Values Property Examples /* The following procedure hides/shows **the percent value for each pie slice. */ PROCEDURE PctVals IS pie og_object; template og_template; val boolean; BEGIN pie := og_get_object('pie'); template := og_get_template(pie); val := og_get_pctvalues(template); if val = true then og_set_pctvalues(template, false); elsif val = false then og_set_pctvalues(template, true); end if; og_update_chart(pie); END; Plot Order Property Description Specifies the direction in which the data values are plotted. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Ccw_Plotorder Means values are plotted in a counter-clockwise direction. OG_Cw_Plotorder Means values are plotted in a clockwise direction. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Plotorder (template OG_Template, plotorder NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Plotorder (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template. plotorder Specifies the direction in which the data values are plotted.
- 270. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference254 Plot Order Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **direction in which the data values **are plotted, and reverses the **plotting direction. */ PROCEDURE plotOrder IS pie og_object; template og_template; porder number; BEGIN pie := og_get_object('pie'); template := og_get_template(pie); porder := og_get_plotorder(template); if porder = og_cw_plotorder then og_set_plotorder(template, og_ccw_plotorder); else og_set_plotorder(template, og_cw_plotorder); end if; og_update_chart(pie); END; Ticks Property Description Specifies whether the tick marks that connect each pie slice to its label are shown. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Ticks (template OG_Template, ticks BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Ticks (template OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters template Is the chart template. ticks Specifies whether the tick marks that connect each pie slice to its label are shown.
- 271. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 255 Ticks Property Examples /*The following procedure hides/ **shows the ticks for each pie **slice. */ PROCEDURE ticks IS pie og_object; template og_template; val boolean; BEGIN pie := og_get_object('pie'); template := og_get_template(pie); val := og_get_ticks(template); if val = true then og_set_ticks(template, false); else og_set_ticks(template, true); end if; og_update_chart(pie); END; Usage Property Description Specifies the relationship between the individual pie slices and the complete chart. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Totalvalue_Usage OG_Pct_Usage Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Usage (template OG_Template, usage NUMBER, usagevalue NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Usage (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template. usage Specifies the relationship between the individual pie slices and the complete chart. usagevalue Each pie slice is plotted as if its data value is a percentage of the total value specified here. (Valid only is usage is set to OG_TOTALVALUE_USAGE.
- 272. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference256 Usage Property Examples /*The following procedure gets **information about the relationship **between individual pie slices and **the complete chart. If the current **relationship is TOTALVALUE, the procedure **resets the relationship to PERCENTAGE **with a value of 50. If the current **relationship is PERCENTAGE, the procedure **resets the relationship to TOTALVALUE **with a value of 400000. */ PROCEDURE PieUsage IS pie og_object; template og_template; usage number; usagevalue number; BEGIN pie := og_get_object('pie'); template := og_get_template(pie); usage := og_get_usage(template); if usage = og_totalvalue_usage then usagevalue := og_get_usagevalue(template); og_set_usage(template, og_pct_usage, 50); elsif usage = og_pct_usage then usagevalue := og_get_usagevalue(template); og_set_usage(template, og_totalvalue_usage, 400000); end if; og_update_chart(pie); END; Usage Value Property Description Each pie slice is plotted as if its data value is a percentage of the total value specified here. Syntax (See OG_Set_Usage, above.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Usagevalue (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template.
- 273. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 257 Usage Value Property Examples /*The following procedure gets **information about the relationship **between individual pie slices and **the complete chart. If the current **relationship is TOTALVALUE, the procedure **resets the relationship to PERCENTAGE **with a value of 50. If the current **relationship is PERCENTAGE, the procedure **resets the relationship to TOTALVALUE **with a value of 400000. */ PROCEDURE PieUsage IS pie og_object; template og_template; usage number; usagevalue number; BEGIN pie := og_get_object('pie'); template := og_get_template(pie); usage := og_get_usage(template); if usage = og_totalvalue_usage then usagevalue := og_get_usagevalue(template); og_set_usage(template, og_pct_usage, 50); elsif usage = og_pct_usage then usagevalue := og_get_usagevalue(template); og_set_usage(template, og_totalvalue_usage, 400000); end if; og_update_chart(pie); END; Value Format Property Description Specifies the number format for the data value labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Valuefmt (template OG_Template, valuenumfmt VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Valuefmt (template OG_Template) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters template Is the chart template. valuenumfmt Specifies the number format for the data value labels.
- 274. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference258 Value Format Property Examples /*The following procedure changes the pie **slice label's value format if the format **is not currently '0999'. */ PROCEDURE ValFmt IS pie og_object; template og_template; format varchar2(20); BEGIN pie := og_get_object('pie'); template := og_get_template(pie); format := og_get_valuefmt(template); if format != '0999' then og_set_valuefmt(template, '0999'); end if; og_update_chart(pie); END; Frame (Table Chart) Properties Auto Maximum Property Auto Minimum Property Column Names Property Grid Count Property Horizontal Grid Property Maximum Number Of Rows Property Minimum Number Of Rows Property Vertical Grid Property Auto Maximum Property Description Specifies whether the maximum number of rows that appear on the chart is set to Auto. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Automax (template OG_Template, automax BOOLEAN, maxrows NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Automax (template OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters template Is the chart template. automax Specifies whether the maximum number of rows that appear on the chart is set to Auto. maxrows Specifies the maximum number of rows that appear on the chart (if automax is FALSE).
- 275. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 259 Auto Maximum Property Examples /*The following procedure determines if **there is a maximum number of rows to **be displayed in the table or if the **number of rows is automatically **determined. If the number of **rows is not automatically determined, **the procedure reads the number of rows **the table displays currently and resets **it to be automatically determined. */ PROCEDURE AutoMax IS table1 og_object; template og_template; val boolean; maxrows number := 2; BEGIN table1 := og_get_object('table'); template := og_get_template(table1); val := og_get_automax(template); if val = false then maxrows := og_get_maxrows(template); og_set_automax(template, true, maxrows/2); end if; og_update_chart(table1); END; Auto Minimum Property Description Specifies whether the minimum number of rows that appear on the chart is set to Auto. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Automin (template OG_Template, automin BOOLEAN, minrows NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Automin (template OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters template Is the chart template. automin Specifies whether the minimum number of rows that appear on the chart is set to Auto. minrows Specifies the minimum number of rows that appear on the chart (if automin is FALSE).
- 276. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference260 Auto Minimum Property Examples /*"The following procedure **determines if there is a **minimum number of rows that **must be displayed in the **table or whether the number of **rows is automatically determined. **If the number of rows is not **automatically determined, the procedure **reads the number of rows the table **currently displays and resets it to **be automatically determined. */ PROCEDURE AutoMax IS table1 og_object; template og_template; val boolean; maxrows number := 2; BEGIN table1 := og_get_object('table'); template := og_get_template(table1); val := og_get_automax(template); if val = false then maxrows := og_get_maxrows(template); og_set_automax(template, true, maxrows/2); end if; og_update_chart(table1); END; Column Names Property Description Specifies whether the names of the columns appear as the first row in the chart. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Cname (template OG_Template, cname BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Cname (template OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters template Is the chart template. cname Specifies whether the names of the columns appear as the first row in the chart.
- 277. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 261 Column Names Property Examples /*The following procedure hides/shows the **table’s column names. */ PROCEDURE ColNames IS table1 og_object; template og_template; val boolean; BEGIN table1 := og_get_object('table'); template := og_get_template(table1); val := og_get_cname(template); if val = true then og_set_cname(template, false); elsif val = false then og_set_cname(template, true); end if; og_update_chart(table1); END; Grid Count Property Description Is the number of rows of data plotted before each horizontal grid line is drawn (if Horizontal Grid is set to TRUE). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Gridct (template OG_Template, gridct NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Gridct (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template. gridct Is the number of rows of data plotted before each horizontal grid line is drawn (if Horizontal Grid is set to TRUE).
- 278. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference262 Grid Count Property Examples /*The following procedure doubles **the grid count of the table. */ PROCEDURE gridcnt IS table1 og_object; template og_template; cnt number; BEGIN table1 := og_get_object('table'); template := og_get_template(table1); cnt := og_get_gridct(template); og_set_gridct(template, cnt*2); og_update_chart(table1); END; Horizontal Grid Property Description Specifies whether horizontal grid lines appear between the rows. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Hgrid (template OG_Template, hgrid BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Hgrid (template OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters template Is the chart template. hgrid Specifies whether horizontal grid lines appear between the rows.
- 279. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 263 Horizontal Grid Property Examples /*The following procedure hides/shows **horizontal grid lines. */ PROCEDURE HoriGrid IS table1 og_object; template og_template; val boolean; BEGIN table1 := og_get_object('table'); template := og_get_template(table1); val := og_get_hgrid(template); if val = true then og_set_hgrid(template, false); elsif val = false then og_set_hgrid(template, true); end if; og_update_chart(table1); END; Maximum Number of Rows Property Description Specifies the maximum number of rows that appear on the chart (if Auto Maximum is FALSE). Syntax (See OG_Set_Automax, above.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Maxrows (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template.
- 280. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference264 Maximum Number of Rows Property Examples /*The following procedure determines **if there is a maximum number of rows to **be displayed in the table or if the **number of rows is automatically **determined. If the number of rows is **automatically determined, the procedure **reads the number of rows the table **displays currently and resets it to be **automatically determined. */ PROCEDURE AutoMax IS table1 og_object; template og_template; val boolean; maxrows number := 2; BEGIN table1 := og_get_object('table'); template := og_get_template(table1); val := og_get_automax(template); if val = false then maxrows := og_get_maxrows(template); og_set_automax(template, true, maxrows/2); end if; og_update_chart(table1); END; Minimum Number of Rows Property Description Specifies the maximum number of rows that appear on the chart (if Auto Minimum is FALSE). Syntax (See OG_Set_Automin, above.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Minrows (template OG_Template) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters template Is the chart template.
- 281. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 265 Minimum Number of Rows Property Examples /*"The following procedure **determines if there is a **minimum number of rows that **must be displayed in the **table or whether the number of **rows is automatically determined. **If the number of rows is not **automatically determined, the procedure **reads the number of rows the table **currently displays and resets it to **be automatically determined. */ PROCEDURE AutoMax IS table1 og_object; template og_template; val boolean; maxrows number := 2; BEGIN table1 := og_get_object('table'); template := og_get_template(table1); val := og_get_automax(template); if val = false then maxrows := og_get_maxrows(template); og_set_automax(template, true, maxrows/2); end if; og_update_chart(table1); END; Vertical Grid Property Description Specifies whether vertical grid lines appear between the columns. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Vgrid (template OG_Template, vgrid BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Vgrid (template OG_Template) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters template Is the chart template. vgrid Specifies whether vertical grid lines appear between the columns.
- 282. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference266 Vertical Grid Property Examples /* The following procedure hides/shows **vertical grid lines. */ PROCEDURE VertGrid IS table1 og_object; template og_template; val boolean; BEGIN table1 := og_get_object('table'); template := og_get_template(table1); val := og_get_vgrid(template); if val = true then og_set_vgrid(template, false); elsif val = false then og_set_vgrid(template, true); end if; og_update_chart(table1); END. Field Template (Generic) Properties Color Rotation Property Date Format Property Name Property Number Format Property Root Property Color Rotation Property Description Specifies whether Graphics Builder automatically rotates through the color or pattern palette to select a unique shading for each field that uses this field template. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_None_Colorrot OG_Auto_Colorrot OG_Color_Colorrot OG_Pattern_Colorrot OG_Both_Colorrot Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Colorrot (ftemp OG_Ftemp, colorrot NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Colorrot (ftemp OG_Ftemp) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters ftemp Is the field template being described. colorrot Specifies whether Graphics Builder
- 283. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 267 automatically rotates through the color or pattern palette to select a unique shading for each field that uses this field template.
- 284. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference268 Color Rotation Property Examples /*The following procedure reads if any **color rotation is applied to the chart. **If none has been applied, it applies **AUTO color rotation. If another method **of color rotation is currently applied, **it changes the rotation to NONE. */ PROCEDURE fieldColRot IS ftemp og_ftemp; color number; BEGIN ftemp := og_get_ftemp(og_get_template(og_get_object('chart')),0); color := og_get_colorrot(ftemp); if color = og_none_colorrot then og_set_colorrot(ftemp, og_auto_colorrot); else og_set_colorrot(ftemp, og_none_colorrot); end if; og_update_chart(og_get_object('chart')); END; Date Format Property Description Specifies the date format for the field labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Datefmt (ftemp OG_Ftemp, date_fmt VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Datefmt (ftemp OG_Ftemp) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters ftemp Is the field template being described. date_fmt Specifies the date format for the field labels. This must be a valid SQL format string.
- 285. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 269 Date Format Property Examples */The following procedure **determines if label number **formats are all'9,9,9,9'. **If not, it changes them all **to '9,9,9,9'. */ PROCEDURE fieldDateFmt IS ftemp og_ftemp; datefmt varchar2(20); BEGIN ftemp := og_get_ftemp(og_get_template(og_get_object('chart')),0); datefmt := og_get_datefmt(ftemp); if datefmt != 'DD-MM-YYYY' then og_set_datefmt(ftemp, 'DD-MM-YYYY'); end if; END; Name Property Description Is the name of the field template. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Ftemp_Name (ftemp OG_Ftemp, name VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Ftemp_Name (ftemp OG_Ftemp) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters ftemp Is the field template being described. name Is the name of the field template.
- 286. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference270 Name Property Examples /*The following button procedure **appends a '1' to the current **field template's name. */ PROCEDURE fieldname IS ftemp og_ftemp; chart og_object; name varchar2(20); BEGIN ftemp := og_get_ftemp(og_get_template(og_get_object('chart')),0); name := og_get_ftemp_name(ftemp); og_set_ftemp_name(ftemp, name||'1'); END; Number Format Property Description Specifies the number format for the field labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Numfmt (ftemp OG_Ftemp, num_fmt VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Numfmt (ftemp OG_Ftemp) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters ftemp Is the field template being described. num_fmt Specifies the number format for the field labels. This must be a valid SQL format string.
- 287. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 271 Number Format Property Examples */The following procedure **determines if the labels' number **format is '9,9,9,9'. If **not, it changes the format **to '9,9,9,9'. */ PROCEDURE fieldNumFmt IS ftemp og_ftemp; numfmt varchar2(20); BEGIN ftemp := og_get_ftemp(og_get_template(og_get_object('chart')),0); numfmt := og_get_numfmt(ftemp); if numfmt != '9,9,9,9' then og_set_numfmt(ftemp, '9,9,9,9'); end if; END; Root Property Description Is a handle to the chart template to which the field template belongs. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Root (ftemp OG_Ftemp) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters ftemp Is the field template being described.
- 288. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference272 Root Property Examples /*The following procedure gets **a chart’s field template handles. */ PROCEDURE fieldname IS ftemp og_ftemp; root og_object; BEGIN ftemp := og_get_ftemp(og_get_template(og_get_object('chart')),0); root := og_get_root(ftemp); END; Field Template (Axis Chart) Properties Axis Property Curve Fit Property Label Rotation Property Line Style Property Overlap Property Plot Position Property Plot Type Property Axis Property Description Specifies the axis to which data values are compared to determine how the field is plotted. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Y1_Axis OG_Y2_Axis Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Axis (ftemp OG_Ftemp, axis NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Axis (ftemp OG_Ftemp) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters ftemp Is the field template being described. axis Specifies the axis to which data values are compared to determine how the field is plotted.
- 289. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 273 Axis Property Examples /*The following procedure **rotates the main Y axis the **chart currently refers to **(if there is more than one **Y axis)and switches the main **Y axis to a different Y axis. */ PROCEDURE axis IS axis number; ftemp og_ftemp; chart og_object; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); ftemp := og_get_ftemp(og_get_template(chart),0); axis := og_get_axis(ftemp); if axis = og_y1_axis then og_set_axis(ftemp, og_y2_axis); elsif axis = og_y2_axis then og_set_axis(ftemp, og_y1_axis); end if; og_update_chart(chart); END; Curve Fit Property Description Specifies whether a curve fit is applied to the chart and, if so, which algorithm is used. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_No_Curvefit OG_Linear_Curvefit OG_LOG_Curvefit OG_Exp_Curvefit OG_Power_Curvefit Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Curvefit (ftemp OG_Ftemp, curvefit NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Curvefit (ftemp OG_Ftemp) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters ftemp Is the field template being described. curvefit Specifies whether a curve fit is applied to the chart and, if so, which algorithm is used.
- 290. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference274 Curve Fit Property Examples /*The following procedure determines **if a curve fit is applied to the chart. **If not, it applies a Linear CurveFit **to the chart. If a curve fit is currently **applied to the chart, it removes it. */ PROCEDURE CurveFit IS curve number; ftemp og_ftemp; chart og_object; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); ftemp := og_get_ftemp(og_get_template(chart),0); curve := og_get_curvefit(ftemp); if curve = og_no_curvefit then og_set_curvefit(ftemp,og_linear_curvefit); else og_set_curvefit(ftemp,og_no_curvefit); end if; og_update_chart(chart); END; Label Rotation Property Description Specifies the rotation angle of the labels for a field with a label plot type. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Ccw_Rotation Means counter-clockwise rotation. OG_Cw_Rotation Means clockwise rotation. OG_No_Rotation Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Labelrot (ftemp OG_Ftemp, linesty NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Labelrot (ftemp OG_Ftemp) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters ftemp Is the field template being described. linesty Specifies the rotation angle of the labels for a field with a label plot type.
- 291. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 275 Label Rotation Property Examples /* The following procedure rotates a **chart's rotation labels. */ PROCEDURE lblrot IS rot number; ftemp og_ftemp; chart og_object; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); ftemp := og_get_ftemp(og_get_template(chart),0); rot := og_get_labelrot(ftemp); if rot = og_no_rotation then og_set_labelrot(ftemp,og_cw_rotation); elsif rot = og_cw_rotation then og_set_labelrot(ftemp, og_ccw_rotation); elsif rot = og_ccw_rotation then og_set_labelrot(ftemp, og_no_rotation); end if; og_update_chart(chart); END; Line Style Property Description Specifies the line style used to connect the data points of a field with a line plot type. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Spline_Linestyle OG_Step_Linestyle OG_Straight_Linestyle Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Linesty (ftemp OG_Ftemp, linesty NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Linesty (ftemp OG_Ftemp) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters ftemp Is the field template being described. linesty Specifies the line style used to connect the data points of a field with a line plot type.
- 292. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference276 Line Style Property Examples /*The following procedure rotates **the line style of a chart. */ PROCEDURE linesty IS style number; ftemp og_ftemp; chart og_object; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); ftemp := og_get_ftemp(og_get_template(chart),0); style := og_get_linesty(ftemp); if style = og_spline_linestyle then og_set_linesty(ftemp, og_step_linestyle); elsif style = og_step_linestyle then og_set_linesty(ftemp, og_straight_linestyle); elsif style = og_straight_linestyle then og_set_linesty(ftemp, og_spline_linestyle); end if; og_update_chart(chart); END; Overlap Property Description Specifies the percentage by which bars representing data values from multiple fields in a bar or column chart overlap each other. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Overlap (ftemp OG_Ftemp, overlap NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Overlap (ftemp OG_Ftemp) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters ftemp Is the field template being described. overlap Specifies the percentage by which bars representing data values from multiple fields in a bar or column chart overlap each other.
- 293. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 277 Overlap Property Examples /*The following procedure reads **the overlap percentage that has **been specified. If the specified **percentage is between 0 to 50, **it redraws the column using **90% overlap, if the percentage is **over 90%,it redraws the columns **with 0% overlap. */ PROCEDURE overlap IS percent number; ftemp og_ftemp; chart og_object; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); ftemp := og_get_ftemp(og_get_template(chart),0); percent := og_get_overlap(ftemp); if percent between 0 and 50 then og_set_overlap(ftemp, 90); else og_set_overlap(ftemp, 0); end if; END; Plot Position Property Description Specifies for each category the relationship between the data values of two or more fields. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Normal_Plotpos OG_Fromprev_Plotpos OG_Stacked_Plotpos Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Plotpos (ftemp OG_Ftemp, plotpos NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Plotpos (ftemp OG_Ftemp) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters ftemp Is the field template being described. plotpos Specifies for each category the relationship between the data values of two or more fields.
- 294. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference278 Plot Position Property Examples /*The following button procedure rotates **the plot position of columns in a chart. */ PROCEDURE plotpos IS pos number; ftemp og_ftemp; chart og_object; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); ftemp := og_get_ftemp(og_get_template(chart),0); pos := og_get_plotpos(ftemp); if pos = og_normal_plotpos then og_set_plotpos(ftemp,og_fromprev_plotpos); elsif pos = og_fromprev_plotpos then og_set_plotpos(ftemp, og_stacked_plotpos); elsif pos = og_stacked_plotpos then og_set_plotpos(ftemp, og_normal_plotpos); end if; og_update_chart(chart); END; Plot Type Property Description Specifies the elements used to plot this field on the chart. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_None_Plottype OG_Bar_Plottype OG_Line_Plottype OG_Symbol_Plottype OG_Fill_Plottype OG_Spike_Plottype OG_Label_Plottype Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Plottype (ftemp OG_Ftemp, plottype NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Plottype (ftemp OG_Ftemp) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters ftemp Is the field template being described. plottype Specifies the elements used to plot this field on the chart.
- 295. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 279 Plot Type Property Examples /*On a mouse click, the following **procedure rotates the plot type **of a chart. */ PROCEDURE Plottype (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS chart og_object; template og_template; ftemp og_ftemp; num number; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); ftemp := og_get_ftemp(template, 0); num := og_get_plottype(ftemp); if num = og_none_plottype then og_set_plottype(ftemp, og_bar_plottype); elsif num = og_bar_plottype then og_set_plottype(ftemp, og_line_plottype); elsif num = og_line_plottype then og_set_plottype(ftemp, og_symbol_plottype); elsif num = og_symbol_plottype then og_set_plottype(ftemp, og_fill_plottype); elsif num = og_fill_plottype then og_set_plottype(ftemp, og_spike_plottype); elsif num = og_spike_plottype then og_set_plottype(ftemp, og_label_plottype); elsif num = og_label_plottype then og_set_plottype(ftemp, og_none_plottype); end if; og_update_chart(chart); END; Generic Properties Button Procedure Property Column Property Events Property Execute Query Property Format Trigger Property Hide Object Property Inner Bounding Box Property Name Property Object Type Property Outer Bounding Box Property Parent Property Set Parameter Property
- 296. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference280 Button Procedure Property Description Is the handle to the button procedure to be associated with this object. Note that the Events property must also be set properly in order to ensure that this procedure receives the desired mouse events. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Button (object OG_Object, buttonproc OG_Buttonproc, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Button (object OG_Object) RETURN OG_Buttonproc; Parameters object Is the object being described. buttonproc Is the handle to the button procedure to be associated with this object. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 297. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 281 Button Procedure Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the button **procedure from a rectangle object, and adds **the same procedure to a circle object. */ PROCEDURE transfer (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS rect og_object; circle og_object; proc og_buttonproc; BEGIN rect := og_get_object('rect'); circle := og_get_object('circle'); proc := og_get_button(rect); og_set_button(circle, proc); END; Column Property Description Is the column value to which the parameter is set when the object is selected. This property applies only to chart elements. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Keycol (object OG_Object, keycol VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Keycol (object OG_Object) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters object Is the object being described. keycol Is the column value to which the parameter is set when the object is selected.
- 298. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference282 Column Property Examples /*The following procedure reads **the column value of a parameter **and assigns a different value to it */ PROCEDURE GenColumn IS rect og_object; param varchar2(20); BEGIN rect := og_get_object('rect'); param := og_get_keycol(rect); og_set_keycol(rect, 'init'); END; Events Property Description Is the type of mouse events that the procedure specified by the button property should receive. The value of this property may be one of the built-in constants listed below. To enable the procedure to receive multiple event types, set this property to be the sum of the constants for the desired events. Note that OG_Mouse_Move_Up and OG_Mouse_Move_Down are only used for traversing display layers. OG_No_Events OG_Mouse_Down OG_Mouse_Up OG_Mouse_Move_Down Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Events (object OG_Object, events NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Events (object OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters object Is the object being described. events Is the type of mouse events that the procedure specified by the button property should receive. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 299. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 283 Events Property Examples /*The following procedure reads **the current mouse event in an object, **and assigns a different event to it. */ PROCEDURE Events IS rect og_object; events number; BEGIN rect := og_get_object('rect'); events := og_get_events(rect); if events = og_no_events then og_set_events(rect, og_mouse_down); elsif events = og_mouse_down then og_set_events(rect, og_mouse_up); elsif events = og_mouse_up then og_set_events(rect, og_mouse_move_down); elsif events = og_mouse_move_down then og_set_events(rect, og_no_events); end if; END; Execute Query Property Description Specifies the query to execute when the object is selected. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Execquery (object OG_Object, execquery OG_Query); FUNCTION OG_Get_Execquery (object OG_Object) RETURN OG_Query; Parameters object Is the object being described. execquery Specifies the query to execute when the object is selected.
- 300. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference284 Execute Query Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the specified **query of the object, and assigns a different **query to it. */ PROCEDURE GenQuery IS rect og_object; query og_query; query1 og_query; BEGIN rect := og_get_object('rect'); query := og_get_execquery(rect); query1 := og_get_query('query1'); og_set_execquery(rect, query1); END; Format Trigger Property Description Is the object's format trigger. This property applies only to chart elements. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Fmttrig (object OG_Object, fmttrig VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Fmttrig (object OG_Object) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters object Is the object being described. fmttrig Is the object's format trigger. This property applies only to chart elements.
- 301. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 285 Format Trigger Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the specified **format trigger from an object, and assigns a **different format trigger to it. */ */PROCEDURE GenFmtTrigger IS rect og_object; fmttrig varchar2(20); BEGIN rect := og_get_object('rect'); fmttrig := og_get_fmttrig(rect); og_set_fmttrig(rect, 'fmttrig1'); END; Hide Object Property Description Hides the object. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Hide (object OG_Object) hide BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Hide (object OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters object Is the object being described. hide Hides the object.
- 302. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference286 Hide Object Property Examples /*The following button **procedure hides or **shows an object as it **is selected. */ PROCEDURE OGBUTTONPROC0 (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS val boolean; BEGIN val := og_get_hide(hitobj); if val then og_set_hide(hitobj, false); og_set_bfcolor(hitobj, 'red'); else og_set_hide(hitobj, true); og_set_bfcolor(hitobj, 'red'); end if; END; Inner Bounding Box Property Description Is the object's inner bounding box. This is the rectangle that constitutes the object's ideal shape (i.e., connects the object's four control points), regardless of edge thickness or other property settings. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Ibbox (object OG_Object) RETURN OG_Rectangle; Parameters object Is the object being described.
- 303. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 287 Inner Bounding Box Property Examples /*The following reads the dimensions **of the inner bounding and outer **bounding boxes and calculates **the size of the actual bounding box. */ PROCEDURE GenIOBox IS obj og_object; ibox og_rectangle; obox og_rectangle; num number; BEGIN obj := og_get_object('rect'); ibox := og_get_ibbox(obj); obox := og_get_obbox(obj); num := (obox.height * obox.width)-(ibox.height*ibox.width); END; Name Property Description Is the object's name. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Name (object OG_Object, name VARCHAR2 damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Name (object OG_Object) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters object Is the object being described. name Is the object's name. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 304. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference288 Name Property Examples /*The following procedure reads **the name of the object and assigns **another name to it. */ PROCEDURE GenName IS obj og_object; name varchar2(20); BEGIN obj := og_get_object('circle'); name := og_get_name(obj); og_set_name(obj, 'teresa'); END; Object Type Property Description Is the object's type. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Arc_Objtype OG_Chart_Objtype OG_Group_Objtype OG_Image_Objtype OG_Line_Objtype OG_Poly_Objtype OG_Rect_Objtype OG_Rrect_Objtype OG_Symbol_Objtype OG_Text_Objtype Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Objtype (object OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters object Is the object being described.
- 305. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 289 Object Type Property Examples /*The following button procedure checks **the type of object being selected by **the mouse, and prints the type name to **a text object. */ PROCEDURE GenObjType2 (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS text og_object; objtype number; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); objtype := og_get_objtype(hitobj); if objtype = og_arc_objtype then og_set_str(text, 'arc'); elsif objtype = og_chart_objtype then og_set_str(text, 'chart'); elsif objtype = og_group_objtype then og_set_str(text, 'group'); elsif objtype = og_image_objtype then og_set_str(text, 'image'); elsif objtype = og_line_objtype then og_set_str(text, 'line'); elsif objtype = og_poly_objtype then og_set_str(text, 'poly'); elsif objtype = og_rect_objtype then og_set_str(text, 'rect'); elsif objtype = og_rrect_objtype then og_set_str(text, 'rrect'); elsif objtype = og_symbol_objtype then og_set_str(text, 'symbol'); elsif objtype = og_text_objtype then og_set_str(text, 'text'); end if; END; Outer Bounding Box Property Description Is the object's outer bounding box. This is the smallest rectangle that completely surrounds the object. This may differ from the inner bounding box if the object has a thick edge. While the inner bounding box traces only the ideal shape of the object, the outer bounding box surrounds the entire object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Obbox (object OG_Object) RETURN OG_Rectangle; Parameters object Is the object being described.
- 306. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference290 Outer Bounding Box Property Examples /*The following reads the dimensions of the **inner bounding and outer bounding boxes and **calculates the size of the actual bounding box. */ PROCEDURE GenIOBox IS obj og_object; ibox og_rectangle; obox og_rectangle; num number; BEGIN obj := og_get_object('rect'); ibox := og_get_ibbox(obj); obox := og_get_obbox(obj); num := (obox.height * obox.width)-(ibox.height*ibox.width); END; Parent Property Description Is the handle to the object's parent object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Parent (object OG_Object) RETURN OG_Object; Parameters object Is the object being described.
- 307. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 291 Parent Property Examples /*The following procedure gets the **parent of the current object, and **prints the name of the parent object **to a text object. */ PROCEDURE GenParent IS text og_object; obj og_object; parent og_object; name varchar2(20); BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); obj := og_get_object('circle'); parent := og_get_parent(obj); name := og_get_name(parent); og_set_str(text, name); END; Set Parameter Property Description Is the parameter whose value is set when the object is selected. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Setparam (object OG_Object, setparam VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Setparam (object OG_Object) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters object Is the object being described. setparam Is the parameter whose value is set when the object is selected.
- 308. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference292 Set Parameter Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **parameter of a rectangle object, and **assigns a new parameter to it. */ PROCEDURE SetParam IS rect og_object; param varchar2(20); BEGIN rect := og_get_object('rect'); param := og_get_setparam(rect); og_set_setparam(rect, 'PARAM1'); END; Graphic Properties Background Edge Color Property Background Fill Color Property Bevel Style Property Cap Style Property Dash Style Property Edge Pattern Property Edge Width Property Fill Pattern Property Foreground Edge Color Property Foreground Fill Color Property Join Style Property Rotation Angle Property Transfer Mode Property Background Edge Color Property Description Is the object's background edge color. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Becolor (object OG_Object, becolor VARCHAR2, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Becolor (object OG_Object) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters object Is the object being described. becolor Is the object's background edge color. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 309. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 293 Background Edge Color Property Examples /* /*The following procedure swaps the foreground **and background edge colors. */ PROCEDURE FBEdgeColor IS obj og_object; fcolor varchar2(20); bcolor varchar2(20); BEGIN obj := og_get_object('rect'); fcolor := og_get_fecolor(obj); bcolor := og_get_becolor(obj); og_set_fecolor(obj, bcolor); og_set_becolor(obj, fcolor); END; Background Fill Color Property Description Is the object's background fill color. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Bfcolor (object OG_Object, bfcolor VARCHAR2, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Bfcolor (object OG_Object) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters object Is the object being described. bfcolor Is the object's background fill color. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 310. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference294 Background Fill Color Property Examples /*The following procedure swaps the foreground **and background fill colors. */ PROCEDURE FBFillColor IS obj og_object; fcolor varchar2(20); bcolor varchar2(20); BEGIN obj := og_get_object('rect'); fcolor := og_get_ffcolor(obj); bcolor := og_get_bfcolor(obj); og_set_ffcolor(obj, bcolor); og_set_bfcolor(obj, fcolor); END; Bevel Style Property Description Is the object's bevel style. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Inset_Bstyle OG_Lowered_Bstyle OG_Outset_Bstyle OG_Plain_Bstyle OG_Raised_Bstyle Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Bevelstyle (object OG_Object, bevelstyle NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Bevelstyle (object OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters object Is the object being described. bevelstyle Is the object's bevel style. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 311. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 295 Bevel Style Property Examples /*The following button procedure rotates **the bevel style of a selected object. */ PROCEDURE bevel (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS obj og_object; num number; BEGIN obj := og_get_object('rect'); num := og_get_bevelstyle(obj); if num = og_inset_bstyle then og_set_bevelstyle(obj, og_lowered_bstyle); elsif num = og_lowered_bstyle then og_set_bevelstyle(obj, og_outset_bstyle); elsif num = og_outset_bstyle then og_set_bevelstyle(obj, og_plain_bstyle); elsif num = og_plain_bstyle then og_set_bevelstyle(obj, og_raised_bstyle); elsif num = og_raised_bstyle then og_set_bevelstyle(obj, og_inset_bstyle); end if; END; Cap Style Property Description Is the cap style of the object's edge. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Butt_Cstyle OG_Projecting_Cstyle OG_Round_Cstyle Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Capstyle (object OG_Object, capstyle NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Capstyle (object OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters object Is the object being described. capstyle Is the cap style of the object's edge. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 312. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference296 Cap Style Property Examples /*The following button procedure rotates **the cap style of an object's edge. */ PROCEDURE CapStyle (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS num number; BEGIN num := og_get_capstyle(hitobj); if num = og_butt_cstyle then og_set_capstyle(hitobj, og_projecting_cstyle); elsif num = og_projecting_cstyle then og_set_capstyle(hitobj,og_round_cstyle); elsif num = og_round_cstyle then og_set_capstyle(hitobj,og_butt_cstyle); end if; END; Dash Style Property Description Is the dash style of the object's edge. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Solid_Dstyle OG_Dot_Dstyle OG_Long_Dstyle OG_Dashdot_Dstyle OG_Dotdot_Dstyle OG_Short_Dstyle OG_Dashdotdot_Dstyle Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Dashstyle (object OG_Object, dashstyle NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Dashstyle (object OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters object Is the object being described. dashstyle Is the dash style of the object's edge. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 313. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 297 Dash Style Property Examples */The following button procedure rotates **the dash style on hit object. */ PROCEDURE DashStyle (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS num number; BEGIN num := og_get_dashstyle(hitobj); if num = og_solid_dstyle then og_set_dashstyle(hitobj, og_dot_dstyle); elsif num = og_dot_dstyle then og_set_dashstyle(hitobj,og_long_dstyle); elsif num = og_long_dstyle then og_set_dashstyle(hitobj,og_dashdot_dstyle); elsif num = og_dashdot_dstyle then og_set_dashstyle(hitobj,og_dotdot_dstyle); elsif num = og_dotdot_dstyle then og_set_dashstyle(hitobj,og_short_dstyle); elsif num = og_short_dstyle then og_set_dashstyle(hitobj,og_dashdotdot_dstyle); elsif num = og_dashdotdot_dstyle then og_set_dashstyle(hitobj,og_solid_dstyle); end if; END; Edge Pattern Property Description Is the object's edge pattern. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Edgepatt (object OG_Object, edgepatt VARCHAR2, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Edgepatt (object OG_Object) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters object Is the object being described. edgepatt Is the object's edge pattern. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 314. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference298 Edge Pattern Property Examples /*The following procedure swaps the edge **and fill patterns of an object. */ PROCEDURE EdgePattern IS obj og_object; edgepatt varchar2(20); fillpatt varchar2(20); BEGIN obj := og_get_object('rect'); edgepatt := og_get_edgepatt(obj); fillpatt := og_get_fillpatt(obj); og_set_edgepatt(obj, fillpatt); og_set_fillpatt(obj, edgepatt); END; Edge Width Property Description Is the width of the object's edge (in layout units). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Ewidth (object OG_Object, ewidth NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Ewidth (object OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters object Is the object being described. ewidth Is the width of the object's edge (in layout units). damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 315. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 299 Edge Width Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the edge **width of a selected object. If the width **is 0, it resets the width to value 800. */ PROCEDURE EdgeWidth IS obj og_object; width number; BEGIN obj := og_get_object('rect'); width := og_get_ewidth(obj); if width = 0 then og_set_ewidth(obj, 800); end if; END; Fill Pattern Property Description Is the object's fill pattern. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Fillpatt (object OG_Object, fillpatt VARCHAR2, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Fillpatt (object OG_Object) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters object Is the object being described. fillpatt Is the object's fill pattern. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Fill Pattern Property Examples /*The following procedure swaps the edge **and fill patterns of an object. */ PROCEDURE EdgePattern IS obj og_object; edgepatt varchar2(20); fillpatt varchar2(20); BEGIN obj := og_get_object('rect'); edgepatt := og_get_edgepatt(obj); fillpatt := og_get_fillpatt(obj); og_set_edgepatt(obj, fillpatt); og_set_fillpatt(obj, edgepatt); END; Foreground Edge Color Property Description Is the object's foreground edge color. Syntax
- 316. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference300 PROCEDURE OG_Set_Fecolor (object OG_Object, fecolor VARCHAR2, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Fecolor (object OG_Object) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters object Is the object being described. fecolor Is the object's foreground edge color. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. Foreground Edge Color Property Examples /*The following procedure swaps the foreground **and background edge colors. */ PROCEDURE FBEdgeColor IS obj og_object; fcolor varchar2(20); bcolor varchar2(20); BEGIN obj := og_get_object('rect'); fcolor := og_get_fecolor(obj); bcolor := og_get_becolor(obj); og_set_fecolor(obj, bcolor); og_set_becolor(obj, fcolor); END; Foreground Fill Color Property Description Is the object's foreground fill color. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Ffcolor (object OG_Object, ffcolor VARCHAR2, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Ffcolor (object OG_Object) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters object Is the object being described. ffcolor Is the object's foreground fill color. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 317. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 301 Foreground Fill Color Property Examples /*The following procedure swaps the foreground **and background fill colors. */ PROCEDURE FBFillColor IS obj og_object; fcolor varchar2(20); bcolor varchar2(20); BEGIN obj := og_get_object('rect'); fcolor := og_get_ffcolor(obj); bcolor := og_get_bfcolor(obj); og_set_ffcolor(obj, bcolor); og_set_bfcolor(obj, fcolor); END; Join Style Property Description Is the join style of the object's edge. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Mitre_Jstyle OG_Bevel_Jstyle OG_Round_Jstyle Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Joinstyle (object OG_Object, joinstyle NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Joinstyle (object OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters object Is the object being described. joinstyle Is the join style of the object's edge. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 318. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference302 Join Style Property Examples /*The following button procedure rotates **the join style of an object's edge. */ PROCEDURE JoinStyle (mitreonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS num number; BEGIN num := og_get_joinstyle(hitobj); if num = og_mitre_jstyle then og_set_joinstyle(hitobj, og_bevel_jstyle); elsif num = og_bevel_jstyle then og_set_joinstyle(hitobj,og_round_jstyle); elsif num = og_round_jstyle then og_set_joinstyle(hitobj,og_mitre_jstyle); end if; END; Rotation Angle Property Description Is the object's rotation angle. The angle at which the object is initially created is considered to be 0, and this property is the number of degrees clockwise the object currently differs from that initial angle. You can rotate an object to an absolute angle by setting this property, or use the OG_Rotate procedure to rotate an object by a relative amount. (Note that when you use OG_Rotate to rotate an object, the Rotation Angle property will automatically be updated to reflect the new absolute angle.) Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Rotang (object OG_Object, rotang NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Rotang (object OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters object Is the object being described. rotang Is the object's rotation angle. The angle at which the object is initially created is considered to be 0, and this property is the number of degrees clockwise the object currently differs from that initial angle. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 319. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 303 Rotation Angle Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the rotation **angle from a selected object, and rotates **the object another 45 degrees to the right. */ PROCEDURE RotAngle IS obj og_object; rotang number; BEGIN obj := og_get_object('rect'); rotang := og_get_rotang(obj); og_set_rotang(obj, rotang+45); END; Transfer Mode Property Description Is the object's transfer mode. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Copy_Transfer OG_Revcopy_Transfer OG_Or_Transfer OG_Revor_Transfer OG_Clear_Transfer OG_Revclear_Transfer OG_Invert_Transfer OG_Backinvert_Transfer Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Transfer (object OG_Object, transfer NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Transfer (object OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters object Is the object being described. transfer Is the object's transfer mode. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 320. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference304 Transfer Mode Property Examples /*The following button procedure rotates the **transfer mode of a selected object. */ PROCEDURE transher (copyonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS num number; BEGIN num := og_get_transfer(hitobj); if num = og_copy_transfer then og_set_transfer(hitobj, og_revcopy_transfer); elsif num = og_revcopy_transfer then og_set_transfer(hitobj,og_or_transfer); elsif num = og_or_transfer then og_set_transfer(hitobj,og_revor_transfer); elsif num = og_revor_transfer then og_set_transfer(hitobj,og_clear_transfer); elsif num = og_clear_transfer then og_set_transfer(hitobj,og_revclear_transfer); elsif num = og_revclear_transfer then og_set_transfer(hitobj,og_invert_transfer); elsif num = og_invert_transfer then og_set_transfer(hitobj,og_backinvert_transfer); elsif num = og_backinvert_transfer then og_set_transfer(hitobj,og_copy_transfer); end if; END; Group Properties Child Count Property Clip Flag Property Child Count Property Description Is the number of children that belong to the group object. If another group object is a child of the group being checked, that object will be counted only as one object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Childcount (object OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters object Is the object being described.
- 321. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 305 Child Count Property Examples /*The following procedure gets the number **of children in a group object. */ PROCEDURE GrpChildCnt IS grp og_object; cnt number; BEGIN grp := og_get_object('group'); cnt := og_get_childcount(grp); END; Clip Flag Property Description Specifies whether the first object in the group is a rectangle object that should be used as a clipping rectangle. If TRUE, the only members of the group that appear on the layout are those objects-or portions of those objects-that appear within the bounds of the clipping rectangle. The rectangle object itself also appears. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Clipflag (object OG_Object, clipflag BOOLEAN, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Clipflag (object OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters object Is the object being described. clipflag Specifies whether the first object in the group is a rectangle object that should be used as a clipping rectangle. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 322. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference306 Clip Flag Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if **clipflag is true. If not, it sets the **flag to true. */ PROCEDURE GrpClipFlg IS grp og_object; flag boolean; BEGIN grp := og_get_object('group'); flag := og_get_clipflag(grp); if flag = false then og_set_clipflag(grp, true); end if; END; Image Properties Clip Rectangle Property Dither Property Height Property Position Property Quality Property Width Property Clip Rectangle Property Description Is the x- and y-coordinates, height, and width of the image's clipping rectangle (in layout units). Only the portion of the image that falls within this clipping rectangle will be displayed. If this property is not specified, the clipping rectangle will equal the full dimensions of the image. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Cliprect (image OG_Object, cliprect OG_Rectangle, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Cliprect (image OG_Object) RETURN OG_Rectangle; Parameters image Is the image object being described. cliprect Is the x- and y-coordinates, height, and width of the image's clipping rectangle (in layout units). damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 323. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 307 Clip Rectangle Property Examples /*The following procedure reduces the **size of the clipping rectangle by half. */ PROCEDURE ClipRect IS image og_object; rect og_rectangle; BEGIN image := og_get_object('image'); rect := og_get_cliprect(image); rect.height := rect.height/2; rect.width := rect.width/2; og_set_cliprect(image, rect); og_set_clipflag(image, true); END; Dither Property Description Specifies whether Graphics Builder dithers the image when displaying it. The value of this property may be one of the following: Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Image_Dither (image OG_Object, dither BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Image_Dither (image OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters image Is the image object being described. dither Specifies whether Graphics Builder dithers the image when displaying it.
- 324. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference308 Dither Property Examples /*The following button procedure **dithers an image or removes **dithering. */ PROCEDURE SetDither (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS val boolean; image og_object; BEGIN image := og_get_object('image'); val := og_get_image_dither(image); if val then og_set_image_dither(og_get_object('image'), false); else og_set_image_dither(og_get_object('image'), true); end if; END; Height Property Description Is the image's height (in layout units). If you set this property to some value other than the image's default height, the image will be scaled to fit within the new height. Syntax (See OG_Set_Image_Size, above.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Image_Height (image OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters image Is the image object being described.
- 325. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 309 Height Property Examples /*The following procedure reduces **an image's size by half. */ PROCEDURE SizeWidthHeight IS image og_object; height number; width number; BEGIN image := og_get_object('image'); width := og_get_image_width(image); height := og_get_image_height(image); og_set_image_size(image, width/2, height/2); END; Position Property Description Is the x- and y-coordinates of the image's upper-left corner (in layout units). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Upperleft (image OG_Object, upperleft OG_Point, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Upperleft (image OG_Object) RETURN OG_Point; Parameters image Is the image object being described. upperleft Is the x- and y-coordinates of the image's upper-left corner (in layout units). damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 326. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference310 Position Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **(x,y) coordinates of the image's **upper-left corner. If the coordinate **is not (0,0), the procedure **moves the image’s upper-left **corner to the (0,0) coordinate. */ PROCEDURE Position IS image og_object; pos og_point; BEGIN image := og_get_object('image'); pos := og_get_upperleft(image); if pos.x != 0 and pos.y != 0 then pos.x := 0; pos.y := 0; og_set_upperleft(image, pos); end if; END; Quality Property Description Specifies with what quality the image is drawn. Higher quality images look better, but require more processing time to manipulate (e.g., draw, move, scale, etc.). The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_High_Iquality OG_Medium_Iquality OG_Low_Iquality Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Image_Quality (image OG_Object, quality NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Image_Quality (image OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters image Is the image object being described. quality Specifies with what quality the image is drawn.
- 327. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 311 Quality Property Examples /*The following procedure checks image **quality. If the image is currently drawn **with high quality, the procedure redraws **it with low quality. */ PROCEDURE GetQuality (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS image og_object; qty number; BEGIN image := og_get_object('image'); qty := og_get_image_quality(image); if qty = og_high_iquality then og_set_image_quality(image, og_low_iquality); end if; END; Width Property Description Is the image's width (in layout units). If you set this property to some value other than the image's default width, the image will be scaled to fit within the new width. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Image_Size (image OG_Object, width NUMBER, height NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Image_Width (image OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters image Is the image object being described. width Is the image's width (in layout units). height Is the image’s height (in layout units). damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 328. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference312 Width Property Examples /* The following procedure reduces **an image's size by half. */ PROCEDURE SizeWidthHeight IS image og_object; height number; width number; BEGIN image := og_get_object('image'); width := og_get_image_width(image); height := og_get_image_height(image); og_set_image_size(image, width/2, height/2); END; Line Properties Arrow Style Property End Point Property Start Point Property Arrow Style Property Description Is the line's arrow style. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Noarrow_Astyle Means the line has no arrow. OG_Start_Astyle Means the line has an arrow at its starting point. OG_End_Astyle Means the line has an arrow at its end point. OG_Both_Astyle Means the line has an arrow at both ends. OG_Midtostart_Astyle Means the line has an arrow at its middle, pointing toward its starting point. OG_Midtoend_Astyle Means the line has an arrow at its middle, pointing toward its end point. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Arrowstyle (line OG_Object, arrowstyle NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Arrowstyle (line OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters line Is the line object being described. arrowstyle Is the line's arrow style. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 329. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 313 Arrow Style Property Examples /*The following procedure determines a *line’s current arrow style. If the line **does not include arrows, the procedure adds **arrows to both ends of the line. If the **line does include arrows, the **procedure removes them. */ PROCEDURE Arrow (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS arrow og_object; num number; BEGIN arrow := og_get_object('arrow'); num := og_get_arrowstyle(arrow); if num = og_noarrow_astyle then og_set_arrowstyle(arrow, og_both_astyle); else og_set_arrowstyle(arrow, og_noarrow_astyle); end if; END; End Point Property Description Is the x- and y-coordinates of the line's end point (in layout units). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Endpt (line OG_Object, endpt OG_Point, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Endpt (line OG_Object) RETURN OG_Point; Parameters line Is the line object being described. endpt Is the x- and y-coordinates of the line's end point (in layout units). damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 330. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference314 End Point Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **coordinates of the line's ending point. **If the line does not end at the upper-left **corner of the display, the procedure resets **the end point to (0,0). */ PROCEDURE OGBUTTONPROC0 (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS arrow og_object; pos og_point; BEGIN arrow := og_get_object('a'); pos := og_get_endpt(arrow); if pos.x != 0 and pos.y != 0 then pos.x := 0; pos.y := 0; og_set_endpt(arrow, pos); end if; END; Start Point Property Description Is the x- and y-coordinates of the line's starting point (in layout units). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Startpt (line OG_Object, startpt OG_Point, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Startpt(line OG_Object) RETURN OG_Point; Parameters line Is the line object being described. startpt Is the x- and y-coordinates of the line's starting point (in layout units). damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 331. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 315 Start Point Property Examples /* /*The following procedure reads **the coordinates of a line's **starting point. If the line does **not start from the upper-left corner **of the display, the procedure resets **the start point to (0,0). */ PROCEDURE StartPt (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS arrow og_object; pos og_point; BEGIN arrow := og_get_object('a'); pos := og_get_startpt(arrow); if pos.x != 0 and pos.y != 0 then pos.x := 0; pos.y := 0; og_set_startpt(arrow, pos); end if; END; Polygon Properties Closure Property Point Count Property Closure Property Description Is the closure of the polygon. The value of this property may be one of the following: TRUE Means the polygon is closed. FALSE Means the polygon is open. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Poly_Closed (poly OG_Object, closed BOOLEAN, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Poly_Closed (poly OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters poly Is the polygon being described. closed Is the closure of the polygon. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 332. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference316 Closure Property Examples /*The following procedure determines **whether a polygon is closed. **If the polygon is open, the procedure **closes it. */ PROCEDURE closure IS polygon og_object; val boolean; BEGIN polygon := og_get_object('polygon'); val := og_get_poly_closed(polygon); if val = false then og_set_poly_closed(polygon, true); end if; END; Point Count Property Description Is the number of points that compose the polygon object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Pointct (poly OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters poly Is the polygon being described.
- 333. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 317 Point Count Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **number of points that compose the **polygon object and prints the number **to a text object. */ PROCEDURE PntCnt IS text og_object; polygon og_object; cnt number; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); polygon := og_get_object('polygon'); cnt := og_get_pointct(polygon); og_set_str(text, cnt); END; Printer Properties Property Copies Property End Page Property Landscape Property Name Property Page Size Property Print File Property Start Page Property Copies Property Description Is the number of copies to print. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Copies (copies NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Copies RETURN NUMBER; Parameters copies Is the number of copies to print.
- 334. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference318 Copies Property Examples /*The following procedure reads **the number of copies and adds two more **copies to print. */ PROCEDURE PrinterCopies IS copies number; BEGIN copies := og_get_copies; og_set_copies(copis+2); END; End Page Property Description Is the last page to print. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Endpage (endpage NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Endpage RETURN NUMBER; Parameters endpage Is the last page to print.
- 335. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 319 End Page Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **end page number and resets it to the **original number plus two. */. PROCEDURE PrinterEndPage IS ep number; BEGIN ep := og_get_endpage; og_set_endpage(ep+2); END; Landscape Property Description Specifies whether the display is printed in landscape or portrait mode. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Landscape (landscape BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Landscape RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters landscape Specifies whether the display is printed in landscape or portrait mode.
- 336. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference320 Landscape Property Examples /*The following procedure determines **if the display is printed in landscape **or portrait mode, and prints the mode **type to a text object. */ PROCEDURE PrinterLandscape IS landscape boolean; BEGIN landscape := og_get_landscape; if landscape then og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), 'landscape'); else og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), 'portrait'); end if; END; Name Property Description Is the name of the current printer. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Printer_Name (name VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Printer_Name RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters name Is the name of the current printer.
- 337. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 321 Name Property Examples /*The following procedure sets the **printer name and prints the name to **a text object. */ PROCEDURE PrinterName IS name varchar2(30); BEGIN name := og_get_printer_name; og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), name); END; Page Size Property Description Is the page size (in inches). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Pagesize (width NUMBER, (height NUMBER); Parameters width Is the width of the page (in inches). height Is the height of the page (in inches).
- 338. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference322 Page Size Property Examples /*The following procedure sets the **page size. */ PROCEDURE PrinterPageSize IS height number := 10*og_inch; width number := 10*og_inch; printfile varchar2(20); BEGIN og_set_pagesize(height, width); END; Print File Property Description Is the name of the PostScript file to print to. If this property is NULL, the output is sent to the printer. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Printfile (filename VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Printfile RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters filename Is the name of the PostScript file to print to. If this property is NULL, the output is sent to the printer.
- 339. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 323 Print File Property Examples /*.The following procedure sets the **PostScript file name and prints it **to a text object. */ PROCEDURE PrinterPrintFile IS printfile varchar2(20); BEGIN og_set_printfile('myfile'); printfile := og_get_printfile; og_set_str(og_get_object('text object'), printfile); END; Start Page Property Description Is the first page to print. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Startpage (startpage NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Startpage RETURN NUMBER; Parameters startpage Is the first page to print.
- 340. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference324 Start Page Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the start **page number and resets the page number **to the original number plus two. */ PROCEDURE PrinterStartPage IS sp number; BEGIN sp := og_get_startpage; og_set_startpage(sp+2); END; Query Properties Cache Type Property Custom Query Procedure Property Date Format Property Execute On Open Property Execute On Timer Property Maximum Rows Property Name Property Post-Query Trigger Procedure Property Query Source Property Query Type Property Cache Type Property Description Determines how the newly retrieved data from a query execution is treated. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Append_Cachetype Means all of the existing rows of data are retained, and the new rows of data are added to the bottom of the existing data set. OG_Copy_Cachetype Means all of the data from the previous execution is copied to a special buffer, and the newly retrieved data replaces it. OG_None_Cachetype Means all of the data from the previous execution is discarded, and the newly retrieved data replaces it. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Cachetype (query OG_Query, cachetype NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Cachetype (query OG_Query) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters query Is the query being described. cachetype Determines how the newly retrieved data from a query execution is treated.
- 341. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 325 Cache Type Property Examples /*The following procedure rotates the query **cache type of a query. */ PROCEDURE QryCacheType (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS qry og_query; num number; BEGIN qry := og_get_query('query0'); num := og_get_cachetype(qry); if num = og_append_cachetype then og_set_cachetype(qry, og_copy_cachetype); elsif num = og_copy_cachetype then og_set_cachetype(qry, og_none_cachetype); elsif num = og_none_cachetype then og_set_cachetype(qry, og_append_cachetype); end if; END; Custom Query Procedure Property Description Is the PL/SQL procedure that is invoked when a Custom query is executed. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Customproc (query OG_Query, customproc VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Customproc (query OG_Query) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters query Is the query being described. customproc Is the PL/SQL procedure that is invoked when a Custom query is executed.
- 342. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference326 Custom Query Procedure Property Examples /*The following button procedure swaps the two PL/SQL **procedures which are invoked when a custom query is **executed. */ PROCEDURE CustQry (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS proc varchar2(20); qry og_query; BEGIN qry := og_get_query('query0'); proc := og_get_customproc(qry); if proc = 'CUSTQRY1' then og_set_customproc(qry, 'CUSTQRY2'); elsif proc = 'CUSTQRY2' then og_set_customproc(qry, 'CUSTQRY1'); end if; og_execute_query(qry); END; Date Format Property Description Is the date format mask for the query. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Dateformat (query OG_Query, dateformat VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Dateformat (query OG_Query) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters query Is the query being described. dateformat Is the date format mask for the query.
- 343. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 327 Date Format Property Examples /*The following procedure reads and sets **the Date Format mask for the query. */ PROCEDURE QueryDateFmt IS qry og_query; DateFmt varchar2(20); BEGIN qry := og_get_query('query0'); DateFmt := og_get_dateformat(qry); og_set_dateformat(qry, 'DD-MM-YYYY'); DateFmt := og_get_dateformat(qry); END; Execute on Open Property Description Specifies whether the query is automatically executed when the display is opened at runtime. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Execopen (query OG_Query, execopen BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Execopen (query OG_Query) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters query Is the query being described. execopen Specifies whether the query is automatically executed when the display is opened at runtime.
- 344. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference328 Execute on Open Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if the Execute **on Open checkbox is checked. If it is checked, **it unchecks it, or vice versa. */ PROCEDURE ExecOpen IS execOpen boolean; qry og_query; BEGIN qry := og_get_query('query0'); execOpen := og_get_execopen(qry); if execOpen then og_set_execopen(qry, false); else og_set_execopen(qry, true); end if; END; Execute on Timer Property Description Is the name of the timer on which the query executes. If NULL, the query is not executed on a timer. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Exectimer (query OG_Query, exectimer VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Exectimer (query OG_Query) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters query Is the query being described. exectimer Is the name of the timer on which the query executes. If NULL, the query is not executed on a timer.
- 345. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 329 Execute on Timer Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the name of **the timer on which the query executes and **assigns a new timer to the query. */ PROCEDURE ExecTimer IS exectimer varchar2(20); qry og_query; BEGIN qry := og_get_query('query0'); exectimer := og_get_exectimer(qry); og_set_exectimer(qry, 'timer1'); END; Maximum Rows Property Description Specifies the maximum number of rows of data that are retained in the query's data set. If NULL, all rows are retained. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Maxrows (query OG_Query, maxrows NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Maxrows (query OG_Query) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters query Is the query being described. maxrows Specifies the maximum number of rows of data that are retained in the query's data set. If NULL, all rows are retained.
- 346. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference330 Maximum Rows Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the maximum **number of rows of data that are retained **in the query's data set, and adds two rows to **the original number. */ PROCEDURE QueryMaxRow IS qry og_query; num number; BEGIN qry := og_get_query('query0'); num := og_get_maxrows(qry); og_set_maxrows(qry, num+2); END; Maximum Rows Flag Property Description Specifies whether a limit is placed on the number of rows contained in the data set. This is only used when the cachetype is of type OG_APPEND_CACHETYPE. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Maxflag (query OG_Query, maxflag BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Maxflag (query OG_Query) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters query Is the query being described. maxflag Specifies the maximum number of rows of data that can be contained in the query's data set.
- 347. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 331 Maximum Rows Flag Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the maximum **number of rows of data that are retained **in the query's data set, and adds two rows to **the original number. If the incremented number **is greater than 1024, then it disables the **maximum rows flag, thus allowing the query to get **all the rows of data. */ PROCEDURE MaxFlagToggle IS qry og_query; num number; BEGIN qry := og_get_query('query0'); num := og_get_maxrows(qry); num := num+2; og_set_maxrows(qry, num); IF ((num > 1024) AND (og_get_maxflag(qry)=TRUE)) THEN og_set_maxflag(qry,FALSE); END IF; END; Name Property Description Is the name of the query. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Name (query OG_Query, name VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Name (query OG_Query) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters query Is the query being described. name Is the name of the query.
- 348. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference332 Name Property Examples /*The following procedure swaps ** the name of two queries. */ PROCEDURE QueryName IS qry0 og_query; qry1 og_query; name0 varchar2(30); name1 varchar2(30); BEGIN qry0 := og_get_query('query0'); qry1 := og_get_query('query1'); name0 := og_get_name(qry0); name1 := og_get_name(qry1); og_set_name(qry1, 'tmp'); og_set_name(qry0, name1); og_set_name(qry1, name0); END; Post-Query Trigger Procedure Property Description Is the PL/SQL procedure that is invoked after the query is executed. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Postproc (query OG_Query, postproc VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Postproc (query OG_Query) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters query Is the query being described. postproc Is the PL/SQL procedure that is invoked after the query is executed.
- 349. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 333 Post-Query Trigger Procedure Property Examples /*The following button procedure swaps the two PL/SQL **procedures which are invoked after the query is **executed. */ PROCEDURE PostTrigger (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS proc varchar2(20); qry og_query; BEGIN qry := og_get_query('query0'); proc := og_get_postproc(qry); if proc = 'POST1' then og_set_postproc(qry, 'POST2'); elsif proc = 'POST2' then og_set_postproc(qry, 'POST1'); end if; og_execute_query(qry); END; Query Source Property Description Is the source of the query's data. If the data comes from a database, this property should contain the text of the query's SQL SELECT statement. If the data is stored in the filesystem, this property should contain the path and name of the data file. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Querysource (query OG_Query, querysource VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Querysource (query OG_Query) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters query Is the query being described. querysource Is the source of the query's data.
- 350. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference334 Query Source Property Examples /*The following procedure swaps the source **of two queries. */ PROCEDURE QuerySource IS qry0 og_query; qry1 og_query; source0 varchar2(50); source1 varchar2(50); BEGIN qry0 := og_get_query('query0'); qry1 := og_get_query('query1'); source0:= og_get_querysource(qry0); source1:= og_get_querysource(qry1); og_set_querysource(qry0, source1); og_set_querysource(qry1, source0); END; Query Type Property Description Is the type of query. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Custom_Qtype Means the query is a Custom query. OG_Exsql_Qtype Means the query retrieves its data from a text file that contains a SQL SELECT statement. OG_Prn_Qtype Means the query is based on a PRN file. OG_Sql_Qtype Means the query is a SQL SE.LECT statement. OG_Sylk_Qtype Means the query is based on a SYLK file. OG_Wks_Qtype Means the query is based on a WKS file. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Querytype (query OG_Query, querytype NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Querytype (query OG_Query) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters query Is the query being described. querytype Is the type of query.
- 351. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 335 Query Type Property Examples /*The following procedure rotates the **query type of a query. */ PROCEDURE QryType (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS qry og_query; num number; BEGIN qry := og_get_query('query0'); num := og_get_querytype(qry); if num = og_custom_qtype then og_set_querytype(qry, og_exsql_qtype); elsif num = og_exsql_qtype then og_set_querytype(qry, og_prn_qtype); elsif num = og_prn_qtype then og_set_querytype(qry, og_sql_qtype); elsif num = og_sql_qtype then og_set_querytype(qry, og_sylk_qtype); elsif num = og_sylk_qtype then og_set_querytype(qry, og_wks_qtype); elsif num = og_wks_qtype then og_set_querytype(qry, og_custom_qtype); end if; END; Rectangle Properties Property Base Rectangle Property Base Rectangle Property Description Is the x- and y-coordinates of the upper-left corner, and the height and width of the rectangle used as the basis for the rectangle object (in layout units). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Rect_Baserect (rect OG_Object, baserect OG_Rectangle, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Rect_Baserect (rect OG_Object) RETURN OG_Rectangle; Parameters rect Is the rectangle object being described. baserect Is the x- and y-coordinates of the upper-left corner, and the height and width of the rectangle used as the basis for the rectangle object (in layout units). damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 352. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference336 Base Rectangle Property Examples /*The following procedure determines the size **of the rectangle base and doubles it. */ PROCEDURE baseRect IS rect og_rectangle; obj og_object; BEGIN obj := og_get_object('rect'); rect := og_get_rect_baserect(obj); rect.x := rect.x * 2; rect.y := rect.y * 2; rect.height := rect.height * 2; rect.width := rect.width * 2; og_set_rect_baserect(obj, rect); END;); source0:= og_get_querysource(qry0); source1:= og_get_q?_ Reference Line Properties Axis Property Date Value Property Label Property Number Value Property Axis Property Description Specifies which axis the reference value is compared to determine its position. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_X_Axis OG_Y1_Axis OG_Y2_Axis Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Axis (refline OG_Refline, axis NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Axis (refline OG_Refline) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters refline Is the reference line being described. axis Specifies which axis the reference value is compared to determine its position.
- 353. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 337 Axis Property Examples /*The following procedure maps **the reference line against the **Y1-axis if the line is currently **mapped against Y2-axis. */ PROCEDURE Axis IS chart og_object; axis number; refline og_refline; template og_template; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); refline := og_get_refline(template, 0); axis := og_get_axis(refline); if axis = og_y2_axis then og_set_axis(refline, og_y1_axis); end if; og_update_chart(chart); END; Date Value Property Description Is the date value at which the reference line appears. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Datevalue (refline OG_Refline, datevalue DATE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Datevalue (refline OG_Refline) RETURN DATE; Parameters refline Is the reference line being described. datevalue Is the date value at which the reference line appears.
- 354. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference338 Date Value Property Examples /*The following procedure increases **reference line value by 30 days. */ PROCEDURE DateVal IS chart og_object; dateval date; refline og_refline; template og_template; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); refline := og_get_refline(template, 0); dateval := og_get_datevalue(refline); og_set_datevalue(refline, dateval+30); og_update_chart(chart); END; Label Property Description Is the text label that identifies the reference line in the legend. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Label (refline OG_Refline, label VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Label (refline OG_Refline) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters refline Is the reference line being described. label Is the text label that identifies the reference line in the legend.
- 355. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 339 Label Property Examples /*The following procedure changes **the reference line name to 'New Label' **if this is not the current name of the **label. */ PROCEDURE label IS chart og_object; label varchar2(20); refline og_refline; template og_template; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); refline := og_get_refline(template, 0); label := og_get_label(refline); if label != 'New Label' then og_set_label(refline, 'New label'); end if; og_update_chart(chart); END; Number Value Property Description Is the number value at which the reference line appears. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Numvalue (refline OG_Refline, numvalue NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Numvalue (refline OG_Refline) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters refline Is the reference line being described. numvalue Is the number value at which the reference line appears.
- 356. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference340 Number Value Property Examples /*The following procedure increases reference **line value by 500. */ PROCEDURE NumVal IS chart og_object; num number; refline og_refline; template og_template; BEGIN chart := og_get_object('chart'); template := og_get_template(chart); refline := og_get_refline(template, 0); num := og_get_numvalue(refline); og_set_numvalue(refline, num+500); og_update_chart(chart); END; Rounded Rectangle Properties Base Rectangle Property Corner Radii Property Base Rectangle Property Description Is the x- and y-coordinates of the upper-left corner, and the height and width of the rectangle used as the basis for the rectangle object (in layout units). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Rrect_Baserect (rrect OG_Object, baserect OG_Rectangle, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Rrect_Baserect (rrect OG_Object) RETURN OG_Rectangle; Parameters rrect Is the rounded rectangle being described. baserect Is the x- and y-coordinates of the upper-left corner, and the height and width of the rectangle used as the basis for the rectangle object (in layout units). damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 357. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 341 Base Rectangle Property Examples /*The following button procedure reduces **the size of the base rectangle or the **rounded rectangle. */ PROCEDURE baserect (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS brect og_rectangle; rrect og_object; BEGIN rrect := og_get_object('rrect'); brect := og_get_rrect_baserect(rrect); brect.x := brect.x/2; brect.y := brect.y/2; brect.height := brect.height/2; brect.width := brect.width/2; og_set_rrect_baserect(rrect, brect); END; Corner Radii Property Description Is the x- and y-radii (in layout units) of the ellipse that would result if the arcs that form the rounded corners were continued to follow a full 360 degree path. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Corner (rrect OG_Object, corner OG_Point, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Corner (rrect OG_Object) RETURN OG_Point; Parameters rrect Is the rounded rectangle being described. corner Is the x- and y-radii (in layout units) of the ellipse that would result if the arcs that form the rounded corners were continued to follow a full 360 degree path. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 358. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference342 Corner Radii Property Examples /*The following button procedure doubles **the x and y radii of the ellipse used to **create the corners of a rounded rectangle */. PROCEDURE corner (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS pt og_point; rrect og_object; BEGIN rrect := og_get_object('rrect'); pt := og_get_corner(rrect); pt.x := pt.x*2; pt.y := pt.y*2; og_set_corner(rrect, pt); END; Simple Text Properties Color Property Font Property Text String Property Color Property Description Is the color in which the character string's text should be displayed. Note that this is the color for the text itself. To set the text object's edge or fill colors, change the text object's graphic properties. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Color (text OG_Object, cmptext_index NUMBER, smptext_index NUMBER) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters text Is the text object being described. cmptext_index Is the index number of the compound text element being described. smptext_index Is the index number of the simple text element being described.
- 359. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 343 Color Property Examples /* The following procedure reads the color **of the current text object. If the **current color is not red, it changes **it to red. */ PROCEDURE color (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS color varchar2(20); BEGIN color := og_get_color(hitobj, 0, 0); if color != 'red' then og_set_gcolor(hitobj, 'red'); end if; END; Font Property Description Is the font in which the character string's text is displayed. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Font_Typeface (text OG_Object, cmptext_index NUMBER, smptext_index NUMBER) RETURN VARCHAR2; FUNCTION OG_Get_Font_Ptsize (text OG_Object, cmptext_index NUMBER, smptext_index NUMBER) RETURN NUMBER; FUNCTION OG_Get_Font_Style (text OG_Object, cmptext_index NUMBER, smptext_index NUMBER) RETURN NUMBER; FUNCTION OG_Get_Font_Weight (text OG_Object, cmptext_index NUMBER, smptext_index NUMBER) RETURN NUMBER; FUNCTION OG_Get_Font_Width (text OG_Object, cmptext_index NUMBER, smptext_index NUMBER) RETURN NUMBER; FUNCTION OG_Get_Font_Kerning (text OG_Object, cmptext_index NUMBER, smptext_index NUMBER) RETURN BOOLEAN; FUNCTION OG_Get_Font_Charset (text OG_Object, cmptext_index NUMBER, smptext_index NUMBER) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters text Is the text object being described. cmptext_index Is the index number of the compound text
- 360. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference344 element being described. smptext_index Is the index number of the simple text element being described.
- 361. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 345 Font Property Examples */The following procedure reads **the current typeface from the **selected text object. If the **current style is not the same **as the typeface from the argument, **it assigns a new typeface to the **text object. */ PROCEDURE fonttypeface (text og_object, typeface varchar2)IS style varchar2(10); BEGIN style := og_get_font_typeface(text, 0,0); if style != typeface then og_set_font_typeface(text, typeface); end if; END; Text String Property Description Is the character string containing the actual text for the simple text element. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Str (text OG_Object, str VARCHAR2, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Str (text OG_Object, cmptext_index NUMBER, smptext_index NUMBER) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters text Is the text object being described. str Is the character string containing the actual text for the simple text element. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag. cmptext_index Is the index number of the compound text element being described. smptext_index Is the index number of the simple text element being described.
- 362. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference346 Text String Property Examples /*The following procedure reads a text string from **a display and appends numbers to it. */ PROCEDURE TextString IS text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); og_set_str(text,og_get_str(text,0,0)||'123'); END; Sound Properties Property Name Property Name Property Description Is the name of the sound. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Name (sound OG_Sound, name VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Name (sound OG_Sound) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters sound Is the sound object being described. name Is the name of the sound.
- 363. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 347 Name Property Examples /*The following procedure gets the **name of sound from the sound handler **and assigns a new name to it. */ PROCEDURE SoundName (sound in og_sound) IS name varchar2(10); BEGIN name := og_get_name(sound); og_set_name(sound, name||'2'); END; Symbol Properties Property Center Property Index Property Symbol Size Property Center Property Description Is the x- and y-coordinates of the symbol's center (in layout units). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Center (symbol OG_Object, center OG_Point, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Center (symbol OG_Object) RETURN OG_Point; Parameters symbol Is the symbol object being described. center Is the x- and y-coordinates of the symbol's center (in layout units). damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 364. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference348 Center Property Examples /*The following procedure moves **the symbol from its original **coordinate (x,y) to (x/2, y/2). */ PROCEDURE Center IS center og_point; symbol og_object; BEGIN symbol := og_get_object('symbol'); center := og_get_center(symbol); center.x := center.x/2; center.y := center.y/2; og_set_center(symbol, center); END; Index Property Description Is the index (or number) of the symbol's position as it appears in the symbol palette in the Builder. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Indx (symbol OG_Object, indx NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Indx (symbol OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters symbol Is the symbol object being described. indx Is the index (or number) of the symbol's position as it appears in the symbol palette in the Builder. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 365. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 349 Index Property Examples /*The following procedure gets the **index of an object's symbol position **in the symbol palette, and replaces **the current symbol with the symbol **which has an index value equal to the **current index value + 1. */ PROCEDURE get_index IS sym_index number; symbol og_object; BEGIN symbol := og_get_object('symbol'); sym_index := og_get_indx(symbol); og_set_indx(symbol, sym_index+1); END; Symbol Size Property Description Is the symbol's size. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Large_Symsize OG_Medium_Symsize OG_Small_Symsize Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Symsize (symbol OG_Object, symsize NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Symsize (symbol OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters symbol Is the symbol object being described. symsize Is the symbol's size. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 366. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference350 Symbol Size Property Examples /*The following procedure reads a symbol's **size. If the symbol’s size is not LARGE, **the procedure changes it to LARGE; **if a symbol’s size is LARGE, the procedure **changes it to small. */ PROCEDURE get_size IS sym_size number; symbol og_object; BEGIN symbol := og_get_object('symbol'); sym_size := og_get_symsize(symbol); if sym_size != og_large_symsize then og_set_symsize(symbol, og_large_symsize); else og_set_symsize(symbol, og_small_symsize); end if; END; Text Properties Bounding Box Height Property Bounding Box Width Property Character Set Property Color Property Compound Text Count Property Custom Spacing Property Fixed Bounding Box Property Horizontal Alignment Property Horizontal Origin Property Invisible Property Kerning Property Nearest Property Origin Point Property Point Size Property Scalable Bounding Box Property Scalable Font Property Spacing Property Style Property Synthesize Property Typeface Property Vertical Alignment Property Vertical Origin Property Weight Property Width Property Wraparound Property
- 367. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 351 Bounding Box Height Property Description Is the height of the bounding box (in layout units). Whenever the bounding box changes, this property will automatically be updated to reflect the new height. This property is used to set the height only if the Fixed Bounding Box property is TRUE. Syntax (See OG_Set_Text_Size.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Text_Height (text OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters text Is the text object being described.
- 368. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference352 Bounding Box Height Property Examples /*The following procedure doubles the size of the **text object's bounding box. */ PROCEDURE BBoxSize IS width number; height number; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); width := og_get_text_width(text); height := og_get_text_height(text); og_set_text_size(text, width*2, height*2); END; Bounding Box Width Property Description Is the width of the bounding box (in layout units). Whenever the bounding box changes, this property will automatically be updated to reflect the new width. This property is used to set the width only if the Fixed Bounding Box property is TRUE. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Text_Size (text OG_Object, width NUMBER, height NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Text_Width (text OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters text Is the text object being described. width Is the width of the bounding box (in layout units). height Is the height of the bounding box (in layout units). damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 369. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 353 Bounding Box Width Property Examples /* The following procedure doubles the size of the **text object's bounding box. */ PROCEDURE BBoxSize IS width number; height number; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); width := og_get_text_width(text); height := og_get_text_height(text); og_set_text_size(text, width*2, height*2); END; Character Set Property Description Is the font's character set. Values for this field specify character sets such as U.S. ASCII, Kanji, and Arabic. Not all character sets are available on all systems. For more information, consult your system administrator or your system documentation. The value of this field may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Us7ascii_Charset OG_We8dec_Charset OG_We8hp_Charset OG_Us8pc437_Charset OG_We8ebcdic37_Charset OG_We8ebcdic500_Charset OG_We8pc850_Charset OG_D7dec_Charset OG_F7dec_Charset OG_S7dec_Charset OG_E7dec_Charset OG_Sf7ascii_Charset OG_Ndk7dec_Charset OG_I7dec_Charset OG_Nl7dec_Charset OG_Ch7dec_Charset OG_Sf7dec_Charset OG_We8iso8859p1_Charset OG_Ee8iso8859p2_Charset OG_Se8iso8859p3_Charset OG_Nee8iso8859p4_Charset OG_Cl8iso8859p5_Charset OG_Ar8iso8859p6_Charset OG_El8iso8859p7_Charset OG_Iw8iso8859p8_Charset OG_We8iso8859p9_Charset OG_Ar8asmo708plus_Charset OG_Ar7asmo449plus_Charset OG_We8macroman8_Charset OG_Jvms_Charset
- 370. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference354 OG_Jeuc_Charset OG_Jdec_Charset OG_Sjis_Charset OG_Jdbcs_Charset OG_Jhp_Charset OG_Ksc5601_Charset OG_Kibm5540_Charset OG_Kdbcs_Charset OG_Cgb231380_Charset OG_Cdbcs_Charset OG_Big5_Charset OG_Cns1164386_Charset Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Font_Charset (text OG_Object, charset NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters text Is the text object being described. charset Is the font's character set. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 371. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 355 Character Set Property Examples /*The following button procedure checks **if the selected text object's font set **is in US ASCII Character Set. If not, **it assigns ASCII Character Set to the object. */ PROCEDURE CharSet (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS setNo number; BEGIN SetNo := OG_get_Font_charset(hitobj,0,0); if SetNo != og_US7ASCII_Charset then og_set_font_charset(hitobj, og_US7ASCII_charset); end if; END; Color Property Description Is the text object's color. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Gcolor (text OG_Object, gcolor VARCHAR2, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters text Is the text object being described. gcolor Is the text object's color. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 372. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference356 Color Property Examples /*The following procedure reads ** the color of the current text object. **If the current color is not red, **it changes it to red. */ PROCEDURE color (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS color varchar2(20); BEGIN color := og_get_color(hitobj, 0, 0); if color != 'red' then og_set_gcolor(hitobj, 'red'); end if; END; Compound Text Count Property Description Is the number of compound text elements that compose the text object. Syntax FUNCTION OG_Get_Ctcount (text OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters text Is the text object being described.
- 373. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 357 Compound Text Count Property Examples /*The following procedure counts the number of **compound text elements in a text object. /* PROCEDURE CompoundTextCnt IS num number; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object; num := og_get_ctcount(text); END; Custom Spacing Property Description Is the custom spacing for the text object (in layout units). This property is used to specify spacing only if the Spacing property is set to custom spacing. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Custom (text OG_Object, custom NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Custom (text OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters text Is the text object being described. custom Is the custom spacing for the text object (in layout units). damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 374. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference358 Custom Spacing Property Examples /*The following procedure resets the **custom spacing to twice its original setting. */ PROCEDURE CustomSpacing (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS num number; BEGIN num := og_get_custom(hitobj); og_set_str(hitobj, 'abc'||num); og_set_custom(hitobj, num*2); END; Fixed Bounding Box Property Description Specifies whether the text object's bounding box should remain a fixed size. If this property is TRUE, the values of the Width and Height properties should specify the size of the bounding box. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Fixed (text OG_Object, fixed BOOLEAN, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Fixed (text OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters text Is the text object being described. fixed Specifies whether the text object's bounding box should remain a fixed size. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 375. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 359 Fixed Bounding Box Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if the text object's bounding box **remains a fixed size. */ PROCEDURE FixBBox IS val boolean; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); val := og_get_fixed(text); if val then og_set_fixed(text, false); else og_set_fixed(text, true); end if; END; Horizontal Alignment Property Description Is the horizontal alignment of the text object. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Left_Halign OG_Center_Halign OG_Right_Halign Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Halign (text OG_Object, halign NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Halign (text OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters text Is the text object being described. halign Is the horizontal alignment of the text object. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 376. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference360 Horizontal Alignment Property Examples Horizontal Alignment /*The following procedure reads the horizontal **alignment and readjusts it. */ PROCEDURE Halign IS num number:=og_right_halign; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); num := og_get_halign(text); if num = og_left_halign then og_set_halign(text, og_center_halign); elsif num = og_center_halign then og_set_halign(text, og_right_halign); elsif num = og_right_halign then og_set_halign(text, og_left_halign); end if; END; Horizontal Origin Property Description Is the horizontal position of the text object relative to its origin point. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Left_Horigin Means the origin point lies along the left edge of the bounding box. OG_Center_Horigin Means the origin point lies equally between the left and right edges of the boundingbox. OG_Right_Horigin Means the origin point lies along the right edge of the bounding box. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Horigin (text OG_Object, horigin NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Horigin (text OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters text Is the text object being described. horigin Is the horizontal position of the text object relative to its origin point. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 377. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 361 Horizontal Origin Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the horizontal **origin and readjusts it. */ PROCEDURE Horigin IS num number; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); num := og_get_horigin(text); if num = og_left_horigin then og_set_horigin(text, og_center_horigin); elsif num = og_center_horigin then og_set_horigin(text, og_rightr_horigin); elsif num = og_right_horigin then og_set_horigin(text, og_left_horigin); end if; END; Invisible Property Description Specifies whether the text in the text object should be invisible. This is useful for text fields in which a user enters a password, if you don't want the password to be seen. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Invisible (text OG_Object, invisible BOOLEAN, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Invisible (text OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters text Is the text object being described. invisible Specifies whether the text in the text object should be invisible. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 378. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference362 Invisible Property Examples /*The following procedure determines if ** text in a text object is invisible. If it ** is invisible it makes it visible; if it is ** visible it makes it invisible. */ PROCEDURE Invisible IS val boolean; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); val := og_get_invisible(text); if val then og_set_invisible(text, false); else og_set_invisible(text, true); end if; END; Kerning Property Description Specifies whether the font should be kerned. Kerning is the adjustment of the space between adjacent letters to improve the readability of the text. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Font_Kerning (text OG_Object, kerning BOOLEAN, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters text Is the text object being described. kerning Specifies whether the font should be kerned. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 379. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 363 Kerning Property Examples /*The following button procedure turns font **kerning on and off for a selected text object. PROCEDURE kerning (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS val boolean; BEGIN val := og_get_font_kerning(hitobj,0,0); if val then og_set_font_kerning(hitobj, false); else og_set_font_kerning(hitobj, true); end if; END; Nearest Property Description Specifies whether Graphics Builder should substitute the nearest matching font if the exact font specified cannot be found. The precedence for finding the nearest font is typeface, point size, style, weight, and width (meaning that Graphics Builder first tries to find the specified typeface, then size, etc.). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Font_Nearest (text OG_Object, nearest BOOLEAN, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters text Is the text object being described. nearest Specifies whether Graphics Builder should substitute the nearest matching font if the exact font specified cannot be found. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 380. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference364 Nearest Property Examples /*The following button procedure sets nearest **properties to true. */ PROCEDURE nearest (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS BEGIN OG_Set_Font_Nearest(hitobj, true); END; Origin Point Property Description Is the x- and y-coordinates of the text object's upper-left corner (in layout units). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Origin (text OG_Object, origin OG_Point, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Origin (text OG_Object) RETURN OG_Point; Parameters text Is the text object being described. origin Is the x- and y-coordinates of the text object's upper-left corner (in layout units). damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 381. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 365 Point Size Property Description Is the font's point size. Values for this field are system-specific. For more information, consult your system administrator or your system documentation. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Font_Ptsize (text OG_Object, ptsize NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters text Is the text object being described. ptsize Is the font's point size. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 382. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference366 Point Size Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the point size of the **current object and enlarges the text object to double ** its original size. */ PROCEDURE ptsize (text og_object)IS num number; BEGIN num := og_get_font_ptsize(text,0,0); og_set_font_ptsize(text, num*2); END; Scalable Bounding Box Property Description Specifies whether the text object's bounding box should be scaled when the text object is scaled. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Bbscale (text OG_Object, bbscale BOOLEAN, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Bbscale (text OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters text Is the text object being described. bbscale Specifies whether the text object's bounding box should be scaled when the text object is scaled. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 383. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 367 Scalable Bounding Box Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if the text **object's bounding box is scaled when the **text object is scaled. */ PROCEDURE Scalebox IS val boolean; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); val := og_get_bbscale(text); if val then og_set_bbscale(text, false); else og_set_bbscale(text, true); end if; END; Scalable Font Property Description Specifies whether the point size of the font should be scaled when the text object is scaled. The value of this property may be one of the following: Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Fontscale (text OG_Object, fontscale BOOLEAN, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Fontscale (text OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters text Is the text object being described. fontscale Specifies whether the point size of the font should be scaled when the text object is scaled. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 384. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference368 Scalable Font Property Examples /* The following procedure checks if the point size is ** scaled when the text object is scaled. */ PROCEDURE Scalable IS val boolean; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); val := og_get_fontscale(text); if val then og_set_fontscale(text, false); else og_set_fontscale(text, true); end if; END; Spacing Property Description Is the line spacing for the text object. The value of this property may be one of the built-in constants listed below. If custom spacing is set, the value of the Custom Spacing property should specify the exact spacing amount. OG_Single_Space OG_Onehalf_Space OG_Double_Space OG_Custom_Space Means the text uses custom line spacing. The actual spacing used is defined in the Custom Spacing property. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Spacing (text OG_Object, spacing NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Spacing (text OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters text Is the text object being described. spacing Is the line spacing for the text object. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 385. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 369 Spacing Property Examples /* The following button procedure **rotates the spacing setting of a **text object. */ PROCEDURE Spacing (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS num number; BEGIN num := og_get_spacing(hitobj); if num = og_single_space then og_set_spacing(hitobj, og_onehalf_space); elsif num = og_onehalf_space then og_set_spacing(hitobj, og_double_space); elsif num = og_double_space then og_set_spacing(hitobj, og_custom_space); elsif num = og_custom_space then og_set_spacing(hitobj, og_single_space); end if; END; Style Property Description Is the font's style. Not all styles are available on all systems. For more information, consult your system administrator or your system documentation. The value of this field may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Blink_Fontstyle OG_Inverted_Fontstyle OG_Italic_Fontstyle OG_Oblique_Fontstyle OG_Outline_Fontstyle OG_Overstrike_Fontstyle OG_Plain_Fontstyle OG_Shadow_Fontstyle OG_Underline_Fontstyle OG_Unknown_Fontstyle Means the style is unknown. You cannot set a style to this value; however, if you get a font and Graphics Builder cannot determine its style, this value is returned. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Font_Style (text OG_Object, style NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters text Is the text object being described. style Is the font's style. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 386. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference370 Style Property Examples /*The following button procedure **rotates the text style */ PROCEDURE style (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS text og_object; num number; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); num := og_get_font_style(text,0,0); if num = og_blink_fontstyle then og_set_font_style(text, og_inverted_fontstyle); elsif num = og_inverted_fontstyle then og_set_font_style(text, og_italic_fontstyle); elsif num = og_italic_fontstyle then og_set_font_style(text, og_oblique_fontstyle); elsif num = og_oblique_fontstyle then og_set_font_style(text, og_outline_fontstyle); elsif num = og_outline_fontstyle then og_set_font_style(text, og_overstrike_fontstyle); elsif num = og_overstrike_fontstyle then og_set_font_style(text, og_plain_fontstyle); elsif num = og_plain_fontstyle then og_set_font_style(text, og_shadow_fontstyle); elsif num = og_shadow_fontstyle then og_set_font_style(text, og_underline_fontstyle); elsif num = og_underline_fontstyle then og_set_font_style(text, og_unknown_fontstyle); elsif num = og_unknown_fontstyle then og_set_font_style(text, og_blink_fontstyle); end if; END; Synthesize Property Description Specifies whether Graphics Builder should try to synthesize the desired font (if the specified font cannot be found) by transforming the nearest-matching font. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Font_Synthesize (text OG_Object, synthesize BOOLEAN, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters text Is the text object being described. synthesize Specifies whether Graphics Builder should try to synthesize the desired font (if the specified font cannot be found) by transforming the nearest-matching font. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 387. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 371 Synthesize Property Examples /*The following button procedure sets synthesize ** properties to true. */ PROCEDURE synthesize (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS BEGIN OG_Set_Font_Synthesize(hitobj, true); END; Typeface Property Description Is the font's typeface (font name). Values for this field are system-specific, and may include typefaces such as times, courier, and helvetica. For more information, consult your system administrator or your system documentation. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Font_Typeface (text OG_Object, typeface VARCHAR2, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters text Is the text object being described. typeface Is the font's typeface (font name). damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 388. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference372 Typeface Property Examples */The following procedure reads **the current typeface from the **selected text object. If the **current style is not the same **as the typeface from the argument, **it assigns a new typeface to the **text object. PROCEDURE fonttypeface (text og_object, typeface varchar2)IS style varchar2(10); BEGIN style := og_get_font_typeface(text, 0,0); if style != typeface then og_set_font_typeface(text, typeface); end if; END; Vertical Alignment Property Description Is the vertical alignment of the text object. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Top_Valign OG_Middle_Valign OG_Bottom_Valign Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Valign (text OG_Object, valign NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Valign (text OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters text Is the text object being described. valign Is the vertical alignment of the text object. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 389. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 373 Vertical Alignment Property Examples /* The following procedure reads the vertical ** alignment and readjusts it. */ PROCEDURE VAligin IS num number; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); num := og_get_valign(text); if num = og_top_valign then og_set_valign(text, og_middle_valign); elsif num = og_middle_valign then og_set_valign(text, og_bottom_valign); elsif num = og_bottom_valign then og_set_valign(text, og_top_valign); end if; END; Vertical Origin Property Description Is the vertical position of the text object relative to its origin point. The value of this property may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Top_Vorigin Means the origin point lies along the top edge of the bounding box. OG_Middle_Vorigin Means the origin point lies equally between the top and bottom edges of the bounding box. OG_Bottom_Vorigin Means the origin point lies along the bottom edge of the bounding box. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Vorigin (text OG_Object, vorigin NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Vorigin (text OG_Object) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters text Is the text object being described. vorigin Is the vertical position of the text object relative to its origin point. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 390. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference374 Vertical Origin Property Examples /*The following procedure reads the **vertical origin and readjusts it. */ PROCEDURE Vorigin IS num number; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); num := og_get_vorigin(text); if num = og_top_vorigin then og_set_vorigin(text, og_middle_vorigin); elsif num = og_middle_vorigin then og_set_vorigin(text, og_bottom_vorigin); elsif num = og_bottom_vorigin then og_set_vorigin(text, og_top_vorigin); end if; END; Weight Property Description Is the font's weight. Not all weights are available on all systems. For more information, consult your system administrator or your system documentation. The value of this field may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Bold_Fontweight OG_Demibold_Fontweight OG_Demilight_Fontweight OG_Extrabold_Fontweight OG_Extralight_Fontweight OG_Light_Fontweight OG_Medium_Fontweight OG_Ultrabold_Fontweight OG_Ultralight_Fontweight OG_Unknown_Fontweight Means the weight is unknown. You cannot set a weight to this value; however, if you get a font and Graphics Builder cannot determine its weight, this value is returned. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Font_Weight (text OG_Object, weight NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); Parameters text Is the text object being described. weight Is the font's weight. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 391. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 375 Weight Property Examples /*The following button procedure **rotates the font weight for a **selected text object. */ PROCEDURE weight (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS num number; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); num := og_get_font_weight(text,0,0); if num = og_bold_fontweight then og_set_font_weight(text, og_demibold_fontweight); elsif num = og_demibold_fontweight then og_set_font_weight(text, og_demilight_fontweight); elsif num = og_demilight_fontweight then og_set_font_weight(text, og_extrabold_fontweight); elsif num = og_extrabold_fontweight then og_set_font_weight(text, og_extralight_fontweight); elsif num = og_extralight_fontweight then og_set_font_weight(text, og_light_fontweight); elsif num = og_light_fontweight then og_set_font_weight(text, og_medium_fontweight); elsif num = og_medium_fontweight then og_set_font_weight(text, og_ultrabold_fontweight); elsif num = og_ultrabold_fontweight then og_set_font_weight(text, og_ultralight_fontweight); elsif num = og_ultralight_fontweight then og_set_font_weight(text, og_unknown_fontweight); elsif num = og_unknown_fontweight then og_set_font_weight(text, og_bold_fontweight); end if; END; Width Property Description Is the font's width. Not all widths are available on all systems. For more information, consult your system administrator or your system documentation. The value of this field may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_Dense_Fontwidth OG_Expand_Fontwidth OG_Extradense_Fontwidth OG_Extraexpand_Fontwidth OG_Normal_Fontwidth OG_Semidense_Fontwidth OG_Semiexpand_Fontwidth OG_Ultradense_Fontwidth OG_Ultraexpand_Fontwidth OG_Unknown_Fontwidth Means the width is unknown. You cannot set a weight to this value; however, if you get a font and Graphics Builder cannot determine its width, this value is returned. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Font_Width (text OG_Object, width NUMBER, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE);
- 392. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference376 Parameters text Is the text object being described. width Is the font's width. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 393. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 377 Width Property Examples /*The following button procedure **rotates the font width for a **selected test object. */ PROCEDURE width (buttonobj IN og_object, hitobj IN og_object, win IN og_window, eventinfo IN og_event) IS num number; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); num := og_get_font_width(text,0,0); if num = og_dense_fontwidth then og_set_font_width(text, og_expand_fontwidth); elsif num = og_expand_fontwidth then og_set_font_width(text, og_extradense_fontwidth); elsif num = og_extradense_fontwidth then og_set_font_width(text, og_extraexpand_fontwidth); elsif num = og_extraexpand_fontwidth then og_set_font_width(text, og_normal_fontwidth); elsif num = og_normal_fontwidth then og_set_font_width(text, og_semidense_fontwidth); elsif num = og_semidense_fontwidth then og_set_font_width(text, og_semiexpand_fontwidth); elsif num = og_semiexpand_fontwidth then og_set_font_width(text, og_ultradense_fontwidth); elsif num = og_ultradense_fontwidth then og_set_font_width(text, og_ultraexpand_fontwidth); elsif num = og_ultraexpand_fontwidth then og_set_font_width(text, og_unknown_fontwidth); elsif num = og_unknown_fontwidth then og_set_font_width(text, og_dense_fontwidth); end if; END; Wraparound Property Description Specifies whether the text should "wrap" to fit into the text object's bounding box. As described below, a compound text element represents a line of text, and is made up of simple text elements. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Wrap (text OG_Object, wrap BOOLEAN, damage BOOLEAN := TRUE, update_bbox BOOLEAN := TRUE); FUNCTION OG_Get_Wrap (text OG_Object) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters text Is the text object being described. wrap Specifies whether the text should "wrap" to fit into the text object's bounding box. damage Is the damage flag. update_bbox Is the bounding box update flag.
- 394. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference378 Wraparound Property Examples /*The following procedure checks if the text is 'wrapped' ** into the text's bounding box. */ PROCEDURE wrap IS val boolean; text og_object; BEGIN text := og_get_object('text object'); val := og_get_wrap(text); if val then og_set_wrap(text, false); else og_set_wrap(text, true); end if; END; Timer Properties Active Property Interval Property Name Property Procedure Property Active Property Description Specifies whether the timer is active. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Active (timer OG_Timer, active BOOLEAN); FUNCTION OG_Get_Active (timer OG_Timer) RETURN BOOLEAN; Parameters timer Is the timer object being described. active Specifies whether the timer is active.
- 395. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 379 Active Property Examples /* The following sets the timer to inactive if it **is currently in active mode. */ PROCEDURE TimerActive IS val boolean; timer og_timer; BEGIN timer := og_get_timer('timer2'); val := og_get_active(timer); if val then og_set_active(timer, false); end if; END; Interval Property Description Is the number of seconds that will pass between each execution of the timer procedure. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Interval (timer OG_Timer, interval NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Interval (timer OG_Timer) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters timer Is the timer object being described. interval Is the number of seconds that will pass between each execution of the timer procedure.
- 396. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference380 Interval Property Examples /* The following procedure adds two **seconds to the original timer **interval. */ PROCEDURE TimerInterval IS interval number; timer og_timer; BEGIN timer := og_get_timer('timer2'); interval := og_get_interval(timer); og_set_interval(timer, interval+2); END; Name Property Description Is the name of the timer. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Name (timer OG_Timer, name VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Name (timer OG_Timer) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters timer Is the timer object being described. name Is the name of the timer.
- 397. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 381 Name Property Examples /*The following procedure appends **a '1' to the name of a timer. */ PROCEDURE TimerName IS name varchar2(10); timer og_timer; BEGIN timer := og_get_timer('timer1'); name := og_get_name(timer); og_set_name(timer, name||'1'); END; Procedure Property Description Is the name of the procedure that will be executed when the timer is fired. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Timerproc (timer OG_Timer, timerproc VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Timerproc (timer OG_Timer) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters timer Is the timer object being described. timerproc Is the name of the procedure that will be executed when the timer is fired.
- 398. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference382 Procedure Property Examples /* The following procedure changes the **timer procedure to "NewProc" if it is ** current timer procedure. */ PROCEDURE TimerProc IS name varchar2(20); timer og_timer; BEGIN timer := og_get_timer('timer2'); name := og_get_timerproc(timer); if name != 'NewProc' then og_set_timerproc(timer, 'NewProc'); end if; END; Window Properties Description The position and dimensions of windows are expressed in "screen resolution units," more commonly known as pixels. You can obtain the horizontal and vertical values of the screen resolution using the built-ins OG_Get_Ap_Hscreen_Res and OG_Get_Ap_Vscreen_Res. You should use these built-ins instead of an actual numeric value so that your application will maintain a consistent look on systems with different screen resolutions. Height Property Help Target Property Name Property Position Property Width Property Height Property Description Is the height of the window (in screen resolution units). Syntax (See OG_Set_Window_Size.) FUNCTION OG_Get_Window_Height (window OG_Window) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters window Is the window being described.
- 399. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 383 Height Property Examples /* /*The following procedure resizes **the window to half its original size. */ PROCEDURE WinSize IS window og_window; width number; height number; BEGIN window := og_get_window('Main Layout'); width := og_get_window_width(window); height := og_get_window_height(window); og_set_window_size(window, width/2,height/2); END; Help Target Property Description Is the hypertext target in the runtime Help document that is displayed when the Help system is invoked while the window is active. Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Helptarget (window OG_Window, helptarget VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Helptarget (window OG_Window) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters window Is the window being described. helptarget Is the hypertext target in the runtime Help document that is displayed when the Help system is invoked while the window is active.
- 400. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference384 Help Target Property Examples /*The following procedure sets the help **target to 'NewTarget' if "New Target" is not ** the current help target. */ PROCEDURE Help IS window og_window; help varchar2(20); BEGIN window := og_get_window('Main Layout'); help := og_get_helptarget(window); if help != 'NewTarget' then og_set_helptarget(window, 'NewTarget'); end if; END; Name Property Description Is the window's name. At runtime, the default name of the layout window is "Main Layout". Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Name (window OG_Window, name VARCHAR2); FUNCTION OG_Get_Name (window OG_Window) RETURN VARCHAR2; Parameters window Is the window being described. name Is the window's name.
- 401. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 385 Name Property Examples /*The following procedure resets **the name of the window if its name **is not 'Main Layout'. */ PROCEDURE Name IS window og_window; name varchar2(20); BEGIN window := og_get_window('Main Layout'); name := og_get_name(window); if name != 'Main Layout' then og_set_name(window, 'Main Layout'); end if; END; Position Property Description Is the x- and y-coordinates of the window's upper left corner (in screen resolution units). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Position (window OG_Window, position OG_Point); FUNCTION OG_Get_Position (window OG_Window) RETURN OG_Point; Parameters window Is the window being described. position Is the x- and y-coordinates of the window's upper left corner (in screen resolution units).
- 402. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference386 Position Property Examples /*The following procedure repositions **the window. */ PROCEDURE Position IS window og_window; pos og_point; BEGIN window := og_get_window('Main Layout'); pos := og_get_position(window); pos.x := pos.x*2; pos.y := pos.y*2; og_set_position(window, pos); END; Width Property Description Is the width of the window (in screen resolution units). Syntax PROCEDURE OG_Set_Window_Size (window OG_Window, width NUMBER, height NUMBER); FUNCTION OG_Get_Window_Width (window OG_Window) RETURN NUMBER; Parameters window Is the window being described. width Is the width of the window (in screen resolution units). height Is the height of the window (in screen resolution units).
- 403. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 387 Width Property Examples /*The following procedure resizes the window ** to half its original size. */ PROCEDURE WinSize IS window og_window; width number; height number; BEGIN window := og_get_window('Main Layout'); width := og_get_window_width(window); height := og_get_window_height(window); og_set_window_size(window, width/2,height/2); END;
- 404. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference388
- 405. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 389 Attributes Using Attribute Records • overview • shortcut built-ins attribute record descriptions Overview Many of the built-in subprograms accept an argument that is described as an "attribute record." An "attribute" is simply a property or characteristic of some Graphics Builder object. For example, one attribute of a rectangle is the foreground fill color; two attributes of an arc are the start angle and end angle. Graphics Builder has identified enough attributes to completely describe the structure and appearance of any object. Graphics Builder provides several new built-in variable datatypes to control these attributes, most of which are defined to be RECORDs. (For more information on the RECORD datatype, see the PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference.) Each field in one of these records represents a particular attribute. Thus, an "attribute record" refers to some variable whose type you have declared to be one of these new record datatypes. For example, below is the type definition of OG_LINE_ATTR, the attribute record for a line: TYPE og_line_attr IS RECORD (mask NUMBER(1,1), startpt og_point, endpt og_point, arrowstyle NUMBER(1,0) ); This record specifies attributes for a line's starting point, end point, and arrow style (the mask attribute will be described later). All of an object's attributes are represented in one of several attribute records. To programmatically modify one of these attributes (for example, to change its fill pattern), you must change the values of the appropriate fields in the appropriate attribute record, and then pass the attribute record to a procedure or function. (Note that procedures and functions actually carry out your desired actions; however, you must use an attribute record to indicate to the procedure or function exactly what it is you want it to do.) Attribute Classes Some attribute records contain attributes that are common to many object types, while others contain attributes that are specific only to one object type. For example, every object can have a name, but only text objects have a font size. All attributes have been organized into the following classes: n generic
- 406. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference390 n graphic n object-specific Generic Attributes Generic attributes apply to most object classes. For example, most objects may have a name, an associated button procedure, or a parent object. Graphic Attributes Graphic attributes apply to many object classes, but not all. They may be applied only to graphical objects (those objects that can be created with one of the graphical tools in the Layout editor). For example, a graphic attribute such as `fill color' may be used to describe a rectangle, arc, symbol, etc. However, it is meaningless to describe an image-which has no fill color-with this attribute. Similarly, a group object cannot be described by graphic attributes. (Note that while a group is not a graphical object, the individual components of the group may be. Graphic attributes, then, may be applied to these components.) Object-specific Attributes Object-specific attributes apply only to a specific object class. For example, `start angle' is an attribute that describes only an arc, and not a rectangle, line, image, or any other object. Similarly, you may want to know the `number of children' that compose a group object, but it would be meaningless to use this attribute with any other object class. Graphics Builder has identified attributes that are specific to application, arc, chart, group, image, line, polygon, rectangle, rounded rectangle, symbol, text, and window objects. A built-in attribute record has been defined for generic attributes, and another for graphic attributes. In addition, a separate attribute record has been defined for each collection of object-specific attributes. The following is a list of Graphics Builder objects and the attribute records that are meaningful to each: Object Class Attribute Records application application arc generic graphic arc chart generic group chart chart element graphic chart element display display graphic generic graphic group generic group image genericimage line generic graphic line polygon generic graphic polygon printer printer query query rectangle generic graphic rectangle rounded rectangle generic graphic rounded rectangle
- 407. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 391 sound sound symbol generic graphic symbol text generic graphic text timer timer window window
- 408. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference392 Combined Attribute Records In addition to the attribute records described above, Graphics Builder also defines "combined attribute records." A combined attribute record combines into a single variable all of the attribute records needed to completely describe an object. As the name implies, it is another record, but each of its fields is either a generic, graphic, or object-specific attribute record. Thus, in most cases you can use a single combined attribute record to control all of an object's attributes, instead of using several separate attribute records to represent each of the object's attribute classes. For example, the rectangle combined attribute record contains three fields, representing the generic, graphic, and rectangle attribute records. The image combined attribute record contains only two fields, representing the generic and image attribute records. Below is the type definition of OG_LINE_CA, the combined attribute record for a line object: TYPE og_line_ca IS RECORD (line_caob og_generic_attr, /* generic attribute record*/ line_caoh og_graphic_attr, /* graphic attribute record */ line_caol og_line_attr /* line attribute record */ ); This combined attribute record contains three fields, representing generic, graphic, and line attribute records. Mask Attributes Each attribute record (but not combined attribute record) has a numeric field called a "mask." The value of this field indicates which attributes in the attribute record you want to change (i.e., set) or examine (i.e., get). When you use an attribute record as an argument for a procedure or function, that procedure or function will use the mask to determine which attributes it should pay attention to. For example, suppose you want to change only an object's foreground fill color by setting the ffcolor attribute in a graphic attribute record, and then passing both that attribute record and the object's handle as arguments to the OG_SET_ATTR procedure. The procedure does not know which attributes you want it to set; should it change all of the object's graphic attributes, or just some of them? To learn this, it will look at the attribute record's mask attribute. The value of a mask attribute indicates which attributes in its attribute record a procedure or function should use. This value is called a "mask value." Mask Constants To help you determine an appropriate mask value for an attribute record, Graphics Builder has associated each attribute with a different built-in numeric constant, called a "mask constant." Below is another listing of the line attribute record, this time with its mask constants: TYPE og_line_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(1,0), startpt og_point, OG_STARTPT_LINEA endpt og_point, OG_ENDPT_LINEA arrowstyle NUMBER(1,0) OG_ARROWSTYLE_LINEA ); OG_ALL_LINEA OG_NONE_LINEA
- 409. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 393 After determining which attributes in an attribute record you want to use, calculate the sum of the mask constants that are associated with those attributes. The result will be a mask value that represents only those attributes. If you set the mask attribute in the attribute record to this mask value, then any procedure or function to which you pass this attribute record will pay attention only to those attributes. For example, to change the startpt attribute in the above line attribute record, first declare a variable of this type: my_variable og_line_attr; Then set the new value of the startpt attribute: my_variable.startpt := new_point; Finally, set the mask to indicate that you want to set a new starting point: my_variable.mask := OG_STARTPT_LINEA; (Note that this series of actions only prepares an attribute record for use by a procedure or function. To understand how this relates to actually modifying an object, see the description of the specific procedure or function.) If you wanted to set new values for both the starting point and end point of the line, you need to set the mask to indicate that. In this case, the appropriate mask value would be the sum of the mask constants for those two attributes: my_variable.mask := OG_STARTPT_LINEA + OG_ENDPT_LINEA; In addition to the mask constants for each attribute, every attribute record contains two additional attributes to indicate that all of the attributes should be used by a procedure or function, or that none should be used. For the line attribute record, these mask constants are OG_ALL_LINEA and OG_NONE_LINEA. Remember that these mask constants are numbers, and may be treated as such. Besides adding them to indicate multiple attributes, you can also subtract them. For example, to indicate that all attributes except the end point should be affected by a procedure or function, you can set the mask value to: my_variable.mask := OG_ALL_LINEA - OG_ENDPT_LINEA; In some cases, the same mask constant is used to represent multiple attributes within an attribute record. If that mask constant is used to calculate the mask value, then all of the attributes represented by that constant will be used by the procedure or function to which the attribute record is passed. Masks in Combined Attribute Records It was stated above that all attribute records contain a mask attribute, but combined attribute records do not. When you pass a combined attribute record as an argument to a procedure, that procedure will use the masks from each of the attribute records that are contained within it. For example, suppose you declare a variable to be a line combined attribute record (recall that a line combined attribute record contains attribute records for generic, graphic, and line-specific attributes): comb_variable og_line_ca; Next, you want to change several of the record's attributes. In the generic attribute record, you want to change no values; in the graphic attribute record, you want to change the values of both the dashstyle and capstyle attributes; in the line attribute record, you want to change the value of only the arrowstyle attribute. Below are the statements you might use: comb_variable.line_caoh.dashstyle := new_dashstyle; comb_variable.line_caoh.capstyle := new_capstyle; comb_variable.line_caol.arrowstyle := new_arrowstyle; Before you can pass this combined attribute record to a procedure that will implement your changes, you must set the mask in each attribute record to indicate which attributes in that record the procedure should use: comb_variable.line_caob.mask := OG_NONE_GENERICA; comb_variable.line_caoh.mask := OG_DASHSTYLE_GRAPHICA + OG_CAPSTYLE_GRAPHICA; comb_variable.line_caol.mask := OG_ARROWSTYLE_LINEA;
- 410. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference394 Note that you must set the mask for every attribute record within a combined attribute record, even if you do not want to use any attributes within that attribute record. In this situation, you would set the mask to the mask constant that indicates no attributes will be used. Once you have set the masks for each of the individual attribute records, you can pass the combined attribute record to a procedure or function. Remember that an attribute record's mask value is the only way the procedure or function will know which attributes you want it to use. Createable, Setable, Getable Attributes Next to the listing of each attribute described below, you will find a one-, two-, or three-letter designation. Letter Meaning C Indicates the attribute is createable. This means that Graphics Builder will recognize the value you assign to the attribute when the object containing the attribute is first created. If the attribute is not createable, Graphics Builder will provide a default value when the object is created. S Indicates the attribute is setable. This means that you are able to set the value of the attribute by invoking the appropriate Graphics Builder built- in subprogram. G Indicates the attribute is getable. This means that you are able to get the value of the attribute by invoking the appropriate Graphics Builder built- in subprogram.
- 411. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 395 Shortcut Built-ins In addition to the attribute record approach described above, Graphics Builder also provides a series of built-in subprograms to simplify the process of creating objects and getting or setting their attributes. Each of these "shortcut" subprograms can be used to set or get a single attribute of an object. For more information, see Graphics Builder Built-in overview. For example, to set an object's fill and edge patterns using the attribute record approach, you need to set the new fill patterns, set the appropriate masks, and call OG_SET_ATTR: PROCEDURE attr_rec_approach (my_obj OG_OBJECT) IS my_rec og_graphic_ca; BEGIN my_rec.graphic_caoh.fillpatt:='gray50'; my_rec.graphic_caoh.edgepatt:='kangaroo'; my_rec.graphic_caob.mask:=OG_NONE_GENERICA; my_rec.graphic_caoh.mask:=OG_FILLPATT_GRAPHICA+ OG_EDGEPATT_GRAPHICA; og_set_attr(my_obj, my_rec); END; By using the shortcuts, you can accomplish the same thing with only two procedure calls: PROCEDURE shortcut_approach (my_obj OG_OBJECT) IS BEGIN og_set_fillpatt(my_obj, 'gray50'); og_set_edgepatt(my_obj, 'kangaroo'); END; Advantages Using the shortcuts instead of attribute records has the following advantages: • It requires less PL/SQL code, thus reducing development time. • It makes your program units easier to read and understand. Disadvantages Using the shortcuts instead of attribute records has the following disadvantages: • It is less efficient. Because Graphics Builder uses attribute records internally, each time you call a shortcut, Graphics Builder must define and populate a new internal attribute record. In addition, it takes longer to execute multiple `set' routines than it does to execute just one. In the above example, the first procedure (with one `set' call) will be roughly twice as fast as the second procedure (with two `set' calls). • It requires your application to rely on default settings, since calling multiple shortcuts to set all of the necessary attributes may seriously affect your application's performance. Application Attribute Record The application attribute record contains attributes that may be used with the current application. TYPE og_app_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(3,0), cursor VARCHAR2(255), OG_CURSOR_APPA hscreen_res NUMBER(5,0), OG_SCREEN_RES_APPA vscreen_res NUMBER(5,0), OG_SCREEN_RES_APPA hlayout_res NUMBER(10,0), OG_LAYOUT_RES_APPA vlayout_res NUMBER(10,0), OG_LAYOUT_RES_APPA platform NUMBER(1,0), OG_PLATFORM_APPA username VARCHAR2(255), OG_USERNAME_APPA password VARCHAR2(255), OG_PASSWORD_APPA connection VARCHAR2(255) OG_CONNECTION_APPA ); OG_ALL_APPA
- 412. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference396 OG_NONE_APPA Attribute Description SG cursor Is the name of the mouse cursor to use. The value of this attribute may be one of the following strings: default insertion crosshair help busy The appearance of each cursor is system-specific. For more information, refer to your system documentation. If you set this attribute to an invalid value, it assumes the value `default.' G hscreen_res Is the horizontal resolution of the screen. This value is the number of screen resolution units (i.e., pixels) in one horizontal inch of the screen. G vscreen_res Is the vertical resolution of the screen. This value is the number of screen resolution units (i.e., pixels) in one vertical inch of the screen. G hlayout_res Is the horizontal resolution of the layout. This value is the number of layout units in one horizontal inch of the layout. G vlayout_res Is the vertical resolution of the layout. This value is the number of layout units in one vertical inch of the layout. G platform Is the platform on which Graphics Builder is running. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_MACINTOSH_PLATFORM Means the platform is the Apple Macintosh. OG_MOTIF_PLATFORM Means the platform is OSF/MOTIF. OG_MSWINDOWS_PLATFORM Means the platform is Microsoft Windows. OG_PM_PLATFORM Means the platform is Presentation Manager. OG_X_PLATFORM Means the platform is the X Window System. G username Is the username for the current database connection. If the user is not connected, this attribute is NULL. G password Is the password for the current database connection. If the user is not connected, or the Keep_Password preference setting is set to No, this
- 413. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 397 attribute is NULL. G connection Is the database connection string for the current database connection. If the user is not connected, this attribute is NULL. Arc Combined Attribute Record The arc combined attribute record consists of a generic attribute record, graphic attribute record, and arc attribute record: TYPE og_arc_ca IS RECORD (arc_caob og_generic_attr, /* generic */ arc_caoh og_graphic_attr, /* graphic */ arc_caoa og_arc_attr /* arc */ ); Arc Attribute Record The arc attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with arc objects: TYPE og_arc_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(1,0), basearc og_arc, OG_BASEARC_ARCA arcfill NUMBER(1,0), OG_ARCFILL_ARCA closed BOOLEAN OG_CLOSED_ARCA ); OG_ALL_ARCA OG_NONE_ARCA Attribute Description CSG basearc Is the x- and y-coordinates of the upper-left corner, and the height and width of the rectangle used as the basis for the ellipse from which the arc is cut. CSG arcfill Is the fill shape of the arc. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_CHORD_ARCFILL Means the fill shape of the arc is that of a chord. OG_PIE_ARCFILL Means the fill shape of the arc is that of a full pie slice. CSG closed Is the closure of the arc. The value of this attribute may be one of the following: TRUE Means the arc is closed. FALSE Means the arc is open.
- 414. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference398 Continuous Axis Combined Attribute Record TYPE og_contaxis_ca IS RECORD (ca_axis og_axis_attr, /* generic axis */ ca_cont og_contaxis_attr /* continuous axis */ ); Continuous Axis Attribute Record TYPE og_contaxis_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(4,0), automin BOOLEAN, OG_MINIMUM_CONTAXISA minimum NUMBER(6), OG_MINIMUM_CONTAXISA autostep BOOLEAN, OG_STEP_CONTAXISA step NUMBER(6), OG_STEP_CONTAXISA automax BOOLEAN, OG_MAXIMUM_CONTAXISA maximum NUMBER(6), OG_MAXIMUM_CONTAXISA scale NUMBER(1,0), OG_SCALE_CONTAXISA pct_of NUMBER(1,0), OG_PCTOF_CONTAXISA pct_by NUMBER(1,0), OG_PCTBY_CONTAXISA numfmt VARCHAR2(255) OG_NUMFMT_CONTAXISA ); OG_ALL_CONTAXISA OG_NONE_CONTAXISA Attribute Description SG automin Specifies whether the axis minimum is set to Auto. SG minimum Specifies the minimum axis value (if automin is FALSE). SG autostep Specifies whether the axis step value is set to Auto. SG step Specifies the axis step value (if autostep is FALSE). SG automax Specifies whether the axis maximum is set to Auto. SG maximum Specifies the maximum axis value (if automax is FALSE). SG scale Specifies the algorithm used for scaling the axis. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_LINEAR_SCALE Means the axis is scaled using a fixed interval between the minimum and maximum axis values. OG_LOG_SCALE Means the axis is scaled using a logarithmic algorithm (based on powers of 10) to determine the intervals between the minimum and maximum axis values.
- 415. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 399 OG_PCT_SCALE Means the axis is scaled so that data values will be plotted relative to the amount specified by pct_of. SG pct_of Specifies the relative scaling factor (if scale is set to OG_PCT_SCALE). The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_MAXIMUM_PCTOF Meanseach data value is plotted as a percentage of the largest data value. OG_MINIMUM_PCTOF Means each data value is plotted as a percentage of the smallest data value. OG_SUM_PCTOF Means each data value is plotted as a percentage of the sum of all data values. SG pct_by Specifies how the pct_of scaling values are calculated. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_CATEGORY_PCTBY Means the percentage for each data value is calculated relative to data values for the same field in other categories. OG_FIELD_PCTBY Means the percentage for each data value is calculated relative to data values in the same category for other fields. SG numfmt Specifies the number format for the axis tick labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see yourOracle7 Server SQL Reference.
- 416. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference400 Date Axis Combined Attribute Record TYPE og_dateaxis_ca IS RECORD (ca_axis og_axis_attr, /* generic axis */ ca_date og_dateaxis_attr /* date axis */ ); Date Axis Attribute Record TYPE og_dateaxis_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(5,0), automin BOOLEAN, OG_MINIMUM_DATEAXISA minimum DATE, OG_MINIMUM_DATEAXISA autostep BOOLEAN, OG_STEP_DATEAXISA step NUMBER(2,0), OG_STEP_DATEAXISA automax BOOLEAN, OG_MAXIMUM_DATEAXISA maximum DATE, OG_MAXIMUM_DATEAXISA firstmon NUMBER(2,0), OG_FIRSTMON_DATEAXISA skipwknds BOOLEAN, OG_SKIPWKNDS_DATEAXISA labels NUMBER(4,0), OG_LABELS_DATEAXISA dayfmt NUMBER(1,0), OG_DAYFMT_DATEAXISA monthfmt NUMBER(1,0), OG_MONTHFMT_DATEAXISA qtrfmt NUMBER(1,0), OG_QTRFMT_DATEAXISA yearfmt NUMBER(1,0), OG_YEARFMT_DATEAXISA custfmt VARCHAR2(255) OG_CUSTMT_DATEAXISA ); OG_ALL_DATEAXISA OG_NONE_DATEAXISA Attribute Description SG automin Specifies whether the axis minimum is set to Auto. SG minimum Specifies the minimum axis value (if automin is FALSE). SG autostep Specifies whether the axis step value is set to Auto. SG step Specifies the axis step value (if autostep is FALSE). The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_SECOND_STEP OG_MINUTE_STEP OG_HOUR_STEP OG_DAY_STEP OG_WEEK_STEP OG_MONTH_STEP OG_QUARTER_STEP OG_YEAR_STEP SG automax Specifies whether the axis maximum is set to Auto. SG maximum Specifies the maximum axis value (if automax is FALSE).
- 417. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 401 SG firstmonth Is the month that is considered to begin a new year. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_JAN_MONTH OG_FEB_MONTH OG_MAR_MONTH OG_APR_MONTH OG_MAY_MONTH OG_JUN_MONTH OG_JUL_MONTH OG_AUG_MONTH OG_SEP_MONTH OG_OCT_MONTH OG_NOV_MONTH OG_DEC_MONTH SG skipweekends Specifies whether weekends are ignored when calculating axis values. SG labels Specifies the major interval along the axis at which major tick marks and tick labels appear, as well as the appearance of the tick labels. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_NO_LABELS OG_SECOND_LABELS OG_MINUTE_LABELS OG_HOUR_LABELS OG_AMPM_LABELS OG_DAY_LABELS OG_DAYOFWEEK_LABELS OG_WEEK_LABELS OG_MONTH_LABELS OG_QUARTER_LABELS OG_YEAR_LABELS OG_CUSTOM_LABELS (If labels is set to this value, you must specify the custom date format in the customfmt attribute.) SG dayfmt Determines the appearance of day-of- the-week labels along the axis. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_FIRSTLETTER_FMT OG_THREELETTER_FMT SG monthfmt Determines the appearance of month labels along the axis. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_FIRSTLETTER_FMT OG_THREELETTER_FMT SG quarterfmt Determines the appearance of quarter labels along the axis. The value of this
- 418. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference402 attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_ARABIC_FMT OG_ROMAN_FMT SG yearfmt Determines the appearance of year labels along the axis. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_FOURDIGIT_FMT OG_TWODIGIT_FMT SG custfmt Is the custom date format for the axis tick labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see yourOracle7 Server SQL Reference.
- 419. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 403 Discrete Axis Combined Attribute Record TYPE og_discaxis_ca IS RECORD (ca_axis og_axis_attr, /* generic axis */ ca_disc og_discaxis_attr /* discrete axis */ ); Discrete Axis Attribute Record TYPE og_discaxis_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(3,0), automin BOOLEAN, OG_MINCAT_DISCAXISA mincat NUMBER(10,0), OG_MINCAT_DISCAXISA automax BOOLEAN, OG_MAXCAT_DISCAXISA maxcat NUMBER(10,0), OG_MAXCAT_DISCAXISA numfmt VARCHAR2(255), OG_NUMFMT_DISCAXISA datefmt VARCHAR2(255) OG_DATEFMT_DISCAXISA ); OG_ALL_DISCAXISA OG_NONE_DISCAXISA Attribute Description SG automin Specifies whether the minimum number of categories that appear on the axis is set to Auto. SG mincat Specifies the minimum number of categories that appear on the axis (if automin is FALSE). SG automax Specifies whether the maximum number of categories that appear on the axis is set to Auto. SG maxcat Specifies the maximum number of categories that appear on the axis (if automax is FALSE). SG numfmt Specifies the number format for the axis tick labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see yourOracle7 Server SQL Reference. SG datefmt Specifies the date format for the axis tick labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see yourOracle7 Server SQL Reference.
- 420. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference404 Axis Attribute Record TYPE og_axis_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(5,0), axistype NUMBER(1,0), OG_AXISTYPE_AXISA custlabel VARCHAR2(255), OG_CUSTLABEL_AXISA position NUMBER(1,0), OG_POSITION_AXISA direction NUMBER(1,0), OG_DIRECTION_AXISA tickpos NUMBER(1,0), OG_TICKPOS_AXISA ticklabelrot NUMBER(1,0), OG_TICKLABELROT_AXISA minorct NUMBER(1,0), OG_MINORCT_AXISA majorticks BOOLEAN, OG_MAJORTICKS_AXISA minorticks BOOLEAN, OG_MINORTICKS_AXISA majorgrid BOOLEAN, OG_MAJORGRID_AXISA minorgrid BOOLEAN, OG_MINORGRID_AXISA axislabel BOOLEAN, OG_AXISLABEL_AXISA ticklabels BOOLEAN OG_TICKLABELS_AXISA ); OG_ALL_AXISA OG_NONE_AXISA Attribute Description SG axistype The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_CONTINUOUS_AXISTYPE OG_DATE_AXISTYPE OG_DISCRETE_AXISTYPE SG custlabel Specifies the text of the label that appears along the axis. SG position Specifies along which edge of the chart the axis appears. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_BOTTOM_POSITION OG_LEFT_POSITION OG_RIGHT_POSITION OG_TOP_POSITION SG direction Specifies in which direction increasing values, or successive categories, are placed along the axis. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_DOWN_DIRECTION OG_LEFT_DIRECTION OG_RIGHT_DIRECTION OG_UP_DIRECTION SG tickpos Specifies how the major and minor tick marks appear. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_CROSS_TICKPOS OG_INSIDE_TICKPOS OG_OUTSIDE_TICKPOS
- 421. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 405 SG ticklabelrot The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_CCW_ROTATION OG_CW_ROTATION OG_NO_ROTATION SG minorct Is the number of minor ticks defined within each major tick interval. SG majorticks Specifies whether major tick marks appear at each major interval. SG minorticks Specifies whether minor tick marks appear, as specified by the value set for Minor Ticks per Interval. SG majorgrid Specifies whether a grid line appears at each major tick mark. SG minorgrid Specifies whether a grid line appears at each minor tick mark. SG axislabel Specifies whether labels that identify values along the axis appear. SG ticklabels Specifies whether labels that identify values along the axis appear. Chart Combined Attribute Record A chart is treated like a group object, consisting of lines, rectangles, text, etc. Therefore, the chart combined attribute record allows you access to group attributes, as well as attributes specific to a chart. Additionally, since a chart itself is not a graphical object (although the objects that compose it are), this record does not provide access to graphic attributes. To set the graphical attributes of individual elements of a chart, use the chart element attribute record (described below). This record may be used to access the attributes of a chart drawn manually on the layout only if the chart was specified as dynamic. If the chart is artwork, it is considered to be a group object, and not a chart object. A chart that is created programmatically is a dynamic chart. The chart combined attribute record consists of a generic attribute record, group attribute record, and chart attribute record: TYPE og_chart_ca IS RECORD (chart_caob og_generic_attr, /* generic */ chart_caog og_group_attr, /* graphic */ chart_caoc og_chart_attr /* chart */ ); Chart Attribute Record The chart attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with chart objects: TYPE og_chart_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(4,0), frame og_rectangle, OG_FRAME_CHARTA template og_template, OG_TEMPLATE_CHARTA query og_query, OG_QUERY_CHARTA title VARCHAR2(255), OG_TITLE_CHARTA autoupdate BOOLEAN, OG_AUTOUPDATE_CHARTA rangeflag BOOLEAN, OG_ROWS_CHARTA startrow NUMBER(10,0), OG_ROWS_CHARTA endrow NUMBER(10,0), OG_ROWS_CHARTA
- 422. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference406 filter VARCHAR2(255) OG_FILTER_CHARTA ); OG_ALL_CHARTA OG_NONE_CHARTA Attribute Description CSG frame Is the x- and y-coordinates, height, and width of the chart's frame (in layout units). CSG template Is the handle to the template to be used for the chart. CSG query Is the handle to the query to be used for the chart. CSG title Is the title of the chart. CSG autoupdate Specifies that the chart is automatically be updated when the query is executed. CSG rangeflag Specifies whether the number of query rows that appear on the chart is restricted to the range specified by startrow and endrow. CSG startrow Is the first row from the query that appears on the chart. The first query row is 0, the second row is 1, and so on. CSG endrow Is the last row from the query that appears on the chart. CSG filter Is the name of the query's filter trigger procedure. Chart Element Combined Attribute Record A chart element is a graphical object that represents a single value for a field. For example, bars and pie slices are chart elements.This combined attribute record is used in conjunction with the OG_SET_ATTR procedure to change the attributes of a chart element. The chart element combined attribute record consists of a graphic attribute record and chart element attribute record: TYPE og_chelement_ca IS RECORD (chelement_cagr og_graphic_attr, /* graphic */ chelement_cace og_chelement_attr /* chart element */ ); Chart Element Attribute Record The chart element attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with chart elements: TYPE og_chelement_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(1,0), button og_buttonproc, OG_BUTTON_CHELEMENTA events NUMBER(2,0), OG_BUTTON_CHELEMENTA explosion NUMBER(10,0), OG_EXPLOSION_CHELEMENTA name VARCHAR2(255) OG_NAME_CHELEMENTA ); OG_ALL_CHELEMENTA OG_NONE_CHELEMENTA
- 423. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 407 Attribute Description S button Is the handle to the button procedure that should be associated with this chart element. Note that the events attribute must be set properly in order to ensure that this procedure receives the desired mouse events. S events Is the type of mouse events that the button procedure should receive. The value of this attribute may be one of the built-in constants listed below. To enable the procedure to receive multiple event types, set this attribute to be the sum of the constants for the desired events. OG_NO_EVENTS Means the procedure receives no mouse events. OG_MOUSE_DOWN Means the procedure receives only mouse down events. OG_MOUSE_MOVE_DOWN Means the procedure receives only mouse move down events. OG_MOUSE_UP Means the procedure receives only mouse up events. OG_MOUSE_MOVE_UP Means the procedure receives only mouse move up events. S explosion Is the distance that the chart element (i.e., pie slice) should be exploded, in terms of the percentage of the chart's x- and y-radii. This attribute is meaningful only when used with a pie chart. In addition, all of the pie slices for a given category will be exploded the same amount. Therefore, the attribute record that specifies an explosion value should be associated with an independent field. S name Is the name of the chart element. To get the name of a chart element, use the generic attribute record.
- 424. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference408 Display Attribute Record The display attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with the current display: TYPE og_display_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(2,0), opentrigger VARCHAR2(255), OG_OPENTRIGGER_DISPLAYA closetrigger VARCHAR2(255), OG_CLOSETRIGGER_DISPLAYA width NUMBER(10,0), OG_SIZE_DISPLAYA height NUMBER(10,0), OG_SIZE_DISPLAYA dateformat VARCHAR2(255) OG_DATEFORMAT_DISPLAYA ); OG_ALL_DISPLAYA OG_NONE_DISPLAYA Attribute Description SG opentrigger Is the name of diplay's Open Display trigger. SG closetrigger Is tforhe name of diplay's Close Display trigger. SG width Is the width of the layout (in layout units). SG height Is the height of the layout (in layout units). SG dateformat Specifies the date format for parameters. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference.
- 425. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 409 Axis Field Template Combined Attribute Record TYPE og_axisftemp_ca IS RECORD (ca_ftemp og_ftemp_attr, /* generic field template */ ca_aftemp og_axisftemp_attr /* axis field template */ ); Axis Field Template Attribute Record TYPE og_axisftemp_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(3,0), plottype NUMBER(3,0), OG_PLOTTYPE_AXISFTEMPA linestyle NUMBER(1,0), OG_LINESTY_AXISFTEMPA labelrot NUMBER(1,0), OG_LABELROT_AXISFTEMPA plotpos NUMBER(1,0), OG_PLOTPOS_AXISFTEMPA overlap NUMBER(3), OG_OVERLAP_AXISFTEMPA axis NUMBER(1,0), OG_AXIS_AXISFTEMPA curvefit NUMBER(1,0) OG_CURVEFIT_AXISFTEMPA ); OG_ALL_AXISFTEMPA OG_NONE_AXISFTEMPA Attribute Description SG plottype Specifies the elements used to plot this field on the chart. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_NONE_PLOTTYPE OG_BAR_PLOTTYPE OG_LINE_PLOTTYPE OG_SYMBOL_PLOTTYPE OG_FILL_PLOTTYPE OG_SPIKE_PLOTTYPE OG_LABEL_PLOTTYPE SG linestyle Specifies the line style used to connect the data points of a field with a line plot type. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_SPLINE_LINESTYLE OG_STEP_LINESTYLE OG_STRAIGHT_LINESTYLE SG labelrot Specifies the rotation angle of the labels for a field with a label plot type. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: SG plotpos Specifies for each category the relationship between the data values of two or more fields. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants:
- 426. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference410 OG_NORMAL_PLOTPOS OG_FROMPREV_PLOTPOS OG_STACKED_PLOTPOS SG overlap Specifies the percentage by which bars representing data values from multiple fields in a bar or column chart overlap each other. SG axis Specifies the axis to which data values are compared to determine how the field is plotted. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_X_AXIS OG_Y1_AXIS OG_Y2_AXIS SG curvefit Specifies whether a curve fit is applied to the chart and, if so, which algorithm is used. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_NO_CURVEFIT OG_LINEAR_CURVEFIT OG_LOG_CURVEFIT OG_EXP_CURVEFIT OG_POWER_CURVEFIT
- 427. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 411 Field Template Attribute Record TYPE og_ftemp_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(3,0), name VARCHAR2(255), OG_NAME_FTEMPA root OG_OBJECT, OG_ROOT_FTEMPA colorrot NUMBER(1,0), OG_COLORROT_FTEMPA numfmt VARCHAR2(255), OG_NUMFMT_FTEMPA datefmt VARCHAR2(255) OG_DATEFMT_FTEMPA ); OG_ALL_FTEMPA OG_NONE_FTEMPA Attribute Description SG name Is the name of the field template. G root Is a handle to the chart template to which the field template belongs. SG colorrot Specifies whether Graphics Builder automatically rotates through the color or pattern palette to select a unique shading for each field that uses this field template. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_NO_COLORROT OG_AUTO_COLORROT OG_COLOR_COLORROT OG_PATTERN_COLORROT OG_BOTH_COLORROT SG numfmt Specifies the number format for the field labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference. SG datefmt Specifies the date format for the field labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference.
- 428. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference412 Axis Frame Combined Attribute Record TYPE og_axisframe_ca IS RECORD (ca_frame og_frame_attr, /* generic frame */ ca_axis og_axisframe_attr /* axis frame */ ); Axis Frame Attribute Record TYPE og_axisframe_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(3,0), reflinect NUMBER(3,0), OG_REFLINECT_AXISFRAMEA basevalue NUMBER(1,0), OG_BASEVALUE_AXISFRAMEA cust_num NUMBER(6), OG_BASEVALUE_AXISFRAMEA cust_date DATE, OG_BASEVALUE_AXISFRAMEA base_axis NUMBER(1,0), OG_BASEAXIS_AXISFRAMEA catwidth NUMBER(3,0), OG_CATWIDTH_AXISFRAMEA second_y BOOLEAN OG_SECONDY_AXISFRAMEA ); OG_ALL_AXISFRAMEA OG_NONE_AXISFRAMEA Attribute Description G reflinect Is the number of reference lines that belong to the chart template. SG baseline_value Is the value used as the starting point for plotting fields along the value axis. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_MIN_BASELINE OG_MAX_BASELINE OG_ZERO_BASELINE OG_CUSTOM_BASELINE SG custom_num Specifies the custom number to set the baseline to. This will automatically set the base value to OG_CUSTOM_BASELINE. SG custom_date Specifies the custom date to set the custom date value to. This will automatically set the base value to OG_CUSTOM_BASELINE. SG baseline_axis Specifies the axis to which the baseline value is compared to determine its position. SG catwidth Is the width of the bars in a bar or column chart, as a percentage of the "strip width." The strip width is the widest the bars can be without overlapping each other, and it is determined by dividing the length of the category axis by the number of bars
- 429. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 413 to be plotted. SG second_y Specifies whether a second Y axis appears in the chart.
- 430. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference414 Frame Attribute Record TYPE og_frame_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(4,0), name VARCHAR2(255), OG_NAME_FRAMEA frametype NUMBER(1,0), OG_FRAMETYPE_FRAMEA ftempct NUMBER(5,0), OG_FTEMPCT_FRAMEA root OG_OBJECT, OG_ROOT_FRAMEA depthsize NUMBER(1,0), OG_DEPTHSIZE_FRAMEA shadowsize NUMBER(1,0), OG_SHADOWSIZE_FRAMEA shadowdir NUMBER(1,0), OG_SHADOWDIR_FRAMEA plotframe BOOLEAN, OG_PLOTFRAME_FRAMEA legend BOOLEAN, OG_LEGEND_FRAMEA legendcolct NUMBER(3,0) OG_LEGENDCOLCT_FRAMEA ); OG_ALL_FRAMEA OG_NONE_FRAMEA Attribute Description SG name Is the name of the chart template. G frametype Is the type of chart represented by this template The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_AXIS_FRAMETYPE OG_PIE_FRAMETYPE OG_TABLE_FRAMETYPE G ftempct Is the number of field templates that belong to the chart template. G root Is the handle to the chart template. SG depthsize Specifies the amount of depth with which the chart frame and elements are drawn to provide them with a 3-dimensional look. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_NONE_DEPTHSIZE OG_SMALL_DEPTHSIZE OG_MEDIUM_DEPTHSIZE OG_LARGE_NONE_DEPTHSIZE OG_XLARGE_DEPTHSIZE SG shadowsize Specifies the size of the shadow with which the chart frame and elements are drawn. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_NONE_SHADOWSIZE OG_SMALL_SHADOWSIZE OG_MEDIUM_SHADOWSIZE OG_LARGE_SHADOWSIZE OG_XLARGE_SHADOWSIZE SG shadowdir Specifies the direction of the shadow with which the chart frame and elements are drawn. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_UPPERRIGHT_SHADOWDIR OG_UPPERLEFT_SHADOWDIR OG_LOWERRIGHT_SHADOWDIR OG_LOWERLEFT_SHADOWDIR SG plotframe Specifies whether the rectangle that surrounds the chart should be shown. (Not applicable to pie charts.)
- 431. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 415 SG legend Specifies whether the chart's legend should be shown. (Not applicable to table charts.) SG legendcolct Is the number of columns used to display the labels that appear in the legend.
- 432. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference416 Pie Frame Combined Attribute Record TYPE og_pieframe_ca IS RECORD (ca_frame og_frame_attr, /* generic frame */ ca_pie og_pieframe_attr /* pie frame */ ); Pie Frame Attribute Record TYPE og_pieframe_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(3,0), usage NUMBER(1,0), OG_USAGE_PIEFRAMEA usagevalue NUMBER(6), OG_USAGE_PIEFRAMEA plotorder NUMBER(1,0), OG_PLOTORDER_PIEFRAMEA categs BOOLEAN, OG_CATEGS_PIEFRAMEA datavals BOOLEAN, OG_DATAVALS_PIEFRAMEA pctvalues BOOLEAN, OG_PCTVALUES_PIEFRAMEA ticks BOOLEAN, OG_TICKS_PIEFRAMEA other NUMBER(3), OG_OTHER_PIEFRAMEA nooverlap BOOLEAN, OG_NOOVERLAP_PIEFRAMEA catnumfmt VARCHAR2(255), OG_CATNUMFMT_PIEFRAMEA catdatefmt VARCHAR2(255), OG_CATDATEFMT_AXSFRAMEA valuefmt VARCHAR2(255), OG_VALUEFMT_PIEFRAMEA pctfmt VARCHAR2(255) OG_PCTFMT_PIEFRAMEA ); OG_ALL_PIEFRAMEA OG_NONE_PIEFRAMEA Attribute Description SG usage Specifies the relationship between the individual pie slices and the complete chart. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_TOTALVALUE_USAGE OG_PCT_USAGE SG usagevalue Each pie slice is plotted as if its data value is a percentage of the total value specified here. (Valid only is usage is set to OG_TOTALVALUE_USAGE. SG plotorder Specifies the direction in which the data values are plotted. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_CCW_PLOTORDER OG_CW_PLOTORDER SG categs Specifies whether each pie slice is labeled with the name of the category it represents. SG datavals Specifies whether each pie slice is labeled with its data value. SG pctvalues Specifies whether each pie slice is labeled with the percentage of the
- 433. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 417 complete chart it represents. SG ticks Specifies whether the tick marks that connect each pie slice to its label are shown. SG other Specifies that pie slices that individually represent percentages less than the number entered here are combined into a single pie slice with the label "Other". SG nooverlap Specifies that the labels for the pie slices should not overlap each other. SG catnumfmt Specifies the number format for the category labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference. SG catdatefmt Specifies the date format for the category labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference. SG valuefmt Specifies the number format for the data value labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference. SG pctfmt Specifies the number format for the percent value labels. This must be a valid SQL format string. For more information, see your Oracle7 Server SQL Reference.
- 434. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference418 Table Frame Combined Attribute Record TYPE og_tableframe_ca IS RECORD (ca_frame og_frame_attr, /* generic frame */ ca_table og_tableframe_attr /* table frame */ ); Table Frame Attribute Record TYPE og_tableframe_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(3,0), automin BOOLEAN, OG_MIN_TABLEFRAMEA minrows NUMBER(10,0), OG_MIN_TABLEFRAMEA automax BOOLEAN, OG_MAX_TABLEFRAMEA maxrows NUMBER(10,0), OG_MAX_TABLEFRAMEA cname BOOLEAN, OG_CNAME_TABLEFRAMEA vgrid BOOLEAN, OG_VGRID_TABLEFRAMEA hgrid BOOLEAN, OG_HGRID_TABLEFRAMEA gridct NUMBER(10,0) OG_GRIDCT_TABLEFRAMEA ); OG_ALL_TABLEFRAMEA OG_NONE_TABLEFRAMEA Attribute Description SG automin Specifies whether the minimum number of rows that appear on the chart is set to Auto. SG minrows Specifies the maximum number of rows that appear on the chart (if automin is FALSE). SG automax Specifies whether the maximum number of rows that appear on the chart is set to Auto. SG maxrows Specifies the maximum number of rows that appear on the chart (if automax is FALSE). SG colnames Specifies whether the names of the columns appear as the first row in the chart. SG vgrid Specifies whether vertical grid lines appear between the columns. SG hgrid Specifies whether horizontal grid lines appear between the rows. SG gridct Is the number of rows of data plotted before each horizontal grid line is drawn (if hgrid is set to TRUE).
- 435. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 419 Generic Attribute Record The generic attribute record contains attributes that may be used with every object. TYPE og_generic_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(6,0), name VARCHAR2(255), OG_NAME_GENERICA parent og_object, OG_PARENT_GENERICA ibbox og_rectangle, OG_IBBOX_GENERICA obbox og_rectangle, OG_OBBOX_GENERICA objtype NUMBER(2,0), OG_OBJTYPE_GENERICA button og_buttonproc, OG_BUTTON_GENERICA events NUMBER(2,0), OG_EVENTS_GENERICA keycol VARCHAR2(255, OG_KEYCOL_GENERICA execquery og_query, OG_EXECQUERY_GENERICA setparam VARCHAR2(255), OG_SETPARAM_GENERICA fmttrig VARCHAR2(255), OG_FMTTRIG_GENERICA hide BOOLEAN OG_HIDE_GENERICA ); OG_ALL_GENERICA OG_NONE_GENERICA Attribute Description CSG name Is the object's name. CG parent Is the handle to the object's parent object. G ibbox Is the object's inner bounding box. This is the rectangle that constitutes the object's ideal shape (i.e., connects the object's four control points), regardless of edge thickness or other attribute settings. G obbox Is the object's outer bounding box. This is the smallest rectangle that completely surrounds the object. This may differ from the inner bounding box if the object has a thick edge. While the inner bounding box traces only the ideal shape of the object, the outer bounding box surrounds the entire object. G objtype Is the object's type. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_ARC_OBJTYPE Means the object is an arc. OG_CHART_OBJTYPE Means the object is a chart. OG_GROUP_OBJTYPE Means the object is a group. OG_IMAGE_OBJTYPE Means the object is an image. OG_LINE_OBJTYPE Means the object is a line. OG_POLY_OBJTYPE Means the
- 436. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference420 object is a polygon or polyline. OG_RECT_OBJTYPE Means the object is a rectangle. OG_RRECT_OBJTYPE Means the object is a rounded rectangle. OG_SYMBOL_OBJTYPE Means the object is a symbol. OG_TEXT_OBJTYPE Means the object is a text object. CSG button Is the handle to the button procedure to be associated with this object. Note that the events attribute must be set properly in order to ensure that this procedure receives the desired mouse events. CSG events Is the type of mouse events that the procedure specified by the button attribute should receive. The value of this attribute may be one of the built-in constants listed below. To enable the procedure to receive multiple event types, set this attribute to be the sum of the constants for the desired events. OG_NO_EVENTS Means the procedure receives no mouse events. OG_MOUSE_DOWN Means the procedure receives only mouse down events. OG_MOUSE_UP Means the procedure receives only mouse up events. OG_MOUSE_MOVE_UP Means the procedure receives only mouse move up events. CSG keycol Is the column to set in a drill-down chart. This attribute applies only to chart elements. CSG execquery Specifies the query to execute when the object is selected. CSG setparam Is the parameter whose value is set when the object is selected. CSG fmttrig Is the format trigger. This attribute applies only to chart elements. SG hide Hides the specified Graphics Builder object.
- 437. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 421 Graphic Combined Attribute Record The graphic combined attribute record consists of a generic attribute record and graphic attribute record: TYPE og_graphic_ca IS RECORD (graphic_caob og_generic_attr, /* generic */ graphic_caoh og_graphic_attr /* graphic */ ); Graphic Attribute Record The graphic attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with graphical objects: TYPE og_graphic_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(4,0), ewidth NUMBER(10,0), OG_EWIDTH_GRAPHICA rotang NUMBER(5,2), OG_ROTANG_GRAPHICA fecolor VARCHAR2(255), OG_FECOLOR_GRAPHICA becolor VARCHAR2(255), OG_BECOLOR_GRAPHICA edgepatt VARCHAR2(255), OG_EDGEPATT_GRAPHICA ffcolor VARCHAR2(255), OG_FFCOLOR_GRAPHICA bfcolor VARCHAR2(255), OG_BFCOLOR_GRAPHICA fillpatt VARCHAR2(255), OG_FILLPATT_GRAPHICA dashstyle NUMBER(1,0), OG_DASHSTYLE_GRAPHICA capstyle NUMBER(2,0), OG_CAPSTYLE_GRAPHICA joinstyle NUMBER(2,0), OG_JOINSTYLE_GRAPHICA transfer NUMBER(1,0) OG_TRANSFER_GRAPHICA bevelstyle NUMBER(2,0) OG_BEVELSTYLE_GRAPHICA ); OG_ALL_GRAPHICA OG_NONE_GRAPHICA Attribute Description CSG ewidth Is the width of the object's edge (in layout units). CSG rotang Is the object's rotation angle. The angle at which the object is initially created is considered to be 0, and this attribute is the number of degrees clockwise the object currently differs from that initial angle. You can rotate an object to an absolute angle by setting this attribute, or use the OG_ROTATE procedure to rotate an object by a relative amount. (Note that when you use OG_ROTATE to rotate an object, the rotang attribute will automatically be updated to reflect the new absolute angle.) CSG fecolor Is the object's foreground edge color. For more information about valid color palettes, see Default color palettes . CSG becolor Is the object's background edge color. For more information about valid color names, see Default color palettes .
- 438. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference422 CSG edgepatt Is the object's edge pattern. For more information about valid pattern names, see Pattern palette . CSG ffcolor Is the object's foreground fill color. For more information about valid color names, see Default color palettes . CSG bfcolor Is the object's background fill color. For more information about valid color names, see Default color palettes . CSG fillpatt Is the object's fill pattern. For more information about valid pattern names, see Pattern palette. CSG dashstyle Is the dash style of the object's edge. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_SOLID_DSTYLE Means the line is solid. OG_DOT_DSTYLE Means the line is dotted. OG_LONG_DSTYLE Means the line is a series of long dashes. OG_DASHDOT_DSTYLE Means the line is a series of dashes followed by dots. OG_DOTDOT_DSTYLE Means the line is a series of two consecutive dots. OG_SHORT_DSTYLE Means the line is a series of short dashes. OG_DASHDOTDOT_DSTYLE Means the line is a series of a dash followed by two dots. CSG capstyle Is the cap style of the object's edge. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_BUTT_CSTYLE Means the cap style is butt. OG_PROJECTING_CSTYLE Means the cap style is projecting. OG_ROUND_CSTYLE Means the cap style is round. CSG joinstyle Is the join style of the object's edge. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_MITRE_JSTYLE Means the join style is metre. OG_BEVEL_JSTYLE Means the join style is bevel. OG_ROUND_JSTYLE Means the join style is round. CSG transfer Is the object's transfer mode. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_COPY_TRANSFER Means the
- 439. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 423 transfer mode is copy. OG_REVCOPY_TRANSFER Means the transfer mode is reverse copy. OG_OR_TRANSFER Means the transfer mode is or. OG_REVOR_TRANSFER Means the transfer mode is reverse or. OG_CLEAR_TRANSFER Means the transfer mode is clear. OG_REVCLEAR_TRANSFER Means the transfer mode is reverse clear. OG_INVERT_TRANSFER Means the transfer mode is invert. OG_BACKINVERT_TRANSFER Means the transfer mode is background invert. CSG bevelstyle Is the object's bevel style. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_INSET_BSTYLE Means the bevel is inset. OG_LOWERED_BSTYLE Means the bevel is lowered. OG_OUTSET_BSTYLE Means the bevel is outset. OG_PLAIN_BSTYLE Means the object has no bevel. OG_RAISED_BSTYLE Means the bevel is raised. Group Combined Attribute Record The group combined attribute record consists of a generic attribute record and group attribute record: TYPE og_group_ca IS RECORD (group_caob og_generic_attr, /* generic */ group_caog og_group_attr /* group */ ); Group Attribute Record The group attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with group objects: TYPE og_group_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(1,0), childcount NUMBER(10,0), OG_CHILDCOUNT_GROUPA clipflag BOOLEAN OG_CLIPFLAG_GROUPA );
- 440. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference424 OG_ALL_GROUPA OG_NONE_GROUPA Attribute Description G childcount Is the number of children that belong to the group object. If another group object is a child of the group being checked, that object will be counted only as one object. CSG clipflag Specifies whether the first object in the group is a rectangle object that should be used as a clipping rectangle. If TRUE, the only members of the group that appear on the layout are those objects-or portions of those objects-that appear within the bounds of the clipping rectangle. The rectangle object itself also appears. The value of this attribute may be one of the following: TRUE Means the first object in the group is treated as a clipping rectangle. FALSE Means the first object in the group is not treated as a clipping rectangle.
- 441. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 425 Image Combined Attribute Record The image combined attribute record consists of a generic attribute record and image attribute record: TYPE og_image_ca IS RECORD (image_caob og_generic_attr, /* generic */ image_caoi og_image_attr /* image */ ); Image Attribute Record The image attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with image objects: TYPE og_image_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(3,0), cliprect og_rectangle, OG_CLIPRECT_IMAGEA upperleft og_point, OG_UPPERLEFT_IMAGEA width NUMBER(10,0), OG_SIZE_IMAGEA height NUMBER(10,0), OG_SIZE_IMAGEA query og_query, OG_DATA_IMAGEA which_data NUMBER(1,0), OG_DATA_IMAGEA colname VARCHAR2(255), OG_DATA_IMAGEA quality NUMBER(5,0), OG_QUALITY_IMAGEA dither BOOLEAN OG_DITHER_IMAGEA ); OG_ALL_IMAGEA OG_NONE_IMAGEA Attribute Description SG cliprect Is the x- and y-coordinates, height, and width of the image's clipping rectangle (in layout units). Only the portion of the image that falls within this clipping rectangle will be displayed. If this attribute is not specified, the clipping rectangle will equal the full dimensions of the image. SG upperleft Is the x- and y-coordinates of the image's upper-left corner (in layout units). SG width Is the image's width (in layout units). If you set this attribute to some value other than the image's default width, the image will be scaled to fit within the new width. SG height Is the image's height (in layout units). If you set this attribute to some value other than the image's default height, the image will be scaled to fit within the new height.
- 442. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference426 C query Is the handle to the query that retrieves the image from a table in a database. Note that this table must be a user table, and not one the private tables used by Graphics Builder when you save or export a display, drawing, chart template, color palette, image, or sound to the database. Only Oracle Format images can be stored in the database. C which_data Specifies whether the image to be created is contained in a query's new or old data set. Graphics Builder provides two built-in numeric constants that may be used as values for this attribute: OG_NEWDATA Means the image is contained in the query's new data set. OG_OLDDATA Means the image is contained in the query's old data set. C colname Is the name of the query column that contains the image data. The image that is created is the one contained in the query cell at the intersection of the column specified by this attribute and the row pointed to by the query's cursor. CSG quality Specifies with what quality the image is drawn. Higher quality images look better, but require more processing time to manipulate (e.g., draw, move, scale, etc.). The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_HIGH_IQUALITY Means the quality is high. OG_MED_IQUALITY Means the quality is medium. OG_LOW_IQUALITY Means the quality is low. CSG dither Specifies whether Graphics Builder dithers the image when displaying it. The value of this attribute may be one of the following: TRUE Means dither the image. FALSE Means do not dither the image.
- 443. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 427 Line Combined Attribute Record The line combined attribute record consists of a generic attribute record, graphic attribute record, and line attribute record: TYPE og_line_ca IS RECORD (line_caob og_generic_attr, /* generic */ line_caoh og_graphic_attr, /* graphic */ line_caol og_line_attr /* line */ ); Line Attribute Record The line attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with line objects: TYPE og_line_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(1,0), startpt og_point, OG_STARTPT_LINEA endpt og_point, OG_ENDPT_LINEA arrowstyle NUMBER(1,0) OG_ARROWSTYLE_LINEA ); OG_ALL_LINEA OG_NONE_LINEA Attribute Description CSG startpt Is the x- and y-coordinates of the line's starting point (in layout units). CSG endpt Is the x- and y-coordinates of the line's end point (in layout units). CSG arrowstyle Is the line's arrow style. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_NOARROW_ASTYLE Means the line has no arrow. OG_START_ASTYLE Means the line has an arrow at its starting point. OG_END_ASTYLE Means the line has an arrow at its end point. OG_BOTH_ASTYLE Means the line has an arrow at both ends. OG_MIDTOSTART_ASTYLE Means the line has an arrow at its middle, pointing toward its starting point. OG_MIDTOEND_ASTYLE Means the line has an arrow at its middle, pointing toward its end point.
- 444. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference428 Polygon Combined Attribute Record The polygon combined attribute record consists of a generic attribute record, graphic attribute record, and polygon attribute record: TYPE og_poly_ca IS RECORD (poly_caob og_generic_attr, /* generic */ poly_caoh og_graphic_attr, /* graphic */ poly_caop og_poly_attr /* polygon */ ); Polygon Attribute Record The polygon attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with polygon objects: TYPE og_poly_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(1,0), pointct NUMBER(10,0), OG_POINTCT_POLYA closed BOOLEAN OG_CLOSED_POLYA ); OG_ALL_POLYA OG_NONE_POLYA Attribute Description G pointct Is the number of points that compose the polygon object. CSG closed Is the closure of the polygon. The value of this attribute may be one of the following: TRUE Means the polygon is closed. FALSE Means the polygon is open.
- 445. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 429 Printer Attribute Record TYPE og_printer_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(3,0), name VARCHAR2(255), OG_NAME_PRINTERA landscape BOOLEAN, OG_LANDSCAPE_PRINTERA startpage NUMBER(5,0), OG_STARTPAGE_PRINTERA endpage NUMBER(5,0), OG_ENDPAGE_PRINTERA width NUMBER(10,0), OG_WIDTH_PRINTERA height NUMBER(10,0), OG_HEIGHT_PRINTERA copies NUMBER(5,0), OG_COPIES_PRINTERA printfile VARCHAR2(255) OG_PRINTFILE_PRINTERA ); OG_ALL_PRINTERA OG_NONE_PRINTERA Attribute Description SG name Is the name of the current printer. SG landscape Specifies whether the display is printed in landscape or portrait mode. SG startpage Is the first page to print. SG endpage Is the last page to print. S width Is the page width. S height Is the page height. SG copies Is the number of copies to print. SG printfile Is the name of the PostScript file to print to. If this property is NULL, the output is sent to the printer.
- 446. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference430 Query Attribute Record The query attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with queries: TYPE og_query_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(4,0), name VARCHAR2(255), OG_NAME_QUERYA dateformat VARCHAR2(255), OG_DATEFORMAT_QUERYA querysource VARCHAR2(2000), OG_QUERYSOURCE_QUERYA querytype NUMBER(1,0), OG_QUERYTYPE_QUERYA cachetype NUMBER(1,0), OG_CACHETYPE_QUERYA maxflag BOOLEAN, OG_MAXFLAG_QUERYA maxrows NUMBER(10,0), OG_MAXROWS_QUERYA execopen BOOLEAN, OG_EXECOPEN_QUERYA exectimer VARCHAR2(255), OG_EXECTIMER_QUERYA execalert VARCHAR2(255), OG_EXECALERT_QUERYA customproc VARCHAR2(255), OG_CUSTOMPROC_QUERYA postproc VARCHAR2(255) OG_POSTPROC_QUERYA ); OG_ALL_QUERYA OG_NONE_QUERYA Attribute Description CSG name Is the name of the query. CSG dateformat Is the date format mask for the query. CSG querysource Is the source of the query's data. If the data comes from a database, this attribute should contain the text of the the query's SQL SELECT statement. If the data is stored in the filesystem, this attribute should contain the path and name of the data file. CSG querytype Is the type of query. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_CUSTOM_QTYPE Means the query is a Custom query. OG_EXSQL_QTYPE Means the query retrieves its data from a text file that contains a SQL SELECT statement. OG_PRN_QTYPE Means the query is based on a PRN file. OG_SQL_QTYPE Means the query is a SQL SE.LECT statement. OG_SYLK_QTYPE Means the query is based on a SYLK file. OG_WKS_QTYPE Means the query is based on a WKS file. CSG cachetype Determines how the newly retrieved data from a query execution is treated.
- 447. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 431 The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_APPEND_CACHETYPE Means all of the existing rows of data are retained, and the new rows of data are added to the bottom of the existing data set. OG_COPY_CACHETYPE Means all of the data from the previous execution is copied to a special buffer, and the newly retrieved data replaces it. OG_NONE_CACHETYPE Means all of the data from the previous execution is discarded, and the newly retrieved data replaces it. CSG maxflag Specifies whether a limit is placed on the number of rows contained in the data set. CSG maxrows Specifies the maximum number of rows of data that are retained in the query's data set. CSG execopen Specifies whether the query is automatically executed when the display is opened at runtime. CSG exectimer Is the name of the timer on which the query executes. CSG execalert Reserved for future use. CSG customproc Is the PL/SQL procedure that is invoked when a Custom query is executed. CSG postproc Is the PL/SQL procedure that is invoked after the query is executed.
- 448. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference432 Rectangle Combined Attribute Record The rectangle combined attribute record consists of a generic attribute record, graphic attribute record, and rectangle attribute record: TYPE og_rect_ca IS RECORD (rect_caob og_generic_attr, /* generic */ rect_caoh og_graphic_attr, /* graphic */ rect_caor og_rect_attr /* rectangle */ ); Rectangle Attribute Record The rectangle attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with rectangle objects: TYPE og_rect_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(1,0), baserect og_rectangle OG_BASERECT_RECTA ); OG_ALL_RECTA OG_NONE_RECTA Attribute Description CSG baserect Is the x- and y-coordinates of the upper-left corner, and the height and width of the rectangle used as the basis for the rectangle object (in layout units).
- 449. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 433 Reference Line Attribute Record TYPE og_refline_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(2,0), numvalue NUMBER(6), OG_VALUE_REFLINEA datevalue DATE, OG_VALUE_REFLINEA label VARCHAR2(255), OG_LABEL_REFLINEA axis NUMBER(1,0) OG_AXIS_REFLINEA ); OG_ALL_REFLINEA OG_NONE_REFLINEA Attribute Description SG numvalue Is the number value at which the reference line appears. SG datevalue Is the date value at which the reference line appears. SG label Is the text label that identifies the reference line in the legend. SG axis Specifies which axis the reference value is compared to determine its position.
- 450. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference434 Rounded Rectangle Combined Attribute Record The rounded rectangle combined attribute record consists of a generic attribute record, graphic attribute record, and rounded rectangle attribute record: TYPE og_rrect_ca IS RECORD (rrect_caob og_generic_attr, /* generic */ rrect_caoh og_graphic_attr, /* graphic */ rrect_caor og_rrect_attr /* rounded rectangle */ ); Rounded Rectangle Attribute Record The rounded rectangle attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with rounded rectangle objects: TYPE og_rrect_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(1,0), baserect og_rectangle, OG_BASERECT_RRECTA corner og_point OG_CORNER_RRECTA ); OG_ALL_RRECTA OG_NONE_RRECTA Attribute Description CSG baserect Is the x- and y-coordinates of the upper-left corner, and the height and width of the rectangle used as the basis for the rectangle object (in layout units). CSG corner Is the x- and y-radii (in layout units) of the ellipse that would result if the arcs that form the rounded corners were continued to follow a full 360 degree path.
- 451. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 435 Sound Attribute Record The sound attibute record contains attributes that may be used only with sounds. TYPE og_sound_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(1,0), query og_query, OG_DATA_SOUNDA which_data NUMBER(1,0), OG_DATA_SOUNDA colname VARCHAR2(255), OG_DATA_SOUNDA name VARCHAR2(255), OG_NAME_SOUNDA ); OG_ALL_SOUNDA OG_NONE_SOUNDA Attribute Description C query Is the handle to the query that retrieves the sound from a table in a database. Note that this table must be a user table, and not one the private tables used by Graphics Builder when you save or export a display, drawing, chart template, color palette, image, or sound to the database. C which_data Specifies whether the sound to be created is contained in a query's new or old data set. Graphics Builder provides two built-in numeric constants that may be used as values for this attribute: OG_NEWDATA Means the sound is contained in the query's new data set. OG_OLDDATA Means the sound is contained in the query's old data set. C colname Is the name of the query column that contains the sound data. The sound that is created is the one contained in the query cell at the intersection of the column specified by this attribute and the row pointed to by the query's cursor. CSG name Is the name of the sound.
- 452. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference436 Symbol Combined Attribute Record The symbol combined attribute record consists of a generic attribute record, graphic attribute record, and symbol attribute record: TYPE og_symbol_ca IS RECORD (symbol_caob og_generic_attr, /* generic */ symbol_caoh og_graphic_attr, /* graphic */ symbol_caos og_symbol_attr /* symbol */ ); Symbol Attribute Record The arc attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with arc objects: TYPE og_symbol_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(1,0), center og_point, OG_CENTER_SYMBOLA indx NUMBER(3,0), OG_INDX_SYMBOLA symsize NUMBER(1,0) OG_SYMSIZE_SYMBOLA ); OG_ALL_SYMBOLA OG_NONE_SYMBOLA Attribute Description CSG center Is the x- and y-coordinates of the symbol's center (in layout units). CSG indx Is the index (or number) of the symbol's position as it appears in the symbol palette in the Designer. CSG symsize Is the symbol's size. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_LARGE_SYMSIZE Means the symbol is large. OG_MEDIUM_SYMSIZE Means the symbol is medium. OG_SMALL_SYMSIZE Means the symbol is small.
- 453. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 437 Text Attributes Overview The text attribute record does not contain the text that will appear in the text object. Instead, you must first create a text object, and then use the OG_INSERT_CMPTEXT procedure to insert a "compound text element" into the text object. You may insert multiple compound text elements into a text object, and each one will represent one line of text in the object. In addition, each compound text element may contain one or more "simple text elements." A simple text element contains an actual text string, and must be inserted into a compound text element with the OG_INSERT_SMPTEXT procedure. The attribute records for compound and simple text are listed below. Text Combined Attribute Record The text combined attribute record consists of a generic attribute record, graphic attribute record, and text attribute record: TYPE og_text_ca IS RECORD (text_caob og_generic_attr, /* generic */ text_caoh og_graphic_attr, /* graphic */ text_caot og_text_attr /* text */ ); Text Attribute Record The text attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with text objects: TYPE og_text_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(6,0), origin og_point, OG_ORIGIN_TEXTA ctcount NUMBER(10,0), OG_CTCOUNT_TEXTA gfont og_font_attr, OG_GFONT_TEXTA gcolor VARCHAR2(255), OG_GCOLOR_TEXTA spacing NUMBER(1,0), OG_SPACING_TEXTA custom NUMBER(10,0), OG_SPACING_TEXTA horigin NUMBER(1,0), OG_HORIGIN_TEXTA vorigin NUMBER(1,0), OG_VORIGIN_TEXTA halign NUMBER(2,0), OG_HALIGN_TEXTA valign NUMBER(3,0), OG_VALIGN_TEXTA fixed BOOLEAN, OG_FIXED_TEXTA wrap BOOLEAN, OG_WRAP_TEXTA bbscale BOOLEAN, OG_BBSCALE_TEXTA fontscale BOOLEAN, OG_FONTSCALE_TEXTA invisible BOOLEAN, OG_INVISIBLE_TEXTA width NUMBER(10,0), OG_FIXEDWH_TEXTA height NUMBER(10,0) OG_FIXEDWH_TEXTA ); OG_ALL_TEXTA OG_NONE_TEXTA
- 454. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference438 Attribute Description CSG origin Is the x- and y-coordinates of the text object's upper-left corner (in layout units). G ctcount Is the number of compound text elements that compose the text object. S gfont Is the text object's global font. When this attribute is set, the font attribute for every simple text element in the text object will be set to this font. Note that setting this attribute will affect existing simple text elements only; any simple text elements added later will appear in the font specified in their simple text attribute records. S gcolor Is the text object's global color. When this attribute is set, the color attribute for every simple text element in the text object will be set to this color. Note that setting this attribute will affect existing simple text elements only; any simple text elements added later will appear in the color specified in their simple text attribute records. CSG spacing Is the line spacing for the text object. The value of this attribute may be one of the built-in constants listed below. If custom spacing is set, the value of the custom attribute should specify the exact spacing amount. OG_SINGLE_SPACE Means the text use single line spacing. OG_ONEHALF_SPACE Means the text used 1-1/2 line spacing. OG_DOUBLE_SPACE Means the text uses double line spacing. OG_CUSTOM_SPACE Means the text uses custom line spacing. The actual spacing used is defined in the custom attribute. CSG custom Is the custom spacing for the text object (in layout units). This attribute is used to specify spacing only if the gspacing attribute is set to custom spacing. CSG horigin Is the horizontal position of the text object relative to its origin point. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_LEFT_HORIGIN Means the origin point lies along the left edge of the bounding box. OG_CENTER_HORIGIN Means
- 455. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 439 the origin point lies equally between the left and right edges of the bounding box. OG_RIGHT_HORIGIN Means the origin point lies along the right edge of the bounding box. CSG vorigin Is the vertical position of the text object relative to its origin point. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_TOP_VORIGIN Means the origin point lies along the top edge of the bounding box. OG_MIDDLE_VORIGIN Means the origin point lies equally between the top and bottom edges of the bounding box. OG_BOTTOM_VORIGIN Means the origin point lies along the bottom edge of the bounding box. CSG halign Is the horizontal alignment of the text object. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_LEFT_HALIGN Means the text is left-aligned. OG_CENTER_HALIGN Means the text is center-aligned. OG_RIGHT_HALIGN Means the text is right-aligned. CSG valign Is the vertical alignment of the text object. The value of this attribute may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_TOP_VALIGN Means the text is top-aligned. OG_MIDDLE_VALIGN Means the text is middle-aligned. OG_BOTTOM_VALIGN Means the text is bottom-aligned. CSG wrap Specifies whether the text should "wrap" to fit into the text object's bounding box. As described below, a compound text element represents a line of text, and is made up of simple text elements. The value of this attribute may be one of the following: TRUE Means wrap the text. FALSE Means do not wrap the text. CSG bbscale Specifies whether the text object's bounding box should be scaled when the text object is scaled. The value of this attribute may be one of the
- 456. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference440 following: TRUE Means scale the bounding box. FALSE Means do not scale the bounding box. CSG fontscale Specifies whether the point size of the font should be scaled when the text object is scaled. The value of this attribute may be one of the following: TRUE Means scale the point size. FALSE Means do not scale the point size. CSG fixed Specifies whether the text object's bounding box should remain a fixed size. If this attribute is TRUE, the values of the width and height attributes should specify the size of the bounding box. The value of this attribute may be one of the following: TRUE Means the bounding box is fixed. The dimensions of the bounding box are defined in the width and height attributes. FALSE Means the bounding box is not fixed. CSG width Is the width of the bounding box (in layout units). Whenever the bounding box changes, this attribute will automatically be updated to reflect the new width. This attribute is used to set the width only if the fixed attribute is TRUE. CSG height Is the height of the bounding box (in layout units). Whenever the bounding box changes, this attribute will automatically be updated to reflect the new height. This attribute is used to set the height only if the fixed attribute is TRUE. CSG invisible Specifies whether the text in the text object should be invisible. This is useful for text fields in which a user enters a password, if you don't want the password to be seen. The value of this attribute may be one of the following: TRUE Means the text is invisible. FALSE Means the text is visible.
- 457. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 441 Font Attribute Record The font attribute record is used to specify the properties of a font, such as typeface and point size. TYPE og_font_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(3,0), typeface VARCHAR2(255), OG_TYPEFACE_FONTA ptsize NUMBER(10,2), OG_PTSIZE_FONTA style NUMBER(5,0), OG_STYLE_FONTA weight NUMBER(5,0), OG_WEIGHT_FONTA width NUMBER(5,0), OG_WIDTH_FONTA kerning BOOLEAN, OG_KERNING_FONTA nearest BOOLEAN, OG_NEAREST_FONTA synthesize BOOLEAN, OG_SYNTHESIZE_FONTA charset NUMBER(5,0) OG_CHARSET_FONTA ); OG_ALL_FONTA OG_NONE_FONTA Attribute Description CG typeface Is the font's style. Values for this field specify styles such as italic, shadow, and underline, and are system-specific. For more information, consult your system administrator or your system documentation. CG ptsize Is the font's point size. Values for this field are system-specific. For more information, consult your system administrator or your system documentation. CG style Is the font's style. Not all styles are available on all systems. For more information, consult your system administrator or your system documentation. The value of this field may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_BLINK_FONTSTYLE Means the style is blinking. OG_INVERTED_FONTSTYLE Means the style is inverted. OG_ITALIC_FONTSTYLE Means the style is italic. OG_OBLIQUE_FONTSTYLE Means the style is oblique. OG_OUTLINE_FONTSTYLE Means the style is outline. OG_OVERSTRIKE_FONTSTYLE Means the style is overstrike.
- 458. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference442 OG_PLAIN_FONTSTYLE Means the style is plain. OG_SHADOW_FONTSTYLE Means the style is shadow. OG_UNDERLINE_FONTSTYLE Means the style is underline. OG_UNKNOWN_FONTSTYLE Means the style is unknown. You cannot set a style to this value; however, if you get a font and Graphics Builder cannot determine its style, this value is returned. CG weight Is the font's weight. Not all weights are available on all systems. For more information, consult your system administrator or your system documentation. The value of this field may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_BOLD_FONTWEIGHT Means the weight is bold. OG_DEMIBOLD_FONTWEIGHT Means the weight is demibold. OG_DEMILIGHT_FONTWEIGHT Means the weight is demilight. OG_EXTRABOLD_FONTWEIGHT Means the weight is extra bold. OG_EXTRALIGHT_FONTWEIGH T Means the weight is extra light. OG_LIGHT_FONTWEIGHT Means the weight is light. OG_MEDIUM_FONTWEIGHT Means the weight is medium. OG_ULTRABOLD_FONTWEIGHT Means the weight is ultrabold. OG_ULTRALIGHT_FONTWEIGH T Means the weight is ultralight. OG_UNKNOWN_FONTWEIGHT Means the weight is unknown. You cannot set a weight to this value; however, if you get a font and Graphics Builder cannot determine its weight, this value is returned. CG width Is the font's width. Not all widths are available on all systems. For more information, consult your system administrator or your system documentation. The value of this field may be one of the following built-in constants: OG_DENSE_FONTWIDTH Means the width is dense. OG_EXPAND_FONTWIDTH
- 459. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 443 Means the width is expanded. OG_EXTRADENSE_FONTWIDTH Means the width is extra dense. OG_EXTRAEXPAND_FONTWIDT H Means the width is extra expanded. OG_NORMAL_FONTWIDTH Means the width is normal. OG_SEMIDENSE_FONTWIDTH Means the width is semidense. OG_SEMIEXPAND_FONTWIDTH Means the width is semiexpanded. OG_ULTRADENSE_FONTWIDTH Means the width is ultradense. OG_ULTRAEXPAND_FONTWIDT H Means the width is ultraexpanded. OG_UNKNOWN_FONTWIDTH Means the width is unknown. You cannot set a weight to this value; however, if you get a font and Graphics Builder cannot determine its width, this value is returned. CG kerning Specifies whether the font should be kerned. Kerning is the adjustment of the space between adjacent letters to improve the readability of the text. The value of this field may be one of the following: TRUE Means kern the font. FALSE Means do not kern the font. C nearest Specifies whether Graphics Builder should substitute the nearest matching font if the exact font specified cannot be found. The precedence for finding the nearest font is typeface, point size, style, weight, and width (meaning that Graphics Builder first tries to find the specified typeface, then size, etc.). The value of this attribute may be one of the following: TRUE Means substitute the nearest font. FALSE Means do not substitute the nearest font. C synthesize Specifies whether Graphics Builder should try to synthesize the desired font (if the specified font cannot be found) by transforming the nearest-matching font. The value of this field may be one of the following: TRUE Means synthesize the font. FALSE Means do not synthesize the font. CG charset Is the font's character set. Values for
- 460. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference444 this field specify character sets such as U.S. ASCII, Kanji, and Arabic. For a list of valid values for this field, see the Graphics Builder documentation for your operating system. OG_US7ASCII_CHARSET OG_WE8DEC_CHARSET OG_WE8HP_CHARSET OG_US8PC437_CHARSET OG_WE8EBCDIC37_CHARSET OG_WE8EBCDIC500_CHARSET OG_WE8PC850_CHARSET OG_D7DEC_CHARSET OG_F7DEC_CHARSET OG_S7DEC_CHARSET OG_E7DEC_CHARSET OG_SF7ASCII_CHARSET OG_NDK7DEC_CHARSET OG_I7DEC_CHARSET OG_NL7DEC_CHARSET OG_CH7DEC_CHARSET OG_SF7DEC_CHARSET OG_WE8ISO8859P1_CHARSET OG_EE8ISO8859P2_CHARSET OG_SE8ISO8859P3_CHARSET OG_NEE8ISO8859P4_CHARSET OG_CL8ISO8859P5_CHARSET OG_AR8ISO8859P6_CHARSET OG_EL8ISO8859P7_CHARSET OG_IW8ISO8859P8_CHARSET OG_WE8ISO8859P9_CHARSET OG_AR8ASMO708PLUS_CHARSET OG_AR7ASMO449PLUS_CHARSET OG_WE8MACROMAN8_CHARSET OG_JVMS_CHARSET OG_JEUC_CHARSET OG_JDEC_CHARSET OG_SJIS_CHARSET OG_JDBCS_CHARSET OG_JHP_CHARSET OG_KSC5601_CHARSET OG_KIBM5540_CHARSET OG_KDBCS_CHARSET OG_CGB231380_CHARSET OG_CDBCS_CHARSET OG_BIG5_CHARSET OG_CNS1164386_CHARSET
- 461. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 445 Compound Text Element Attribute Record The compound text element attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with compound text elements: TYPE og_cmptext_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(1,0), stcount NUMBER(10,0) OG_STCOUNT_CMPTEXTA ); OG_ALL_CMPTEXTA OG_NONE_CMPTEXTA Attribute Description G stcount Is the number of simple text elements that compose the compound text element.
- 462. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference446 Simple Text Element Attribute Record The simple text element attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with simple text elements: TYPE og_smptext_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(1,0), str VARCHAR2(2000) OG_STR_SMPTEXTA font og_font_attr, OG_FONT_SMPTEXTA color VARCHAR2(255) OG_COLOR_SMPTEXTA ); OG_ALL_SMPTEXTA OG_NONE_SMPTEXTA Attribute Description CSG str Is the character string containing the actual text for the simple text element. CSG font Is the font in which the character string's text should be displayed. The only font attributes that will be used are those specified by the value of the mask attribute(s) in the font attribute record. Fields in the attribute record for which the mask is not set will be unaffected. CSG color Is the color in which the character string's text should be displayed. Note that this is the color for the text itself. To set the text object's edge or fill colors, change the text object's graphic attributes. Example This procedure creates a text object named "Message" at origin point (1", 1"), and contains the following two lines of text in a 12-point Times font. This is line 1. And now line 2. Remember that each compound text element represents exactly one line of text in the text object. PROCEDURE make_text IS text_obj og_object; text_rec og_text_ca; smp_rec og_smptext_attr; font_rec og_font_attr; BEGIN /* Set text object's name and origin attributes */ text_rec.text_caob.name:='Message'; text_rec.text_caot.origin.x:=OG_INCH; text_rec.text_caot.origin.y:=OG_INCH; text_rec.text_caob.mask:=OG_NAME_GENERICA; text_rec.text_caoh.mask:=OG_NONE_GRAPHICA; text_rec.text_caot.mask:=OG_ORIGIN_TEXTA; /* Make the text object */ text_obj:=og_make(text_rec);
- 463. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 447 /* Insert new compound text element into the text object at index 0 */ og_insert_cmptext(text_obj, 0); /* Set font record's typeface and point size attributes */ font_rec.typeface:='times'; font_rec.ptsize:=12; font_rec.mask:=OG_TYPEFACE_FONTA+ OG_PTSIZE_FONTA; /* Set simple text record for text string and font */ smp_rec.str:='This is line 1.'; smp_rec.font:=font_rec; smp_rec.mask:=OG_STR_SMPTEXTA+ OG_FONT_SMPTEXTA; /* Insert a new simple text element at index 0 in text object's compound text element at index 0, using defined simple text record */ og_insert_smptext(text_obj, smp_rec, 0, 0); /* Insert new compound text element into the text object at index 1 */ og_insert_cmptext(text_obj, 1); /* Change the simple text record's text string */ smp_rec.str:='And now'; /* Insert a new simple text element at index 0 in text object's compound text element at index 1, using defined simple text record */ og_insert_smptext(text_obj, smp_rec, 1, 0); /* Change the simple text record's text string */ smp_rec.str:=' line 2.'; /* Insert a new simple text element at index 1 in text object's compound text element at index 1, using defined simple text record */ og_insert_smptext(text_obj, smp_rec, 1, 1); END; Example This function takes a handle to a text field object as an argument, and returns the text contained in that field. Note that since only the compound text element is accessed, only the text field's first line of text is retrieved. FUNCTION get_text(text_obj IN og_object) RETURN VARCHAR2 IS smp_rec og_smptext_attr; BEGIN /* Set the simple text record's mask, indicating that the text string is the only attribute to get */ smp_rec.mask:=OG_STR_SMPTEXTA; /* Get the 0th simple text element in the text object's 0th compound text element, and store the results in the simple text record */ og_get_smptext(text_obj, 0, 0, smp_rec); /* Return the text string attribute of the simple text record */ RETURN(smp_rec.str); END; Timer Attributes The timer attribute record contains attributes that may be used only with timers:
- 464. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference448 TYPE og_timer_attr IS RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(2,0), name VARCHAR2(255), OG_NAME_TIMERA interval NUMBER(10,3), OG_INTERVAL_TIMERA timerproc VARCHAR2(255), OG_TIMERPROC_TIMERA active BOOLEAN OG_ACTIVE_TIMERA ); OG_ALL_TIMERA OG_NONE_TIMERA Attribute Description CSG name Is the name of the timer. CSG interval Is the number of seconds that will pass between each execution of the timer procedure. CSG timerproc Is the name of the procedure that will be executed when the timer is fired.
- 465. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 449 Window Attribute Record The position and dimensions of windows are expressed in "screen resolution units," more commonly known as pixels. Both the horizontal and vertical values of the screen resolution are provided in a built-in global record called OG_APP. This record is of type OG_APP_ATTR, which is fully defined in the section "Application Attribute Record" in this chapter. You should use this global variable instead of an actual numeric value so that your application will maintain a consistent look on systems with different screen resolutions. The window attibute record contains attributes that may be used only with windows. TYPE og_window_attr is RECORD Mask Constants: (mask NUMBER(2,0), position og_point, OG_POSITION_WINDOWA width NUMBER(5,0), OG_SIZE_WINDOWA height NUMBER(5,0), OG_SIZE_WINDOWA name VARCHAR2(255), OG_NAME_WINDOWA scrollbars BOOLEAN, OG_SCROLLBARS_WINDOWA helptarget VARCHAR2(255) OG_HELPTARGET_WINDOWA ); OG_ALL_WINDOWA OG_NONE_WINDOWA Attribute Description CSG position Is the x- and y-coordinates of the window's upper left corner (in screen resolution units). CSG width Is the width of the window (in screen resolution units). CSG height Is the height of the window (in screen resolution units) CSG name Is the window's name. At runtime, the default name of the layout window is "Main Layout". C scrollbars Specifies whether scroll bars appear in the window. The value of this attribute may be one of the following: TRUE Means the window has scroll bars. FALSE Means the window does not have scroll bars. CSG helptarget Is the hypertext target in the runtime Help document that is displayed when the Help system is invoked while the window is active.
- 466. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference450
- 467. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 451 Global Variables Built-in Global Variables OG_App OG_Inch OG_Null_Axis OG_Null_Buttonproc OG_Null_Display OG_Null_Ftemp OG_Null_Layer OG_Null_Object OG_Null_Query OG_Null_Refline OG_Null_Sound OG_Null_Template OG_Null_Timer OG_Null_Window OG_App Description Contains a snapshot of the application attribute values at the time the first Graphics built-in PL/SQL construct is executed. Syntax OG_App OG_App_Attr; Note: Since this global variable is a snapshot of values at one point in time, changes you make to the application's attributes will not be reflected in this variable. For example, the username, password, and connection attributes are not automatically updated when the database connection changes. OG_Inch Description Contains the number of layout units in one inch. Syntax OG_Inch NUMBER; OG_Null_Axis Description Is a null handle to a chart axis. Syntax
- 468. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference452 OG_Null_Axis OG_Axis; OG_Null_Buttonproc Description Is a null handle to a button procedure. Syntax OG_Null_Buttonproc OG_Buttonproc; OG_Null_Display Description Is a null handle to a display. Syntax OG_Null_Display OG_Display; OG_Null_Ftemp Description Is a null handle to a field template. Syntax OG_Null_Ftemp OG_Ftemp; OG_Null_Layer Description Is a null handle to a layer. Syntax OG_Null_Layer OG_Layer; OG_Null_Object Description Is a null handle to a graphic object. Syntax OG_Null_Object OG_Object; OG_Null_Query Description Is a null handle to a query. Syntax OG_Null_Query OG_Query;
- 469. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 453 OG_Null_Refline Description Is a null handle to a reference line. Syntax OG_Null_Refline OG_Refline; OG_Null_Sound Description Is a null handle to a sound. Syntax OG_Null_Sound OG_Sound; OG_Null_Template Description Is a null handle to a chart template. Syntax OG_Null_Template OG_Template; OG_Null_Timer Description Is a null handle to a timer. Syntax OG_Null_Timer OG_Timer; OG_Null_Window Description Is a null handle to a window. Syntax OG_Null_Window OG_Window;
- 470. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference454
- 471. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 455 Index A application attribute record, 395, 398 application properties, 153 application property connection string, 153 cursor, 153, 154 password, 156 platform, 156 username, 157 arc attribute record, 397 arc combined attribute record, 397 arc properties, 158 arc property closure, 160 fill, 161 attribute classes, 389 attribute records, 389, 392, 395, 397, 398, 400, 403, 404, 405, 406, 408, 409, 411, 412, 414, 416, 418, 419, 421, 423, 425, 427, 428, 429, 430, 432, 433, 434, 435, 436, 437, 438, 441, 445, 446, 447 application, 395 arc, 397 arc combined, 397 axis, 404, 405 axis (continuous), 398 axis field template, 409 axis field template combined, 409 axis frame, 412 axis frame combined, 412 chart, 405, 406 chart combined, 405 chart element, 406, 407 chart element combined, 406 classes, 390 combined, 392 compound text element, 445 continuous axis, 398 continuous axis combined, 398 date axis, 400 date axis combined, 400 discrete axis, 403 discrete axis combined, 403 display, 408 field template, 411 font, 441, 442, 443 frame, 414 generic, 419 graphic, 421 graphic combined, 421 group, 423, 424 group combined, 423 image, 425, 426 line, 427 line combined, 427 masks, 392 overview, 389 pie frame, 416 pie frame combined, 416 polygon, 428 polygon combined, 428 printer, 429 query, 430, 431 rectangle, 432 rectangle combined, 432 reference line, 433 rounded rectangle, 434 rounded rectangle combined, 434 simple text element, 446, 447 sound, 435 symbol, 436 symbol combined, 436 table frame, 418 table frame combined, 418 text, 437, 438, 439, 440 text combined, 437 text overview, 437 timer, 447, 448 attributes, 393, 394 creatable, 394 generic, 389, 390, 391 gettable, 394 graphic, 390, 391 mask, 392 mask constants, 393 object-specific, 390 settable, 394 shortcut built-ins, 395 attributes:, 392, 394, 395 attrribute records image combined, 425 axis (continuous) properties, 197 axis (continuous) property maximum, 200 number format, 202 scale, 205 step, 206 axis (date) properties, 162 axis (date) property labels, 169, 170 maximum, 171 minimum, 172 step, 176 axis (discrete) properties, 191 axis (discrete) property date format, 193 maximum number of categories, 194 minimum number of categories, 195 number format, 196 axis (generic) properties, 178 axis (generic) property direction, 181 minor ticks, 185 axis attribute record, 404 axis field template attribute record, 409
- 472. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference456 axis field template combined attribute record, 409 axis frame attribute record, 412 axis frame combined attribute record, 412 B built-ins shortcuts, 395 shortcuts for, 395 C chart attribute record, 405 chart built-in procedures, 1 chart built-ins OG_Delete_Field, 2 OG_Get_Chart_Element, 2 OG_Get_Column, 3 OG_Get_Field, 4 OG_Get_Row, 4 OG_Insert_Field, 5 OG_Make_Chart, 5 OG_Update_Chart, 6, 7 chart combined attribute record, 405 chart element attribute record, 406 chart element combined attribute record, 406 chart element properties, 207 chart element property events, 209 name, 211 chart properties, 212 chart property query, 215 template, 219 combined attribute records, 392 description of, 392 compound text description, 437 compound text element attribute record, 445 compound text property, 221 continuous axis attribute record, 398 continuous axis combined attribute record, 398 createable attributes, 394 creating text object via PL/SQL, 437 Cursor (mouse) changing appearance of, 395 D database built-in procedures, 7 database built-ins DO_SQL, 64, 65 OG_Logged_On, 8 OG_Logoff, 9 OG_Logon, 9 date axis attribute record, 400 date axis combined attribute record, 400 discrete axis attribute record, 403 discrete axis combined attribute record, 403 display attribute record, 408 display built-ins, 10 OG_Close_Display, 10 OG_Generate_Display, 11 OG_Get_Display, 11 OG_Isnull, 12, 13 OG_Open_Display, 14 OG_Save_Display, 15 display properties, 222 display property date format, 223 height, 224 width, 225 E exploding a pie slice, 406 F field template (axis chart) properties, 272 field template (axis chart) property axis, 272 curve fit, 273 line style, 275 overlap, 276 field template (generic) properties, 266 field template (generic) property date format, 268 name, 269 number format, 270 field template attribute record, 411 font attribute record, 441 frame (axis chart) properties, 226 frame (axis chart) property second Y axis, 232 frame (generic) properties, 233 frame (generic) property legend, 237 name, 239 frame (pie chart) properties, 244 frame (table chart) properties, 258 frame (table chart) property horizontal grid, 262 maximum number of rows, 263 vertical grid, 265 frame attribute record, 414 G generic attribute record, 419 generic attributes, 390 generic properties, 279 generic property button procedure, 280 column, 281 events, 282 format trigger, 284
- 473. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 457 inner bounding box, 286 name, 287 outer bounding box, 289 parent, 290 Getable attributes, 394 global variables OG_App, 451 OG_Null_Template, 453 graphic attribute record, 421 graphic attributes, 390 graphic combined attribute record, 421 graphic object built-ins, 16 OG_Clone, 17 OG_Damage, 17 OG_Delete_Child, 18 OG_Delete_Cmptext, 19 OG_Delete_Point, 19 OG_Delete_Property, 20 OG_Delete_Smptext, 21 OG_Destroy, 22 OG_Draw, 23 OG_Export_Drawing, 23 OG_Export_Image, 30 OG_Get_Char_Property, 33 OG_Get_Child, 34 OG_Get_Cmptext, 34, 35 OG_Get_Date_Property, 35 OG_Get_Num_Property, 36 OG_Get_Object, 36 OG_Get_Point, 37 OG_Get_Smptext, 38 OG_Import_Drawing, 39 OG_Import_Image, 40 OG_Insert_Child, 42 OG_Insert_Cmptext, 43 OG_Insert_Point, 44 OG_Make_Ellipse, 46 OG_Make_Group, 46 OG_Make_Image, 47 OG_Make_Line, 48 OG_Make_Poly, 48 OG_Make_Rect, 49 OG_Make_Rrect, 49 OG_Make_Symbol, 50 OG_Make_Text, 51 OG_Move, 51 OG_Point_In, 52 OG_Point_Near, 53, 54 OG_Property_Exists, 54 OG_Rotate, 55 OG_Same, 56 OG_Scale, 57 OG_Set_Edgecolor, 58 OG_Set_Fillcolor, 58 OG_Set_Property, 59 OG_Synchronize, 60 OG_Update_Bbox, 60 graphic properties, 292 graphic property background edge color, 292 background fill color, 293 bevel style, 294 cap style, 295 dash style, 296 edge pattern, 297 fill pattern, 299 foreground edge, 299, 300 foreground fill color, 300 join style, 301 rotation angle, 302 transfer mode, 303 graphics objects built-ins OG_Insert_Smptext, 45 group attribute record, 423 group combined attribute record, 423 group properties, 304 I image attribute record, 425 image combined attribute record, 425 image properties, 306 image property height, 308 quality, 310 width, 311 K Keep_Password preference, 395 L layer built-ins, 61 OG_Activate_Layer, 61 OG_Get_Layer, 62 OG_Hide_Layer, 63 OG_Show_Layer, 63 layers activating, 62 showing, 63 line attribute record, 427 line combined attribute record, 427 line properties, 312 line property arrow style, 312 end point, 313 Login determining username for, 395 M mask attributes, 392 mask constants, 392 masks in attribute records, 392 miscellaneous built-ins, 64 OG_Append_Directory, 65
- 474. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference458 OG_Append_File, 66 OG_Center, 67 OG_Damage, 68 OG_Get_Attr, 69 OG_Get_Buttonproc, 76 OG_Help, 77 OG_Host, 78 OG_Pause, 79 OG_Quit, 80 OG_Root_Object, 81 OG_Translate_Envvar, 90 OG_User_Exit, 90 mouse events setting via PL/SQL, 419 O object property built-ins OG_Print, 80 object-specific attributes, 390 OG_App, 451 og_app_attr attribute record, 395 og_arc_attr attribute record, 397 og_chart_attr attribute record, 405 og_chelement_attr attribute record, 406 og_cmptext_attr attribute record, 445 OG_Connect, 8 og_contaxis_attr attribute record, 398 OG_Delete_Column, 1 og_display_attr, 408 og_font_attr attribute record, 441 og_generic_attr attribute record, 419 og_get_ctcount, 356 og_graphic_attr attribute record, 421 og_group_attr attribute record, 423 og_image_attr attribute record, 425 OG_Inch, 451 og_line_attr attribute record, 427 OG_Null_Axis, 452 OG_Null_Buttonproc, 452 OG_Null_Display, 452 OG_Null_Ftemp, 452 OG_Null_Layer, 452 OG_Null_Object, 452 OG_Null_Query, 452 OG_Null_Refline, 453 OG_Null_Sound, 453 OG_Null_Timer, 453 OG_Null_Window, 453 og_poly_attr attribute record, 428 og_query_attr attribute record, 430 og_rect_attr attribute record, 432 og_rrect_attr attribute record, 434 og_smptext_attr attribute record, 446 og_sound_attr attribute record, 435 og_symbol_attr attribute record, 436 og_text_attr attribute record, 437 og_timer_attr attribute record, 447 Open display, 14 overview attribute records, 389 P parameter built-ins, 91 OG_Delete_Param, 91 OG_Get_Char_Param, 92 OG_Get_Date_Param, 92 OG_Get_Num_Param, 93 OG_Get_Param_Type, 93 OG_Param_Exists, 94 OG_Set_Param, 95 Password of current user, 395 pie chart exploding a slice of, 406 pie frame attribute record, 416 pie frame combined attribute record, 416 PL/SQL button procedures associating with object via PL/SQL, 419 polygon attribute record, 428 polygon combined attribute record, 428 polygon properties, 315 polygon property closure, 315 print property copies, 317 printer attribute record, 429 printer properties, 317 printer property landscape, 319 name, 320 page size, 321 properties application, 153 arc, 158 axis (continuous), 197 axis (date), 162 axis (discrete), 191 axis (generic), 178 chart, 212 chart element, 207 compound text, 221 display, 222 field template (axis chart), 272 field template (generic), 266 frame (axis chart), 226 frame (generic), 233 frame (pie chart), 244 frame (table chart), 258 generic, 279 graphic, 292 group, 304 image, 306 line, 312
- 475. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 459 polygon, 315 printer, 317 query, 324 rectangle, 335 reference line, 336 rounded rectangle, 340 simple text, 342 sound, 346 symbol, 347 text, 350 timer, 378 window, 382 Q query attribute record, 430 query built-ins, 96 OG_Append_Row, 96 OG_Clear_Query, 97 OG_Data_Changed, 98 OG_Data_Queried, 99 OG_Destroy, 100 OG_Execute_Query, 101 OG_Get_Charcell, 102 OG_Get_Datecell, 103 OG_Get_Newrows, 103 OG_Get_Numcell, 104 OG_Get_Query, 105 OG_Get_Schema, 105 OG_Insert_Column, 106 OG_Make_Query, 108 OG_Next_Row, 109 OG_Numcols, 110 OG_Numrows, 111 OG_Set_Charcell, 112 OG_Set_Datecell, 112 OG_Set_Numcell, 113 OG_Set_Schema, 114 OG_Start_From, 115 query properties, 324 query property custom query, 325 date format, 326 name, 331 R rectangle attribute record, 432 rectangle combined attribute record, 432 rectangle propreties, 335 reference line attribute record, 433 reference line properties, 336 reference line property axis, 336 date value, 337 label, 338 number value, 339 root object, 37, 42 handle to, 81 rounded rectangle attribute record, 434 rounded rectangle combined attribute record, 434 rounded rectangle properties, 340 S setable attributes, 394 shortcut built-ins description of, 395 shortcut builtins, 395 simple text description, 437 simple text element attribute record, 446 simple text property, 342 color, 342 font, 343 sound attribute record, 435 sound built-ins, 116 OG_Destroy, 116 OG_Export_Sound, 117 OG_Get_Sound, 118 OG_Import_Sound, 118 OG_Make_Sound, 120 OG_Play_Sound, 120 OG_Record_Sound, 122 OG_Stop_Sound, 122 sound properties, 346 sound property name, 346 symbol attribute record, 436 symbol combined attribute record, 436 symbol properties, 347 symbol property center, 347 index, 348 T table frame attribute record, 418 table frame combined attribute record, 418 template built-ins, 123 OG_Clone, 123 OG_Delete_Ftemp, 124 OG_Delete_Refline, 125 OG_Destroy, 126 OG_Export_Template, 127 OG_Get_Axis, 128 OG_Get_Ftemp, 128 OG_Get_Refline, 129 OG_Get_Template, 130 OG_Import_Template, 130 OG_Insert_Ftemp, 131 OG_Insert_Refline, 133 OG_Make_Template, 134 text compound, 19, 34, 35, 43, 437 font attribute record, 441 simple, 45 simple, 21, 38, 437
- 476. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference460 text attribute record, 437 text attributes overview, 437 text combined attribute record, 437 text field reading via PL/SQL, 446 text object creating via PL/SQL, 437 text properties, 350 text property character set, 353, 354 color, 355 custom spacing, 357 horizontal alignment, 359 invisible, 361 kerning, 362 nearest, 363 point size, 365 spacing, 368 style, 369 synthesize, 370 typeface, 371 vertical alignment, 372 weight, 374 width, 375, 376 timer attributes, 447 timer built-ins, 135 OG_Activate_Timer, 136 OG_Deactivate_Timer, 136 OG_Destroy, 137 OG_Get_Timer, 138 OG_Make_Timer, 138 timer properties, 378 timer property active, 378 name, 380 procedure, 381 TOOL_INT built-in package ADD_PARAMETER, 139 CREATE_PARAMETER_LIST, 140 DELETE_PARAMETER, 141 DESTROY_PARAMETER_LIST, 142 GET_PARAMETER_ATTR, 143 GET_PARAMETER_LIST, 144 ISNULL, 144 RUN_PRODUCT, 145 SET_PARAMETER_ATTR, 146 TOOLS_INT Built-ins, 139 W window built-ins, 147 OG_Destroy, 148 OG_Get_Window, 149 OG_Hide_Window, 149 OG_Make_Window, 150 OG_Show_Window, 151 window properties, 382 window property height, 382 name, 384 width, 386 windows name of, 384, 449
- 477. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference 461
- 478. Forms Developer Graphics Builder Reference462